Page 1

QUARTO PUBLISHING

CATALOGUE


S A L E S C O N TAC TS FRENCH Marion Obitz marion.obitz@quarto.com DUTCH Anne de Saint Vincent anne.desaintvincent@quarto.com

BULGARIA, CROATIA, CZECHIA, ESTONIA, LATVIA, LITHUANIA, POLAND, ROMANIA, RUSSIA, SERBIA, SLOVAKIA, SLOVENIA Agata Radkiewicz radkiewicz.agency@gmail.com

GERMAN Babett Markgraf babett.markgraf@rightsagency.de

HUNGARY Anna Kovacs anna.kovacs@quarto.com

DENMARK, FINLAND, ICELAND, NORWAY, SWEDEN Sini Palosaari (on maternity). Covered by Victoria Larsen Stoe victoria.larsenstoe@quarto.com

CHINA, TAIWAN, SOUTHEAST ASIA Meixia Wang meixia.wang@quarto.com

GREEK, ITALIAN, PORTUGUESE, SPANISH, TURKISH, MIDDLE EAST Emma O’Grady emma.ogrady@quarto.com

KOREA Okkyun Choi okkyun.choi@quarto.com JAPAN Marion Serre marion.serre@quarto.com


C R E AT I V EC O N TAC TS Publisher and English Language Rights Director Samantha Warrington Direct Line: +44 20 7700 8047 Email: samantha.warrington@quarto.com

Editorial Director Kate Kirby

Art Director Gemma Wilson

Senior Commissioning Editors Eszter Karpati Lily de Gatacre

Deputy Art Director Martina Calvio

Production Manager Charlotte Oliver

Senior Art Editor Emma Clayton

Senior Editor Kate Burkett

Please feel free to contact us—we welcome your feedback. Quarto’s email address paradigm is: [first name].[last name]@quarto.com Example: samantha.warrington@quarto.com


C O N T E N TS

A RT& D E S I G N

NEW TITLES

6

BACKLIST Art instruction Activity Calligraphy & lettering Graphic arts & photography Fantasy art Fashion & textiles

NEEDLECRAFT

G E N E R A LC R A F T

NEW TITLES

NEW TITLES

56

BACKLIST 36 43 44 46 50 54

Knitting & crochet Sewing & quilting Dyeing, weaving & embroidery

84

BACKLIST 70 78 82

Ceramics & mosaic 100 Nature craft 103 Jewelry 104 Papercraft 110 Woodwork 113


MIND B O DY& S P I R I T

NEW TITLES

116

BACKLIST Health & wellbeing Mind, body & spirit

L I F E ST Y L E

NEW TITLES

R E F E R E N C E &G I F T

164

BACKLIST 158 160

Food & drink Home styling Gardening Training & hobbies

NEW TITLES

182

BACKLIST 172 175 177 179

Popular reference Natural history & animals Music & performing arts Gift

202 206 211 214

SERIES The “encyclopedia” series The “tips, techniques, and trade secrets” series The “music bible” series The “course” series The “square craft” series The “creative careers” series

216 222 224 226 228 232


A RT& D E S I G N


8

ART & DESIGN

NEW SERIES:

SEE PAGES 22 AND 37 FOR MORE INFORMATION

DRAW CUTE

$12.95 U.S. $14.95 CAN.

Hi!

How to Draw Cute

w to Draw

Cute Stuff

How to Draw

te-appeal to any drawing.

what “kawaii” is all about.

Draw Anything and Everything in the Cutest Style Ever!

arker or pen and get drawing.

Put the Awwww!w! into Drawww

Angela Nguyen

ISBN 978-1-4549-2564-4 978-1-4549-2565-1

Cute Stuff

oh so sweet

Cute Stuff

Stuff

er Planet Cute

How to Draw

cheep cheep

Find out how to draw cute people, creatures, and things, including: • • • • • •

Sushi Ninjas Werewolves Jellyfish Pigs Cowgirls

... and much more!

Hi! squeak

5 10 2 9 9 5>

9 781 45 4 925 65 4 14 Manufactured in China

Angela Nguyen

13/02/2017 10:05


ART INSTRUCTION

N EW S

ERIES

9


10

ART & DESIGN

4-Step Watercolor Choose from 150 Projects New for

2019

A carefully curated collection of subjects, stuff that Marina loves to paint and you will too! In four simple steps, a small selection of colors, and a handful of tried-and-tested watercolor techniques, learn the basics of characterful painting. With 150 projects to choose from, there is plenty here to satisfy every beginner artist. 44

PROJECTS * BANANA

COCONUT * FRUITS

98

45

99 On wet Burnt Sienna + Raw Umber Mars Brown + Burnt Umber

Yellowish Green

AUTHOR

Draw

Draw Cadmium Yellow Medium

Cadmium Yellow Medium + Yellowish Green

Marina Bakasova

On wet Repeat previous on dry Leave highlights

On dry Lunar Black

SPECIFICATIONS 9¾ × 6 ⁄2in 1

Repeat previous on dry

• 236 × 164mm • 176pp

Cadmium Yellow Medium + Burnt Sienna

CODE 325424

46 Burnt Sienna

Mars Brown + Burnt Umber

Yellowish Green + Burnt Sienna

Yellowish Green + Mars Brown

On dry

PROJECTS * CHERRY

Raw Umber

FIG PEACH * FRUITS

Cadmium Yellow Medium

100

Yellowish Green

Cadmium Yellow Medium

Yellowish Green

Mars Brown

Burnt Umber

Lunar Black

Cadmium Yellow Medium + Yellowish Green

Cadmium Yellow Medium

Draw

Claret

Cadmium Yellow Medium + English Red

On wet

Draw

On wet

Cadmium Yellow Medium + Yellowish Green

Repeat previous on dry

Leave highlights Repeat previous on dry

Cadmium Yellow Medium + English Red + Burnt Sienna

Leave highlights

Cotton bud to remove color

Shadow

Yellowish Green + Burnt Sienna

Claret + Blue Lake

Blue + Claret On dry

Cadmium Yellow Medium

Yellowish Green

Claret

47

101

Blue Lake

On dry

Cadmium Yellow Medium

Yellowish Green

Burnt Sienna

English Red

Blue

Claret


ART INSTRUCTION

Pocket Paintings The Art of Miniature Watercolor

New for

Is painting a miniature as complicated as it seems? How do you create something beautiful that measures less than an ordinary matchbox? Pocket Paintings shows you how to create extraordinary miniature watercolor paintings—from choosing the materials right down to the finishing touches. With step-by-step guides, as well as templates for independent work, Pocket Paintings will ensure that you have finished paintings to be proud of.

2019

AUTHOR Julia Las

SPECIFICATIONS

Pilea

8 × 62⁄3in

my favorite houseplant

• 203 × 170mm • 160pp CODE 308605

The Pilea is such a fascinating plant to paint—I love its pancake-shaped leaves. You can choose any of your favorite houseplants and immortalize it in a pocket watercolor painting.

color palette

Ochre Light Red Ocher Olive Green Sap Green English Red Raw Sienna Payne’s Gray Raw Umber

1|

Using a pencil and tracing paper, transfer the outline of the Pilea template (see

page 156) onto your watercolor paper. Draw in the missing details.

Gouache Plants and Flowers

23

11


12

ART & DESIGN

New for

2019

Learn to Paint in Acrylics with 50 Small Flower Paintings Pick Up the Skills, Put on the Paint, Hang Up Your Art With quick, easy to digest lessons, this book is perfect for the beginner. Each lesson has clear instructions and is well illustrated in order to show the progression from blank canvas to finished product. Mark Daniel Nelson’s previous book, How to Paint in Acrylics with 50 Small Paintings, garnered almost 150 five-star reviews on Amazon. One reviewer asks “I wish there were more lessons from this author. Maybe he’ll create a follow-up?” The lessons and techniques learned are demonstrated on tiny five-inch (127 mm) square canvasses, which are immediately transferrable to more ambitious large-scale paintings for those looking to expand their work.

AUTHOR Mark Daniel Nelson

SPECIFICATIONS 81⁄2 × 10in

• 254 × 215mm • 144pp

CODE 325423

From the author of Learn to Paint in Acrylics with 50 Small Paintings


ART INSTRUCTION

Watercolor Botanicals 20 Prints to Paint and Frame

Back in the day, a vase of beautifully arranged cut flowers was the perfect subject for the watercolor artist. Now that indoor plants are on trend, palms have replaced peonies as the number one subject to paint. Follow plant-lover, illustrator, and blogger Nikki Strange as she shows you how to recreate the glossy leaves of your favorite cheeseplant or the gray-blue hues of a eucalyptus. Other subjects include vogueish succulents, frothy ferns, and monstrously large monsteras. Starting with projects requiring only a few colors that won’t break the bank, this is a fabulous how-to book just right if you are looking for new subjects to paint. AUTHOR Nikki Strange

SPECIFICATIONS 8 × 10in

• 254 × 203mm • 160pp

Available with a 25-sheet pre-printed painting pad

CODE 304773

13


14

ART & DESIGN

Playing with Paints: Love Acrylics New for

2019

AUTHOR Courtney Burden

SPECIFICATIONS 81⁄2 × 10in

• 229 × 223mm • 160pp

CODE 323329

Over 100 Exercises, Projects, and Prompts for Making Cool Art! Break all the rules and explore acrylic paint in a free and fun way. This book encourages you to get over the fear of the blank canvas and the anxiety over the outcome, and focus on the process of painting and the pure joy of creating. Whether you’re a nervous novice who doesn’t know how to get started or a skilled classical painter looking to try something new, you will benefit from the activities in this book—which range from quick, messy, and expressive exercises to relaxing and meditative paintings. Artist and teacher Courtney Burden shares 100 prompts, projects, and plays that will build your confidence and inspire you to roll your sleeves up and play with acrylic paint in a pressure-free way. There is no right or wrong way to create a painting, so enjoy the journey, relax, unwind, and have fun!.


ART INSTRUCTION

Playing with Paints: Love Watercolor Prompts and Projects for Falling in Love with Paint Painting makes people happy! This book is packed full of 100 ideas, exercises, and projects to help you to experiment with watercolor paint: make mistakes, have fun, and surprise yourself with this fun and meditative medium. Even if you’ve never picked up a paintbrush in your life, this book will help you get over the fear of the blank page and experience the pure joy of creating. And if you’re more experienced, you’ll be inspired to use your watercolor skills in new and exciting ways.

AUTHOR Sara Funduk

SPECIFICATIONS 8 × 9in

• 229 × 203mm • 160pp CODE 326687

15


16

ART & DESIGN

Animal Sketching Journal Learn to Draw All Kinds of Animals New for

2019

ANIMAL • SKETCHING J•O•U•R•N•A•L

L earn to draw all kinds of creatures

David Boys

AUTHOR David Boys

SPECIFICATIONS 86⁄7 × 62⁄3in

• 225 × 170mm • 160pp

CODE 326597

Grab your pencils. Find a comfortable place to sit. Get drawing your favorite animals. This beautiful sketchbook-journal has everything you need to start drawing animals, from pet cats, hamsters, and horses, to monkeys, birds in flight, and more… The pages you need to practice in are right here with plenty of ideas for subjects to draw and detailed instructions on how to draw them. The drawing projects are planned in easy steps, each highlighting a particular aspect of learning something new about drawing animals.


17

ART INSTRUCTION

Welcome to the Sketch Café Chill Out and Start Drawing the World Around You

The

O

DY OU

OU N

OU

T

AN

AR

LL

Sketch Café

·

CHI

INCLUDES INTERACTIVE PAGES

COME T

D

ST A

RT

DRAWING THE

R WO

LD

T HO M A S T H O RS P E C K E N

This book allows you to look over the shoulder of several international illustrators and urban sketchers, as they open up their sketchbooks and inspire you to start on your sketching journey. And the interactive pages encourage you to try out what you’re learning right away!

CAFE

All the sketching and drawing techniques you’ll need are also here, including lessons on line, color, texture, and movement— all approached from the setting of your favorite coffee shop.

EL

·W

·W

·

Cafés are the perfect places to sit and sketch as you watch the world go by—with a cup of coffee, a comfortable seat, and a room full of captive subjects. Here, Thomas Thorspecken shows you how to get out of the studio, get used to drawing in public, and capture the world around you in your sketchbook.

THE SKETCH

COME T

O

FORMAT: 8½ x 11 in. (279 x 216 mm) EXTENT: 176 pp PUB DATE: Fall 2018 RRP: $22.95

EL

W E L C O M E TO

Cafés are the perfect places to sit and sketch as you watch the world go by—with a cup of coffee, a comfortable seat, and a room full of captive subjects. Here, Thomas Thorspecken, author of Urban Sketching: A The get Complete Guide shows you how to get out of the studio, Sketch used to drawing in public, and capture the world around you in Café your sketchbook. This book allows you to look over the shoulder of several international illustrators and urban sketchers, as they open up their sketchbooks and inspire you to start on your sketching journey. And the interactive pages encourage you to try out what you’re learning right away! Get sketching! WTSC DUM sketch cafe Cov V5.indd 1

AUTHOR Thomas Thorspecken

SPECIFICATIONS 8½ × 11in

279 × 216mm

• 176pp

URBAN SKETCHING

H

This book draws on the styles and approaches of several illustrators, designers and graphic artists and is overseen by Thomas Thorspecken, a contributor to the worldwide Urban Sketchers movement.

H

Learn how to sketch subjects from your daily life and the world around you. A complete guide to the nuts and bolts of sketching and drawing, using predominantly urban subjects that are guaranteed to inspire a new generation of artists at the start of their creative journey.

No vases. No nesting birds. No bowls of fruit!

From the author of Front cover illustration (top) by Ana Rogo Front cover illustration (middle) by Miguel Herranz All other cover illustrations by the author

URBAN SKETCHING a complete guide

THOMAS THORSPECKEN

THOMAS THORSPECKEN

Thomas Thorspecken studied animation and illustration at the School of Visual Arts in New York, and worked for ten years at Walt Disney Feature Animation. In 2009, Thor made a resolution to do one sketch a day and share it with an online community of urban sketchers through his blog, Analog Artist Digital World.

HHH

URBAN SKETCHING a complete guide

3465-03

CODE WTSC

£12.99

www.searchpress.com

Search Press

Urban Sketching Search Press

3rd Proof

Title:

Job No:

DUA-Urban Sketching : 30124 CPJ1113-59/shan Search Press


Fantastic Beasts And How to Draw Them

and hoW to draW them

on n r

ART & DESIGN

Fantastic Beasts

e, to

18

SKETCHBOOK AND JOURNAL

ive ok r

K ev WalKer

n

AUTHOR Kev Walker

SPECIFICATIONS 6¾ × 9in

• 225 × 170mm • 160pp

CODE FBHD

Discover how to draw a host of fantastical beasts and dragons from folklore, literature, and the darkest reaches of your own imagination. Each amazing illustration comes with exciting ideas, hints, and practical lessons on how to recreate it yourself, as well as practice pages so you can start right away.


19

ART INSTRUCTION

Fantastic Dragons

How to Draw Them antastic And Dragons anD H ow to

Draw tHem

and how to draw them

There's a visual library here of dragon anatomy, from scales to wings, talons to teeth.

and how to draw them

Take lessons from one of the world's leading dragon artists and discover how to draw wonderful dragon art in awesome detail.

Fantastic Dragons

Discover how to draw a host of fantastical beasts and dragons Fantastic Dragons from folklore, literature, and the darkest reaches of your own imagination. Each amazing illustration comes with exciting ideas, hints, and practical lessons on how to recreate it yourself, as well as practice pages so you can start right away.

SKETCHBOOK AND JOURNAL

Start by copying using the pages provided and then let your imagination take flight to create your own fire-breathing beasts.

tom K idd

6¾ x 9 in. (225 x 170 mm) 160 pp Pub date: Fall 2018 RRP: $19.95

AUTHOR Tom Kidd

SPECIFICATIONS 6¾ × 9in

• 225 × 170mm • 160pp CODE FDAH


ART & DESIGN

Draw Great Characters 75 Awesome Art Exercises New for

2019

In a series of beginner-friendly exercises, Bev Johnson explores how to conceptualize wonderful, convincing characters and shows how to translate ideas into great professional-looking drawings. Learn how to create diverse characters with strong personalities, unique mannerisms, and interests, understand their motivations, find their passions, and make them come alive!

18

Don' t disturb me

ed

Excit

Do you have a pet? If not, a favorite animal? How would you describe their personality? Observe how they move and express themselves. Are they affectionate, shy, energetic? Practice drawing them—you can stylize and exaggerate all you want. My cat makes a great drawing model, even though she runs around a lot. She is very expressive and playful, but has an affectionate side too. I love to capture that in my drawings.

Cozy

Play with

me

AUTHOR

oy

!

Capturing the character of your pet.

C

EXERCISE Coy

P

20

r ou d

Feed m

e!

Conf

used

Curious

Bev Johnson Chilled

Bliss

• 279 × 216mm • 144pp

PERSONALITY THROUGH DESIGN 38

CODE 307128

Fluffy, luxuriously styled curls.

CHAPTER 2: Personality

Design can help convey a character’s personality and temperament.

GET TO THE CORE What’s most important is getting to the core of a character and the impression they give to others. How does the character want to convey themselves—and how does it really come off? Do they purposefully dress intimidatingly, or do they have an intimidating exterior and a soft heart? Do they carry themselves with confidence or always look like they want to hide in a corner? Ponder the vibe you want the character to give off, and brainstorm how you can create that impression.

26

CHAPTER 2: Personality

Space invaders The crocodile CEO character is remorseless, crying “crocodile tears”. I used a threatening silhouette, looming and angular. Nearly everything about him is sharp and uninviting, and his teeth are bared menacingly. In contrast, his luckless bird employee is tiny, with a round head and dainty body.

For intimidating designs, I often use broad shoulders and big, toothy, insincere smiles. Notice also how the crocodile doesn’t respect the bird’s space and is nearly resting his foot on her head. Invasion of personal space is a good way to convey villainous intent through body language.

Insincere eyes—his eyes are condescending, not full of sympathy, as he would want you to believe. Sharp, discomforting hands—clawlike, and wouldn’t give good hugs.

Personality

Shy hands, tentative and tucked in.

Who is she?

Even before writing dialogue or actions for a character, you can convey their personality through design. Upon a first glance, a good design can tell you some crucial information about a character. Are they looming and imposing, a tall shadow over their underlings? Are they sweet and round, like a cookiebaking grandma? These common archetypes and visual cues can be flipped on their head as well— you could create a sugary-sweet looking character who uses a cute exterior to hide bad intentions, or a gruff, surly bruiser with a heart of gold.

e?

Happy

ul

11 × 81⁄2in

Wha

t, m

Playf

SPECIFICATIONS

How would you describe this character? I tried to convey a shy, somewhat melancholy, curious girl. Her clothing suggests some level of sophistication, maybe a wealthy upbringing. Her big curls create a contrast with her reserved personality.

Delicate hand out, evoking a princess or fairy.

Rounded square face, with big, friendly features.

Big, round hands—he is the type to gesture a lot.

Teddy boy

Round, scared face, and tiny body— childlike and frightenedlooking.

This character is a lovable teddy bear of a guy. He is fun-loving and friendly. I used round but solid shapes to show he’s cuddly and dependable. His color palette is warm, like cinnamon or maple brown sugar. His body language is relaxed and inviting.

Hand tucked into pocket to suggest he’s casual and chill.

Personality Through Design

27

39


ART INSTRUCTION

Love Colored Pencils How to Get Awesome at Drawing: An Interactive Draw-in-the-book Journal

A big tin of colored pencils, a sheet of paper... and now what? Meet talented artist Vivian Wong! Vivian and her huge following of happy coloristas are taking colored pencil art to the next level by creating luscious drawings that zing off the page. With her expert guidance, you too can realize the true potential of this wonderful soft, blendable medium. Look over Vivian’s shoulder and copy her methods as she creates subjects in a style that will engage younger artists. Learn how to blend, crosshatch, and gradate colors—and then have a go yourself using the templates provided in the book.

AUTHOR Vivian Wong

SPECIFICATIONS 8½ × 10in

• 254 × 216mm • 128pp Code ECPB

21


22

ART & DESIGN

How to Draw Cute Food Enter Planet Cute! New for

2019

In the world of cute art, there is quite a tradition of characters made of foods (check out Kirimi-Chan the quirky salmon fillet with dots for eyes that will melt the stoniest heart!). In her new collection, artist-author, Angela turns even the most mundane foods into living, breathing, adorable characters that you will want to draw yourself. As well as cute food-creature fusions, in Angela’s captivating world, darling cats loll atop sushi, or curl inside donuts, or peak out from pizza crusts. Hungry for a new drawing challenge? Grab a marker or pen and get drawing!

AUTHOR Angela Nguyen Piz za

SPECIFICATIONS 62⁄3 × 9in

• 230 × 180mm • 128pp

CODE 325421

Choose your animal.

A pizza is easy to draw if you just imagine the base: a triangle. $12.95 U.S. $14.95 CAN.

Hi!

al to any drawing.

awaii” is all about.

Cute Stuff

Draw your pizza box.

Peppers

Draw Anything and Everything in the Cutest Style Ever!

pen and get drawing.

Angela Nguyen

ISBN 978-1-4549-2564-4 978-1-4549-2565-1

Manufactured in China

• • • • • •

Sushi Ninjas Werewolves Jellyfish Pigs Cowgirls

... and much more!

How to Draw

5 10 2 9 9 5>

9 781 45 4 925 65 4 14

so I’m te! cu

! Put the Awwww into Drawwww! Hi!

I’m just hanging around

Find out how to draw cute people, creatures, and things, including:

TWEET

squeak

Angela Nguyen

baa.....

From the author of How To Draw How to Draw Cute

13/02/2017 10:05

CHIRP

hell

o!

Angela Nguyen

Animals

ow ! ZZZ Angela Nguyen

If you don't want to use the crust, the toppings can be animals too. Here are examples of what you can do.

Cute Stuff and

CUTE AN I M A LS

Bo w w

Combine your animal and pizza box!

What's your favorite topping?

oh so sweet

Cute Stuff

Stuff

anet Cute

How to Draw

Create your animal by giving the pizza crust a face and ears!

How to Draw

cheep cheep

How to Draw Cute

Draw

Stuff

Add circles for the toppings.

Give it toppings to make it more pizza-like.

Z

Olives One of my favorite things about pizza is how cheesy and melted you can make it look.

These cute little chicks make the perfect pizza partner!

Pepperoni

Mushrooms 64 Cute entrees

Pizza

65


ART INSTRUCTION

Cute Kawaii Doodles Over 100 Super-cute Doodles to Draw

Bursting with ideas for beginners, Cute Kawaii Doodles teaches you how to draw 100 adorable doodles and super-cute characters. Starting with a simple shape such as a circle or a square, Sarah Alberto—aka Doodles by Sarah—shows you how to transform these into a quirky plant, a cute donut, a characterful face, a dainty cloud, and much, much more. Annotated with super-quick tips and tricks to explain the process, the six visual steps show you how to create a whole host of charming characters, using the ubiquitous ballpoint pen. Why a ballpoint pen? It’s universal, affordable, and versatile—and allows you to create small details and sharp lines.

AUTHOR Sarah Alberto

SPECIFICATIONS 51⁄2 × 6½in

• 165 × 134mm • 240pp CODE E KWAI

23


24

ART & DESIGN

Cute Hand Lettering For Journals, Planners, and More New for

2019

Turn regular writing into beautiful hand lettering!

AUTHOR Cindy Guentert-Baldo

Be as good as the experts you see in the planner and journaling communities. Inspirational teacher and sticker designer, Cindy Guentert-Baldo shows you how. Follow Cindy’s tutorials and example pages, with plenty of practice space and prompts to inspire daily drills and experimentation. Connect, overlap, and decorate letters, learn different styles and simple alphabets that build on each other to provide a toolbox of journal lettering ideas.

SPECIFICATIONS 51⁄2 × 61⁄2in

• 165 × 134mm • 240pp

CODE 325422

Bubble letters are my favorite! Once you’ve gotten the hang of this style you’ll be able to experiment in all sorts of ways, much like making many different balloon animals from a single balloon!

Your Turn!

How are you going to pamper yourself this week? Letter some of those things - try pairing cursive and print styles together.

24 Alphabets

Bubble letters 25

325422_MOC_CuteHandLettering_US.indd 24-25

26/09/2018 15:14

28 Alphabets 325422_MOC_CuteHandLettering_US.indd 28-29

Bubble letters 29 26/09/2018 15:14


ART INSTRUCTION

Hand Lettering for Special Occasions Includes 50 Alphabets

New for

2019

A collection of 50 specially commissioned alphabets that focus on special occasions. Led by hand-lettering artist Lisa Quine, ten creative collaborators are included in this collection to add a mix of styles and some additional tips and tricks to Lisa’s own wonderfully varied creations. Some alphabets are quirky, others are graphic, some are illustrative, all carry a visual punch for a range of skill levels.

30

DIRECTORY OF ALPHABETS

BARN WEDDING

31

Capital construction

Barn Wedding

1

2

Using a fine-tip pen, start Make a downstroke by drawing a basic sanstoward the back of the serif letterform. bowl shape.

3

Add a decorative curl to the top of the letterform.

4

Use the pen to draw thin parallel lines within the stems.

AUTHOR

This Art Nouveau lettering style has tall, elegant letters with a quirky twist. Perfect for engagement parties, baby showers, and birthday invitations, this font is classy and sophisticated.

Lisa Quine

Tools

Your Turn

Fine-tip pen

SPECIFICATIONS 9 × 7in 32

DIRECTORY OF ALPHABETS

HALLOWEEN THORNS

Halloween Thorns Halloween Thorns takes inspiration from Gothic architecture, with its elaborate decorations. While it could be used for a horror effect, it is also majestic in its sweeping serifs and diamond inners.

Tools

Fine-tip pen

Capital construction

1

Using a fine-tip pen, draw the basic shape, thicker on the right side.

2

Add serif ends to increase the drama0.

Lowercase construction

3

Add decorative spikes in the center of the stems.

4

Add a diamond to the center of the crossbars or circular letters.

1

Using a fine-tip pen, draw the stem of the letter with tapered ends.

2

Draw in the bowls with ends that taper when approaching the mid and baseline.

3

Add decorative spikes in the center of the stems and diamonds to the center of the crossbars.

33

• 230 × 180mm • 144pp CODE 325420

25


e

Flourish: The Art of the Pointed Pen How to Create Beautiful & Decorative Spencerian & Copperplate Lettering

ointed Pen

dd or ry on.

ART & DESIGN

Flourish he Art of te

or o

26

The

How To Create Beautiful & Decorative Spencerian & Copperplate Lettering

Ar of te

ointed Pen

Veiko Kespersaks

Copperplate and Spencerian handwriting are very different yet both are characterized by an elegant, ornamental style, perfect for wedding invitations, love letters, or to give artistic expression to your deepest thoughts while journaling. The Here, teacher and author, Veiko Kespersaks shows the Calligrapher’s difference between both styles and demonstrates how to master Copybook the beauties and subtleties of each. Step-by-step, you will learn small and large letters and how to add flourishes to them. Veiko has designed special practice exercises for beginners to the pointed pen, and he curates a wonderful directory of alphabets where he invites calligraphers to “get their flourish” on..

This jacket is for sales presentation purposes only. Design and/or images are subject to alteration. Copyright © Quarto Publishing plc.

AUTHOR Veiko Kespersaks

SPECIFICATIONS 51⁄2 × 934⁄ in

• 246 × 190mm • 160pp

54 •

POINTED PEN WRITING

LOWERCASE (MINUSCULE) COPPERPLATE Variations and Joins to Minuscules

CODE PTPN

COPPERPLATE Variations and Joins to Minuscules

GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTION

GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTION

oval, flat-topped letterform

The stroke goes around the bowl to halfway up the downstroke, and then back up to the dot, before continuing down to the baseline. The letter should be made in one stroke.

The pen goes down the letterform, up the stroke to halfway, arches out in the Italic form, then round to form the bowl, and back to the base of the downstroke. The letter should be formed in one stroke.

oval, open-style letterform

oval, open-style letterform

oval, pointed-topped letterform

STROKE WIDTH AND COUNTERSPACE

STROKE WIDTH AND COUNTERSPACE

The first and last sections show the width of the downstroke with pressure, and the remaining six sections show the width of the counterspace inside the letter. The curve at the top of the letter is mirrored by the curve at the bottom and of the tail.

Italic letterform

The loop above the bowl is formed with a second stroke. The height of the Spencerian loop is slightly taller than that of the copperplate loop. The point where the loop crosses the main downstroke is roughly a fifth of the overall height for copperplate and a sixth for Spencerian.

Italic, open-style letterform

SPENCERIAN Variations and Joins to Minuscules

SPENCERIAN Variations and Joins to Minuscules

no pressure

no pressure, open-style

COPPERPLATE “a”

COPPERPLATE “b”

Pressure applied on both downstrokes. Here the loop rejoins the ascender and stops. If the bowl is two units tall, the loop will be five units tall.

An oval bowl, a flat-topped stroke, and pressure on both sides.

pressure applied on the left downward stroke

SPENCERIAN “a”

pressure applied on the left on the bottom half of the stroke, open-style

SPENCERIAN “b“

Written in the more triangular Italic form, with no pressure applied. The curves mirror each other. pressure applied on the right downward stroke

Written without pressure. This open bowl form lends itself to being made in one stroke, other than the additional right side of the top loop. This form can be used for copperplate. If the bowl is two units tall the loop will be six units tall.

pressure applied to left downstroke at the bottom, italic style

55


ART INSTRUCTION

Drawing on Nature Using Nature as Inspiration for Your Art

New for

is an artist and illustrator known for her evocative landscapes, nature paintings, and painted stones. Photographs and found objects from her daily nature walks are brought back to her studio where the practice of translating inspiration into a completed work of art fully begins.

N ATAS H A N E W TO N

Drawing on Nature U S I N G NAT U RE A S I N S P I R AT I O N F O R YO U R A RT

Natasha Newton

In Drawing on Nature, Natasha reveals her complete artistic process and guides you through how nature can inspire and influence your own artwork. Through beautifully presented, step-by-step projects that incorporate a combination of photography, curated nature finds, paint swatches, drawings, paintings, and more, you will be encouraged to explore your own ideas and style, and find subjects that resonate with you personally. With useful, practical information on the materials used, and a behind-the-scenes look at the life of a working artist, this book is a fascinating and inspiring resource for any nature-loving artist or nature enthusiast.

2019 D R AW I NG O N N AT U R E

In Drawing on Nature, Natasha reveals her complete artistic process and guides you through how nature can inspire and influence your own artwork. Through beautifully presented, step-by-step projects that incorporate a combination of photography, curated nature finds, paint swatches, drawings, paintings, and more, you will be encouraged to explore your own ideas and style, and find subjects that resonate with you personally. With useful, practical information on the materials used, and a behind-the-scenes look at the life of a working artist, this book is a fascinating and inspiring resource for any nature-loving artist or nature enthusiast.

Natasha Newton

Format: 9 x 7 in (232 x 182 mm) | Extent: 144pp | Pub date: Autumn 2019 | RRP: $24.99

AUTHOR Natasha Newton

SPECIFICATIONS 9 × 7in

• 232 × 182mm • 144pp CODE 307383

27


28

ART & DESIGN

The Embroidered image Thread Art from Contemporary Makers New for

2019

SPECIFICATIONS 103⁄5 × 814⁄ in

• 270 × 210mm • 224pp

CODE 325446

With the world turning ultra-digital and Instagram-obsessed, a new wave of mixed-media artists have reclaimed the medium of the photographic print through combining it with handmade embroidery. From found vintage portraits to specially taken images, black and white photographs are being reinvented and given an entirely new look—and narrative through colorful threads and various traditional needlepoint techniques. The result is a surreal, often futuristic collection of collage-like works that address current themes, from body image to gender fluidity. The Embroidered Image is an inspiring compilation of over 200 works by 40 international artists working within this enchanting new genre today, with insights into their inspirations, processes, and the occasional challenges they face.


ART INSTRUCTION

29


30

ART & DESIGN

The Comic Book Artist’s Workbook: Perspective A Guided Log for Beginners THECOMICBOOK

arTIST’S WOrKBOOK

Dan Cooney

a guided logbook for beginners GNGP_Comic book artists guide to perspective BLAD ALL_v2.indd 1

29/08/2018 12:03

Once you’ve got to grips with perspective, you will notice that your work almost leaps off the page. It will feel authentic; it will look totally awesome; it will be legendary. This is the plan: Watch over the author’s shoulder; copy what he does (there’s no harm in copying when you’re a beginner); follow the special drawing exercises; keep practicing; become the best comic book artist … ever! Part of what sets this instructional book apart from other perspective books is that this is not just a book, but a journal with instruction and exercises for creating scenes in the context of storytelling for aspiring comic book artists. Practical demonstrations and interactive workbook pages with grids to fill in and artwork to complete show you how to enjoy developing your drawing mechanics for storytelling.

AUTHOR Dan Cooney

SPECIFICATIONS 8½ × 11in

• 279 × 216mm • 176pp

48

ONE-POINT PERSPECTIVE

DRAW AND FILL-IN You have been introduced to the principles of one-point perspective in drawing objects from various angles, dividing space for evenly spaced elements, and using ellipses as a guide for drawing objects in the round and

DRAW AND FILL-IN

curved planes in structures. Now apply those principles and add your own objects to this unfinished drawing—or trace over the objects to gain a better understanding of one-point perspective in a scene.

49

ARTIST'S TIP Remember: in one-point perspective, the horizontal and vertical lines are infinitely parallel to one another, while the diagonal lines recede to the vanishing point.

Code GNGP

GNGP_Comic book artists guide to perspective BLAD ALL_v2.indd 48

29/08/2018 12:03

GNGP_Comic book artists guide to perspective BLAD ALL_v2.indd 49

29/08/2018 12:03


ART INSTRUCTION

The Comic Strip Starter Book Over 90 Pages of Cartoon Blanks

New for

2019

A fabulous collection of comic book blanks plus an illustrated instruction manual packed with how to begin drawing your own strips. Crammed with scores of pages of pre-drawn panels, just waiting to be filled with superheroes, fantasy figures, and sci-fi monsters. With practice pages and space for three of your very own comic books, your stories can come to life. Loads of different panels throughout the three books will help spark creative ideas for your graphic stories. INCLUDES lessons on how to draw dynamic figures, how to use lighting, and tricks and techniques for speech balloons. AUTHOR Bob McLeod

SPECIFICATIONS 6¾ × 1014⁄ in

• 168 × 260mm • 128pp CODE 323599

31


32

ART & DESIGN

Graphic Design School: Sixth Edition The Principles and Practice of Graphic Design

New EDITION

Graphic Design School is a foundation course for graphic designers working in digital media, print, and moving image. Practical advice on all aspects of graphic design—from understanding the basics to devising an original concept and creating successful finished designs. Examples are taken from all media—digital media, websites, magazines, books, and corporate brand identities. Packed with exercises and tutorials for students and real-world graphic design briefs. This revised Sixth Edition contains specific advice on how to adapt designs to suit different projects, including information on digital imaging techniques, motion graphics, and designing for the web and small-screen applications.

AUTHOR David Dabner, Sandra Stewart & Abbie Vickress

SPECIFICATIONS 8¾ × 8¾in

• 222 × 222mm • 208pp

CODE GRS6 6

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION

Introduction This book is written with the intent of providing an introduction to the underlying principles of good graphic design, whether it is printbased, digital, or environmental. The content has been constructed to mirror, in part, how the subject is taught in college design programs, and the visuals, which are a mixture of student projects and professional design work, have been carefully chosen to illuminate specific teaching points. Many of the sections contain step-by-step exercises and assignments, offer practical advice, and point toward further resources. The first part of the book, Principles, supports the idea that a thorough understanding of design principles should support the process of creating design works in response to specific briefs and problems, while allowing room for self-authored experimentation

and visual freedom. As you are introduced to the basics of research, typography, color, photography, and composition, you will learn to become visually aware and able to articulate these design principles into your future works. You will also come to understand that these principles cross disciplines and are the vocabulary of visual literacy. In the second part of the book, Practice, you will be introduced to invaluable practical skills that are important support systems to the skill sets of research and creative process that you will have read about in Part One. They do not replace them, but serve as methods and practices for developing critical problem-solving skills, and learning to manage complex projects. Designers need the whole range of skills to be truly successful, and expertise will come with continued study and practice in both areas. Unless you learn the

practical skills and technology of design production, including how to manage images, create digital files for specific media, and design, build, and structure a website, you will be unable to bring your brilliant concepts to life. None of these visual skills can be viewed in isolation from the context in which design happens and its larger role in society and the world. Designers are visual communicators, often giving visual voice to new and provocative ideas. They create images that can inform, persuade, and entertain millions of people. This comes with great responsibility, and it is necessary to be aware of the role of design in shaping the world we live in, and changes in the discipline that transcend trends or the latest software. While any kind of comprehensive account of these topics stands outside the scope

EMIGRE #19: Starting From Zero E

0 Price: $7.95

of this book, becoming visually literate and technically skilled should go hand in hand with an understanding of such issues as global audiences, communication theories, systems theory, sustainable issues in design, and the changing role of technology. Finally, design education is a lifelong experience that can bring great personal satisfaction and reward. Technologies, styles, and demands change rapidly in this industry and, as a result, graphic design is a subject to be taken on with independence and an expectation of lifelong learning and commitment. With this book as a gateway, a new way of seeing the world may lead you to a career path that will be a constant source of surprise and delight.

7


33

ART INSTRUCTION

New EDITIONS

The hand drawing techniques every architect should know All students with a budding interest in architectural design will value this book for its solid foundational orientation and instruction. Mo Zell introduces readers to architecture’s visual language, showing them how to think spatially and getting them started in architectural drawing with a series of instructional tutorials. Using three-dimensional design problems, she coaches students through the fundamentals of proportion and scale, space and volume, path and place and materials and textures. A series of study units cover virtually every aspect of architectural drawing.

Tools and Techniques for 2-D and 3-D Representation

This book concludes with practical advice for anyone considering a career in architectural design, offering ideas on building a portfolio, getting advanced training and continuing on a path to a professional career.

ABOUT THIS REVISED EDITION:

This edition explores innovations in digital fabrication and its influence on modelmaking opportunities and material choices. It looks at the new tools that are becoming more readily available in schools – 3D printers, CNC mills, laser cutters and so on – and explores how these tools impact both physical model-making skills and the kind of architectural design that is being produced today.

• Learn to see and sketch with accuracy, and develop fundamental drawing and modelling skills • Master subjective representation and the rules of perspective, proportion and scale • Employ spatial strategies: rendering and diagramming ideas

This is a foundation course in architectural design, both for students and anyone interested in the creative side of architecture. About more than the technical aspects of drawing, it introduces the reader to the visual language of architecture, encouraging them to think spatially, and question the built environment. Step-by-step tutorials explain the entire design process and hands-on exercises allow students to practice their new skills. MO ZELL is the Associate Dean of the UWM School of Architecture and Urban Planning, Milwaukee, and principal of the design and research firm bauenstudio. Mo studied architecture at the University of Virginia and Yale University before working in the profession for a number of years.

Mo Zell

The Architectural Drawing Course

Architectural Drawing: Second Edition

The Architectural Drawing Course The hand drawing techniques every architect should know

www.thamesandhudson.com £16.95

Mo Zell

Architectural_Drawing_Course_final.indd 3

Principles, practice and techniques: The ultimate guide for the aspiring fashion designer Becoming a successful fashion designer involves understanding a wide variety of core principles. This foundation course is an ideal introduction for students, dressmakers and anyone interested in the creative side of fashion. Step-by-step tutorials, practical exercises and inspirational interviews with industry professionals teach you how to create your own unique fashion design collections. This book concludes with practical advice for anyone considering a career in fashion, offering ideas on building a portfolio, preparing for interviews and continuing on a path to a professional career.

Principles, Practice, and Techniques: the Practical Guide for Aspiring Fashion Designers ABOUT THIS REVISED EDITION:

Design schools around the world are now emphasising design thinking and conceptualisation more than just mere skill building. Packed with scores of new images, this new and fully updated edition provides students with more diverse methods of creating fashion, including digital design iteration and final projects, fabric design development, 3D ‘sketching’ on the dress form, paper collage design techniques and much more.

• Learn about the latest digital design techniques and how best to manipulate motif, texture, mood and detail • Challenge your conceptual abilities, discover your design vision and develop your ideas through process and investigation • Give yourself a competitive edge: create a dynamic portfolio that showcases your design skills to maximum effect

AUTHOR Mo Zell CODE ADC2

Steven Faerm

The Fashion Design Course

Fashion Design Course: Second Edition

28/03/2017 12:43

The Fashion Design Course Principles, practice and techniques: The ultimate guide for the aspiring fashion designer

STEVEN FAERM is an Associate Professor of Fashion at Parsons School of Design (Program Director, BFA Fashion Design, 2007–2011). He began teaching in 1998 while working for such designers as Marc Jacobs and Donna Karan, and has been awarded ‘The University Distinguished Teaching Award’ and The BFA Fashion Design Program’s ‘Teaching Excellence Award’. www.thamesandhudson.com £16.95

Becoming a successful fashion designer involves a variety of core principles. This foundation course is an ideal introduction for students, dressmakers, and anyone interested in the creative side of the fashion industry. Step-by-step tutorials, exercises, and interviews with industry professionals help you learn how to create your own unique fashion design collections.

Steven Faerm

Fashion_Design_Course_final.indd 1-3

28/03/2017 12:40

AUTHOR Steven Faerm Code FDCR

SPECIFICATIONS 8¾ × 8¾in

• 222 × 222mm • 160pp


34

ART & DESIGN

The Teardrop Magic Painting Book Of Poignant Affirmations New for

2019

How could you ever be happy if you didn’t know what sad felt like? You would never know the rapture of blissful joy if you weren’t at least acquainted with its wrongly accused evil twin. Consider this book a box of tissues, a warm blanket, your best friend’s shoulder, a heart-warming movie, and a bowl of your favorite ice-cream all in one. In these artful pages you will transcend troublesome turbulence, appease the creative genius inside of you, and wash away your wallows by painting your way to comfort with every boo-hoo, whenever you feel the need to turn on the waterworks and bawl your eyes out. AUTHOR Oliver Luke Delorie

SPECIFICATIONS 8¾ × 71/2in

• 221 × 190mm • 96pp

Printed with 30 pages of special inks

CODE 325425

This too shall

pass

11


35

ART INSTRUCTION

Magic Flowers A Watercolor Book and Special Paint Palette for Making Beautiful Art Wherever You Are

New for

2019

The new no-mess, no-fuss way to paint wonderful flower art. This book comprises eight pages of tear-out watercolor palettes, impregnated sheets of rich vibrant paint. There are 20 beautiful flower subjects to choose from. Take your pick! Grab the paintbrush, and follow the paint-by-numbers charts to create wonderful hangable art.

Poppy

SPECIFICATIONS 71⁄2 × 8¾in

• 220 × 190mm • 62pp +

16pp impregnated ink palettes

CODE 325080

6

3

7+9

4

6+5

8 1

7

1+3

3+1 5+4

9

6

5

3 10

6

Camellia

Wild rose

Magnolia

Lilac 2

6+4 9 9

5

4+2

3

10

6

3 10 6

5

2+10

10

4

2+1

Clematis

Bird of paradise

Ginko

Poppy


36

ART & DESIGN

Art Instruction BEST Seller

THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO ART MATERIALS AND TECHNIQUES

THE ARTIST’S BIBLE

COLOR MIXING BIBLE

Helen Douglas-Cooper

Ian Sidaway

Editor: Caroline West

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

192pp wiro-bound TBU

144pp CMB

AMERICAN ARTIST GUIDE TO PAINTING TECHNIQUES

200 PROJECTS TO STRENGTHEN YOUR ART SKILLS

JUST PAINT IT!

Elizabeth Tate & Hazel Harrison

Valerie Colston

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

160pp JPI

160pp EPAR

128pp TTAT

288pp CAMM

Sam Piyasena & Beverly Philp


$12.95 U.S. $14.95 CAN.

Hi!

e Stuff

How to Draw

“kawaii” is all about.

Cute Stuff

oh so sweet

Cute Stuff

Stuff

Planet Cute

ppeal to any drawing.

Draw Anything and Everything in the Cutest Style Ever!

Find out how to draw cute people, creatures, and things, including:

or pen and get drawing.

• • • • • •

w! Put the Awww into Drawwww!

Angela Nguyen

ISBN 978-1-4549-2564-4 978-1-4549-2565-1

ART INSTRUCTION

How to Draw

cheep cheep

How to Draw Cute

to Draw

Sushi Ninjas Werewolves Jellyfish Pigs Cowgirls

DON’T

... and much more!

Hi!

MISS THIS

squeak

5 10 2 9 9 5>

Angela Nguyen

13/02/2017 10:05

HOW TO DRAW CUTE STUFF

HOW TO DRAW CUTE ANIMALS

Angela Nguyen

Angela Nguyen

62⁄3 × 9in (230 × 180mm)

62⁄3 × 9in (230 × 180mm)

128pp DCUT

128pp DCKA

BEST Seller

SKETCH YOUR STUFF THE SKETCHING AND DRAWING BIBLE

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF DRAWING TECHNIQUES

Jon Stich

Marylin Scott

Hazel Harrison

160pp DADY

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

192pp wiro-bound SDB

160pp EDRT

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm)

URBAN SKETCHING

Learn how to sketch subjects from your daily life and the world around you. A complete guide to the nuts and bolts of sketching and drawing, using predominantly urban subjects that are guaranteed to inspire a new generation of artists at the start of their creative journey.

No vases. No nesting birds. No bowls of fruit!

Seller

HHH

This book draws on the styles and approaches of several illustrators, designers and graphic artists and is overseen by Thomas Thorspecken, a contributor to the worldwide Urban Sketchers movement.

BEST

URBAN SKETCHING a complete guide

3465-03

flexibound (opens flat) SDBX

H

Manufactured in China

H

9 781 45 4 925 65 4 14

URBAN SKETCHING a complete guide

THOMAS THORSPECKEN

THOMAS THORSPECKEN

Thomas Thorspecken studied animation and illustration at the School of Visual Arts in New York, and worked for ten years at Walt Disney Feature Animation. In 2009, Thor made a resolution to do one sketch a day and share it with an online community of urban sketchers through his blog, Analog Artist Digital World.

Front cover illustration (top) by Ana Rogo Front cover illustration (middle) by Miguel Herranz All other cover illustrations by the author

£12.99

Search Press

www.searchpress.com

Search Press 3rd Proof

Title:

Job No:

DUA-Urban Sketching : 30124 CPJ1113-59/shan Search Press

COMPENDIUM OF DRAWING TECHNIQUES: 200 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS

URBAN SKETCHING: A COMPLETE GUIDE

JUST DRAW IT!

Thomas Thorspecken

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

Donna Krizek

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

160pp DAWB

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

128pp DUA

176pp TTSS

Sam Piyasena & Beverly Philp

37


38

ART & DESIGN

SKETCHING PEOPLE

DRAWING PERSPECTIVE

Lynne Chapman

Matthew Brehm

THE STILL LIFE SKETCHING BIBLE

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

David Poxon

128pp SKPE

144pp DRPE

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 192pp wiro-bound SLSB

previously published as The Encyclopedia of

The Encyclopedia of

The Encyclopedia of

Techniques SEARCH PRESS

Classics

Techniques

Explains the basic characteristics and colour ranges of the main kind of coloured pencils: hard, soft and pastel varieties. Offers step-by-step, visual demonstrations of each key technique – from blending, blocking in and burnishing to sgraffito, stippling and impressing.

alternative typefaces dependent on design.

Techniques

Judy Martin

Includes an inspiring gallery of finished examples that show how professional artists make dynamic use of techniques to interpret a wide range of subjects.

25/11/2013 12:33

A complete step-by-step directory of key techniques, plus an inspirational gallery showing how artists use them

Search Press

Search Press

UK £12.99 US/CAN $19.95

Search Press Classics Logo.indd 1

www.searchpress.com

Judy Martin

(smaller spines)

THE LANDSCAPE ARTIST’S DRAWING BIBLE

THE COLORED PENCIL ARTIST’S DRAWING BIBLE

Editor: Michelle Pickering

Jane Strother

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

Judy Martin

192pp wiro-bound LSKB

192pp wiro-bound CPSB

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm)

176pp CPE2

flexibound (opens flat) CPBX

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF COLOURED PENCIL TECHNIQUES (big spines and title pages and backcovers)

Search Press Search Press

Search Press

Search Press

(back cover alternative)


ART INSTRUCTION

DON’T

MISS THESE

COMPENDIUM OF WATERCOLOUR TECHNIQUES: OVER 200 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS

COMPLETE WATERCOLOUR 8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

LEARN TO PAINT IN WATERCOLOR WITH 50 PAINTINGS

256pp WCCG

Wil Freeborn

David Webb

Robin Berry

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

144pp WSFP

176pp WTTS

NEW Edition

BEST Seller

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WATERCOLOUR TECHNIQUES

THE WATERCOLOR ARTIST’S BIBLE

THE WATERCOLOR ARTIST’S GUIDE TO EXCEPTIONAL COLOR

Hazel Harrison

Marylin Scott

Jan Hart

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

176pp EWTN

192pp wiro-bound BWC

128pp WGC

Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm) flexibound (opens flat) WABX

39


40

ART & DESIGN

HOW TO PAINT WATERCOLOR LANDSCAPES

THE WATERCOLOR FLOWER ARTIST’S BIBLE

Hazel Harrison & Joe Cornish

Editor: Claire Waite Brown

11 × 8½in (215 × 280mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

160pp wiro-bound MPS

192pp wiro-bound FPBI

THE WATERCOLOR FLOWER PAINTER’S A TO Z

THE WATERCOLORIST’S A TO Z OF TREES AND FOLIAGE

HOW TO PAINT WATERCOLOR FLOWERS

Adelene Fletcher

Adelene Fletcher

Robin Berry

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

128pp TWFP

128pp WTF

160pp wiro-bound MPWF

CHINESE BRUSH PAINTING: FLOWERS

THE CHINESE BRUSH PAINTING BIBLE

Joan Lok

Jane Dwight

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

128pp CPF

256pp wiro-bound CPM


ART INSTRUCTION

NEW Edition

BEST Seller

DON’T

MISS THESE

THE ACRYLIC ARTIST’S BIBLE Marylin Scott

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ACRYLIC TECHNIQUES

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

Hazel Harrison

192pp wiro-bound AABI

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm)

176pp EAT2

flexibound (opens flat) AABX

COMPLETE GUIDE TO PAINTING IN ACRYLICS Lorena Kloosterboer 8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm) 320pp SGAA

COMPENDIUM OF ACRYLIC PAINTING TECHNIQUES: 300 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS

CREATING EXCEPTIONAL COLOR WITH ACRYLICS

Gill Barron

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

128pp CPCA

Lexi Sundell

176pp ACPA

LEARN TO PAINT ACRYLICS WITH 50 SMALL PAINTINGS PAINTING ACRYLIC FLOWERS A–Z

Mark Daniel Nelson

Lexi Sundell

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

144pp AFSP

128pp AFP

41


42

ART & DESIGN

NEW Edition

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PASTEL TECHNIQUES

THE PASTEL ARTIST’S BIBLE

Judy Martin

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

192pp wiro-bound TPAB

176pp EPPN

Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm)

Editor: Claire Waite Brown

flexibound (opens flat) PABX

NEW Edition

BEST Seller

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OIL TECHNIQUES

THE OIL PAINTER’S BIBLE

Jeremy Galton

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

192pp wiro-bound OPB

176pp OPT2

Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm)

Marylin Scott

flexibound (opens flat) OPBX


ACTIVITY

Activity

STICKER BY NUMBER: BEAUTIFUL BOTANICALS

THE COLORING BOOK OF VISUAL TRICKS AND ILLUSIONS

Shane Madden

STICKER BY NUMBER: CALMING CREATURES ILLUSTRATOR

9¼ × 9¼in (235 × 235mm)

Shane Madden

96pp FOPI

64pp E STI2

9¼ × 9¼in (235 × 235mm) 64pp E STIK

TANGRAMS STICKER BOOK

BE HAPPY

9¾ × 9¾in (250 × 250mm)

71⁄2 × 81⁄2in (190 × 221mm)

48pp TNGM

Includes paintbrush 96pp MPNB

8 × 11in (280 × 215mm)

43


44

ART & DESIGN

Calligraphy & Lettering

CALLIGRAPHY IN 24 HOURS

THE NEW CALLIGRAPHY

Veiko Kespersaks

Ruth Booth

CALLIGRAPHY ALPHABETS FOR BEGINNERS

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

Mary Noble & Janet Mehigan

160pp CATF

224pp Code NEWC

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 256pp wiro-bound CBBI

BEST Seller

EAN

ISBN-13: 978-0-7858-3567-7

9

780785

835677

THE ILLUMINATED ALPHABET Timothy Noad & Patricia Seligman

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CALLIGRAPHY AND ILLUMINATION

THE BIBLE OF ILLUMINATED LETTERS

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

Janet Mehigan & Mary Noble

Margaret Morgan

160pp ILU

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

160pp CIL

256pp wiro-bound BIL


CALLIGRAPHY & LETTERING

DON’T

MISS THIS

THE CHINESE CALLIGRAPHY BIBLE Cathy Wu 5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 256pp wiro-bound OCA

BEST Seller

HAND LETTERING Thy Doan Graves 7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)

THE CALLIGRAPHER’S BIBLE David Harris 5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 256pp wiro-bound TCBI

144pp HLTR

45


46

ART & DESIGN

Graphic Arts & Photography DON’T

MISS THIS

THE MANGA FASHION LOOK-BOOK

THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO DRAWING MANGA

Fez Baker

Sonia Leong

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

5¾ × 9in (228 × 195mm)

144pp MFDP

256pp BGAD

DIGITAL MANGA TECHNIQUES 8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO FIGURE DRAWING FOR COMICS AND GRAPHIC NOVELS

128pp DMT

Daniel Cooney

WHOOSH! Carlos Gomez Cabral 7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 128pp FWMD

Hayden Scott-Baron

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm) 192pp DCCF


GRAPHIC ARTS & PHOTOGRAPHY

BEST Seller

WRITING AND ILLUSTRATING THE GRAPHIC NOVEL

ILLUSTRATING CHILDREN’S BOOKS

Daniel Cooney

Martin Salisbury

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

9½ × 9½in (240 × 240mm)

160pp IGN2

128pp ICB

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WRITING AND ILLUSTRATING CHILDREN’S BOOKS Desdemona McCannon, Sue Thornton & Yadzia Williams 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 160pp ECI

HOW TO DRAW AND PAINT CRAZY CARTOON CHARACTERS

CHARACTER DESIGN STUDIO Chris Patmore

HOW TO DRAW AND SELL COMIC STRIPS

Vincent Woodcock

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

Alan McKenzie

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

128pp DTO

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

128pp HCD

144pp HCS3

THE CARTOONIST’S BIBLE Franklin Bishop 5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 192pp wiro-bound CARB

47


48

ART & DESIGN

BEGINNER’S GUIDE TO ANIMATION

THE COMPLETE ANIMATION COURSE

THE COMPLETE DIGITAL ANIMATION COURSE

Mary Murphy

Chris Patmore

Andy Wyatt

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

128pp BANI

160pp ANCO

144pp DAC

GAME DESIGN

MOVIE MAKING COURSE: SECOND EDITION

STORYBOARD DESIGN COURSE

Ted Jones

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

192pp SBO

Jim Thompson, Barnaby Berbank-Green & Nic Cusworth 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

Giuseppe Cristiano

176pp NMMC

192pp CGA

THE DOCUMENTARY MOVIEMAKING COURSE

130 PROJECTS TO GET YOU INTO FILM MAKING

HOW TO CREATE FANTASY ART FOR VIDEO GAMES

Kevin Lindenmuth

Elliot Grove

Bill Stoneham

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

144pp DMC

128pp WOFS

128pp FCG


GRAPHIC ARTS & PHOTOGRAPHY

THE COMPLETE TYPOGRAPHER: THIRD EDITION

WINNING PORTFOLIOS FOR GRAPHIC DESIGNERS

THE PORTRAIT PHOTOGRAPHY COURSE

Will Hill

Cath Caldwell

Mark Jenkinson

10 × 10in (254 × 254mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

192pp TYB3

144pp JSS

224pp PPHC

PHOTOGRAPHING MODELS: 1,000 POSES

150 PROJECTS TO STRENGTHEN YOUR PHOTOGRAPHY SKILLS

Eliot Siegel

John Easterby

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

320pp TPPW

128pp WOP

49


50

ART & DESIGN

Fantasy Art

THE COMPENDIUM OF FANTASY ART TECHNIQUES

THE FANTASY ART BIBLE

FANTASY ART DRAWING SKILLS

Jane Moseley & Jackie Strachen

Socar Myles

Rob Alexander, Finlay Cowan & Kevin Walker

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

192pp wiro-bound SFFA

128pp FABE

FANTASY ART TEMPLATES

HOW TO DRAW AND PAINT SCIENCE FICTION ART

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm) 288pp CFAT

THE FANTASY ILLUSTRATOR’S TECHNIQUE BOOK Gary Lippincott

Jean Marie Ward & Rafi Adrian Zulkarnain

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

128pp TFI

144pp FATT

128pp DPSF

Geoff Taylor


FANTASY ART

HOW TO DRAW AND PAINT FANTASY ARCHITECTURE

DRAWING AND PAINTING FANTASY LANDSCAPES AND CITYSCAPES

50 FANTASY VEHICLES TO DRAW AND PAINT

Rob Alexander

Rob Alexander

Keith Thompson

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

128pp FREN

128pp LCS

128pp FVD

50 ROBOTS TO DRAW AND PAINT Keith Thompson

SUPER-CUTE CHIBIS TO DRAW AND PAINT

MORE SUPERCUTE CHIBIS TO DRAW AND PAINT

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

Joanna Zhou

Fez Baker

128pp FRO

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

128pp CCDP

128pp CCP2

51


52

ART & DESIGN

ANATOMY FOR FANTASY ARTISTS: NEW EXPANDED EDITION

DRAWING AND PAINTING FANTASY FIGURES

THE FANTASY FIGURE ARTIST’S REFERENCE FILE

Glenn Fabry

Finlay Cowan

Peter Evans

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

160pp AFA2

128pp DPFF

160pp plus CD FFA

DON’T

MISS THIS

BEST Seller

HOW TO DRAW FANTASY FEMALES Chris Patmore

HOW TO DRAW AND PAINT FANTASY COMBAT

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

Matt Stawicki

128pp TOB

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm) 128pp HDPC

DRAWING AND PAINTING FANTASY BEASTS Kevin Walker 8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm) 128pp FMM

DRAWING AND PAINTING THE UNDEAD

THE FANTASY ARTIST’S FIGURE DRAWING BIBLE

Keith Thompson

Matt Dixon

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

128pp FGG

192pp wiro-bound FDR


FANTASY ART

HOW TO DRAW AND PAINT DRAGONS

HOW TO DRAW AND PAINT VAMPIRES

Tom Kidd

Ian Daniels

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

128pp DPD

128pp DPVG

BEST Seller

HOW TO DRAW AND PAINT FAIRIES

WATERCOLOR FAIRY ART

Linda Ravenscroft

Sara Burrier

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

128pp FRP

128pp DRF

WATERCOLOR FAIRIES David Riché & Anna Franklin

HOW TO DRAW AND PAINT FAIRYLAND

THE FAIRY ARTIST’S FIGURE DRAWING BIBLE

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

Linda Ravenscroft

Linda Ravenscroft

128pp WCF

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

128pp HDPF

256pp wiro-bound FDB

53


54

ART & DESIGN

Fashion & Textiles ElEanor Thompson

curator and author who has lectured on fashion at the University of Brighton, the London College of Fashion, and the Victoria and Albert Museum. As curator of dress at the Brighton Museum, she organized the touring exhibitions Little Black Dress and Fashion and Fancy Dress, 1865–2005. More recently she has worked as an exhibition consultant for the Fashion and Textile Museum, London. Thompson has published numerous articles, reviews, and essays; the coauthor of A Family of Fashion: The Messel Dress Collection, 1865– 2005, she was a contributor to The Berg Encyclopaedia of World Dress and Fashion. She is presently completing a doctoral thesis on the display of fashion.

IconIc gowns for IconIc women

Some of the most inspiring wedding dresses of our time were created for fashion icons such as Audrey Hepburn, Grace Kelly, Catherine Middleton, and Kate Moss. Discover what made their ensembles both showstopping and historic. Impeccable craftsmanshIp

Whether lavish and bejeweled or sleek and exotic, the couture bridalwear of designers such as Cristóbal Balenciaga, Jean Paul Gaultier, Yves Saint Laurent, Elsa Schiaparelli, and Yohji Yamamoto represents fashion’s highest achievement.

THE WEDDING DRESS

the wedding dress

ElEanor Thompson is a respected

For brides-to-be or any reader with a fascination for couture, here is the essential guide to the best wedding dresses of modern times—the 50 iconic designs that made fashion history. This is the book of bridal legends, designs that have transcended mere beauty to become flash points of fashion and style. With examples both elegant and extravagant by the most renowned couturiers of our time, The Wedding Dress explains how and why each achieved iconic status.

InspIratIon for brIdes-to-be ELEANOR THOMPSON

A wealth of illustrations and information about style and construction promises fresh insight for brides-to-be, fashionistas, and designers.

the

wedding dress The 50 DeSIGNS ThaT chaNGeD The courSe of brIDal faShIoN

From the white wedding dress worn by Queen Victoria in 1840 to couture creations by Karl Lagerfeld, Alexander McQueen, Vera Wang, and Vivienne Westwood, The Wedding Dress examines the details of each and every design in chronological sequence. Photographs of the dresses and brides are accompanied by illustrations offering a 360-degree view of the designs’ unique features. Fashion expert Eleanor Thompson provides biographies of the dresses’ designers alongside a technical deconstruction of their work, revealing the means employed to cut and fit these extraordinary garments, the time it took to make them, and the amount of fabric and trimmings required. Laying bare the anatomy of each showstopping ensemble—silhouette, fabrics, tailoring, embellishments, and hidden details—this accessible and richly illustrated book is an indispensable resource for brides, stylists, designers, and anyone interested in the extraordinary world of couture.

1000 DRESSES

THE WEDDING DRESS

Tracy Fitzgerald & Alison Taylor

Eleanor Thompson

FASHION DESIGN COURSE: ACCESSORIES

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

Jane Schaffer & Sue Saunders

288pp FBTD

192pp M DAI

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 256pp FGAD

THE

FASHION DESIGNER’S

TEXTILE DIRECTORY

ed in the directory comes with color hat illustrate its properties, helping w a particular fabric’s qualities make ic items of apparel.

book you will find essential guides to aves, knits, weights, characteristics,

BAUGH

anized by function. Do you want a re, fluidity, added volume, definition, you want a garment that clings to the allows you to construct a whole new the overall effect you are aiming to d elegant or lustrous and magnificent?

SECOND EDITION

THE FASHION DESIGNER’S TEXTILE DIRECTORY

SECO EDIT ND ION REV ISE UPD

A guide to fabrics’ properties, characteristics, and garment-design potential

D, ATE D

NEW Edition THE FASHION DESIGNER’S TEXTILE DIRECTORY Designers are trained to develop a vision in terms of surface, silhouette, and “good” design; they are not trained to translate that vision into understandable terms for the textile industry. This book is designed to fill this gap in communication. The Fashion Designer’s Textile Directory guides you through five fabric categories: • Structure • Fluidity • Ornamentation • Expansion • Compression The book is illustrated and explained with photographs of fabric samples, garments, and diagrams. Each entry has all the information you will need to make the right decision about the fabric for your design. Graphic icons representing fabric structure, weight, and any special finishes provide a wealth of information without the need for lots of reading, and facts and figures are summarized in bullet lists. Key information about featured fabrics is included in the charts at the back of the book, usefully condensed and organized into tables for quick reference when you’re in the design studio or with a supplier. The Fashion Designer’s Textile Directory is a must-have reference for the fashion designer or fashion design student, simultaneously offering instruction in fabric while helping develop skills for the design room. About the revised edition: Includes wonderful new images and an updated chapter on Responsible Design, which is a call to empower fashion industry designers to make changes in their products.

EAN

ISBN: 978-1-4380-1155-4

$35.00

Canada $43.99

w w w. b a r r o n s e d u c . c o m

GAIL BAUGH

DJ35-11-2017 JY(Quarto Adult)Robin TXDN Textile Directory Cov 175L 300gsm Gold Sun C2S Magenta

Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

ric and textile directory ers and fashion designers be without. It’s like having onal textiles expert on mend fabrics that match u want to achieve. You’ll different fabrics perform, n the many ways to use designs.

09/11/2017 17:52

Cov

THE FASHION DESIGNER’S TEXTILE DIRECTORY: SECOND EDITION

THE FASHION DESIGNER’S DIRECTORY OF SHAPE AND FORM

FASHION DESIGN DRAWING COURSE: REVISED AND UPDATED EDITION

Gail Baugh

Simon Travers-Spencer & Zarida Zaman

7¾ × 9¼in (235 × 200mm)

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

320pp TXDN

144pp FDD

160pp FDC2

Jemi Armstrong & Wynn Armstrong


FASHION & TEXTILES

FIGURE POSES FOR FASHION ILLUSTRATORS

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF FASHION ILLUSTRATION TECHNIQUES

200 PROJECTS TO GET YOU INTO FASHION DESIGN

Sha Tahmasebi

Carol Nunnelly

Tracy Fitzgerald & Adrian Grandon

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

144pp FASI

160pp FAIT

128pp WGFD

THE FASHION CAREERS GUIDEBOOK

CREATING A SUCCESSFUL FASHION COLLECTION

FASHION PHOTOGRAPHY COURSE

Julia Yates

Steven Faerm

Eliot Siegel

7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

192pp CFAS

160pp WCFD

144pp FAPC

55


N E E D L EC R A F T


FUL

58

NEEDLECRAFT

Tiny Stitches Buttons, Badges, and Brooches to Embroider

BUT

TO N

Draw attention to a coat lapel or jazz up the back pocket of your favorite denims. These cute little buttons offer small-scale canvasses for you to show off your stitching skills. Embroidery fan and Instagram sensation (184k followers and counting) Irem uses no more than 10 stitches in this wonderful collection that she has designed specially for you. Projects don’t use much in the way of materials and there’s no complicated finishing involved. These will be projects that you will finish! Templates come in different sizes, so you can select the one you want to suit your own requirements.

S

AUTHOR Irem Yazici

AM CON E SPECIFICATIONS

68

te

e

Page

a

ls

R e f

all sc 7 × 9in 230 × 180mm 128pp r utton eam for mp ice t l te envelope with iron-on transfers reat o yourIncludes bag wh ors t erever y o ma CODE o ke yo u 304775 12 ur 0

B E A U T I F U L B U T TO N S

th e process Transfer the ice cream motif (see Templates, page 120, or, alternatively, you can use the iron-on transfer paper at the back of the book) onto the piece of fabric, then place into an embroidery hoop (see page 12).

e r e n c

1 Start with the ball on the left. Work the outline in French knots using one strand of apricot. Then fill the rest of the ball using French knots in the same color.

2 Fill the ball on the right with irregular tiny seed stitches using one strand of light seagreen. They should look like confetti but more continuous.

3 For the top ball, first make the outline using two strands of light straw and split stitch. Continue circling inward using split stitch to fill the ball.

4 Use three strands of medium gold to work the cone in satin stitch.

5 Make straight stitches parallel to the edges of the cone using one strand of light brown. To create the cornet pattern, make stitches parallel to the right edge, then make stitches parallel to the left edge (they should make crosses). Once you have created the cornet pattern, outline the edge in straight stitch using one strand of light brown.

6 Finally, add the sprinkles using two strands of light Nile green to make short seed stitches all around.

I C E- C R E A M C O N E

69


NEEDLECRAFT

Hoop Dreams Modern Hand Embroidery

Embroidery is back! Cristin Morgan shares her charming designs in this collection of contemporary embroidery motifs and projects. This book will help you bring embroidery out of the hoop and add a touch of stylish handmade flair everywhere— with modern motifs and bold color palettes. Beginners will master basic stitches and skills, all clearly explained in an attractive, approachable way. New and experienced embroiderers alike will find joy in the 20 beautiful and practical project ideas. The 50 illustrated motifs includes abstract and geometric patterns, botanical motifs, hand-lettered designs, and much more. AUTHOR Cristin Morgan

SPECIFICATIONS

7 × 9in

• 230 × 180mm • 128pp

Includes envelope with iron-on transfers

CODE MDEM

59


60

NEEDLECRAFT

Embroidered Cat in my Pocket Techniques and Projects for Enchanting Fashion Adornments

New for

2019

Five years ago, Japanese embroidery artist Hiroko Kubota’s embroidered cat shirts set the internet alight. Hiroko uses a technique that let’s you “paint with thread,” (it requires a small needle, single strands of embroidery floss plus lots of shades of the same color, and two stitches—one bigger than the other—that repeat again and again). This adorable collection of five projects, core techniques, and templates lets you recreate a little of Hiroko’s magic.

AUTHOR Hiroko Kubota

SPECIFICATIONS 9 × 7in

• 230 × 180mm • 112pp

Includes envelope with ironYUMI-CHAN

on transfers

This tortoise shell tabby with its intense green eyes and inquisitive attitude is the ideal companion to carry around in a shirt pocket. Once you have transferred the design to your surface, follow the order of work set out over the next few pages. Ears are a good place to start. Remember, you are working with long and short stitches to get the lovely shaded effect that you are after.

CODE 325961

Tools and Materials •

Crewel needle size 10

Hoop or frame

Woven fabric

Template •

See page 92

Thread colors used 3072 648 645

42

842 844 169

A Kindle of Kittens

3799 168 712

738 739 632

3772 407 3064


61

NEEDLECRAFT

Add One Stitch: Knitting All the Stitches You Need in 15 Projects

Knitting is made up of just two stitches— knit and purl. Mastering these two stitches will open up a realm of new combinations and textures to the knitting novice. Add One Stitch Knitting walks you through the basics and gives you all the building blocks needed to successfully complete more challenging projects as you progress on your knitting journey.

ALL THE STITCHES YOU NEED IN 15 PROJECTS

ADD ONE STITCH

KNITTING GARTER • STOCKINET TE • RIB STITCH • SEED STITCH MOSS STITCH • BROKEN RIB • WAFFLE STITCH BASKETWEAVE STITCH • SLIP STITCH RIB • ANDALUSIAN STITCH OBLIQUE RIB • HURDLE RIB

ALINA SCHNEIDER

With 15 knitting stitches clearly explained and demonstrated, you learn the essential techniques before moving on to create a stylish project using that stitch. Begin with garter and stockinette, and advance to moss, rib, seed, waffle, and more. Stitch by stitch and project by project, build up your skills as you create beautiful and contemporary knitted garments and accessories.

ADD ONE STITCH KNITTING

With a resurgence of interest in needlecraft and a growing awareness of its benefits for stress relief and relaxation, more and more people want to learn to knit. The perfect book for beginners, Add One Stitch: Knitting demystifies the process of learning to knit. 15 essential knitting stitches are explained in an easy-to follow lesson format, each accompanied by a stylish project with which to practice your new skills. Starting with the simple knit and purl stitches, the lessons teach you how to combine these two building blocks to create more complex stitches such as moss, waffle, rib, seed, and more. Build up your skills, stitch by stitch.

EAN

ISBN: 978-1-4380-1089-2

$18.99

Canada $23.99

www.barrons educ .c om

ALINA SCHNEIDER

AOSK_COV_AddOneStitch_US.indd All Pages

30/08/2017 11:12

AUTHOR Alina Schneider

SPECIFICATIONS 7½ × 9½in 190mm

• 246 × • 128pp

CODE E AOSK


62

NEEDLECRAFT

Amour Fou’s House of Dolls Charming Crochet Projects to Love and to Hold

New for

2019

Each doll has a story to tell and a personality of their own— some are real globetrotters, others prefer the coziness of the home. Grab your hook and yarn and learn how to crochet cute dolls with their very own personality. Make them for a beloved little one, as decoration for a very special room, or gift them to yourself or others. A strong believer that dolls are for everyone (no age limits), crochet artist Carla Mitrani invites you to create your own companion. Addressing doll-lovers and all-level crocheters, she explains 15 patterns in detail and provides special tricks and tips for customization to create your very own designs. AUTHOR Carla Mitrani 100

Projects | Coralie

SPECIFICATIONS 7 × 9in

101

MEET CORALIE

• 230 × 180mm • 128pp

Coralie loves the spring! It’s when she gets to wear her cute dresses, play outside, have the wind blow her curls and, if she is lucky, maybe catch a colorful butterfly.

CODE 325442

MATERIALS

INSTRUCTIONS

Size 3 (3mm) crochet hook 100 % cotton yarn for a Size 3 (3mm) hook A pair of 2⁄5 in (10 mm) safety eyes

Make your own

Amour Fou

CORALIE

Tapestry needle Three press stud buttons for the dress Polyfiber fill

You can choose your yarn for Coralie’s hair and skintone in any color. She will always look beautiful.

From head to toe, Coralie measures approx. 13 3⁄4 in (35cm). Of course, should you choose a different hook and yarn, the final measurement will vary.

LEG 1

Start with the skin color. Round 1 Magic ring of 5 sc. Round 2 Crochet *2 sc in each st*, repeat * (10). Round 3 Crochet *1 sc, 2 sc in the next st*, repeat * (15). Round 4 to 20 Crochet 15 sc Close and break the yarn.

LEG 2 & BODY

Start with the skin color. Round 1 Magic ring of 5 sc. Round 2 Crochet *2 sc in each st*, repeat * (10). Round 3 Crochet *1 sc, 2 sc in the next st*, repeat * (15). Round 4 to 20 Crochet 15 sc. Round 21 Change to the color of her underwear and, only through back loops, crochet 15 sc...

BODY

...chain 3 and join LEG 1. Crochet 15 sc (only through back loops) on leg 1. Round 22 This will be the begining of the following rounds. Crochet 3 sc on one of the sides of the 3-ch-chain, then15 sc on leg 2, then 3 sc on the other side of the 3-ch chain and, finally, 15 sc on leg 1. Total stitches: 36 Round 23 Crochet *5 sc, 2 sc in the next st*, repeat * (42).

Round 24 to 29 Crochet 42 sc. Round 30 Change to the color of her skin and only through back loops, crochet 42 sc. Stuff the legs firmly. Round 31 Crochet 42 sc. Round 32 Place a stitch marker right in the middle of the two legs. Crochet the necessary sc to reach the stitch marker. Crochet 20 sc, then one popcorn stitch (see page 94) and finally 21 sc. You just made the belly button. Is it right in the middle of the two legs? Perfect! Round 33 to 34 Crochet 42 sc. Round 35 Crochet *5 sc, one decrease*, repeat * (36). Round 36 to 38 Crochet 36 sc. Round 39 Crochet *4 sc, one decrease*, repeat * (30). Round 40 to 41 Crochet 30 sc. Start stuffing the body now, firmly. Round 42 Crochet *3 sc, one decrease*, repeat * (24). Round 43 to 44 Crochet 24 sc. Round 45 Crochet *2 sc, one decrease*, repeat * (18). 46 to 47 Crochet 18 sc. Continue stuffing the body. Do not break the yarn.


64

NEEDLECRAFT

The Step-by-step Guide to 200 Crochet Stitches

Great for new and experienced crocheters alike, The Step-bystep Guide to 200 Crochet Stitches offers stitches with detailed written, charted, and photographed instructions. This essential book presents stitch sections including: •Basic stitches • Fans & Shells • Bobbles & Clusters • Spikes • Relief stitches • Mesh & Filet • Waves • Crossed stitches • Decorative stitches

AUTHOR Tracey Todhunter

SPECIFICATIONS 71⁄2 × 9¾in

• 246 × 190mm • 192pp

CODE CRS2

signed to get crochet fans and creative ways of working th of stitch patterns and

by clear step-by-step photographs, s and stitch samples.

rkshop tutor and knit and crochet Yarns in 2006. She co-authored I Love Colour in Knitting. Sarah also designs zine.

9 781844 489633

www.searchpress.com

Search Press

£12.99 ISBN 978-1-84448-963-3

Sarah Hazell

ochet’s most popular stitch styles: d bobbles, delicate lacy shells and ing relief stitches, colourful, graphic chevrons and waves, along with titches.

200 Crochet Stitches

het Stitches

Crochet Stitches

A practical guide with swatches, charts and step-by-step instructions Sarah Hazell

This title follows on from Sarah Hazell’s wonderful 200 Crochet Stitches

In addition, each stitch pattern shows a large finished swatch in eye-catching colors. You’ll learn essential crochet skills, such as changing color, fastening off, and forming basic stitches. Also available at your fingertips at any time is a key for all abbreviations and symbols used. The Step-by-step Guide to 200 Crochet Stitches offers excellent, useful instruction and vibrant inspiration for all crocheters.


65

142 Tweed Chevron

143 Crossed Chevron

You need to work this stitch in multiple colors in order for the pattern to be shown off at its best. Making a large project such as a blanket in single crochet can be time-consuming, so try using a chunky yarn for a speedy make. As with all chevrons worked in single crochet, you will get better results if you use a slightly larger hook than the one recommended for the yarn.

3

A 2

B

1

C

Step 1

Step 2

Step 3

Multiple 16 sts, plus 1 for the foundation

Step 2 With yarn B, ch1, 2sc in first sc, *1sc in each of next 5sc, [sc2tog over next 2sc] twice, 1sc in each of next 5sc**, [2sc in next sc] twice; rep from * across, ending last rep at **, 2sc in last sc, change to yarn C, turn.

Step 3 Repeat Step 2, working one row of each color in sequence.

chain.

Step 1 (RS) With yarn A, 2sc in 2nd ch from hk, *1sc in each of next 5ch, [sc2tog over next 2ch] twice, 1sc in each of next 5ch**, [2sc in next ch] twice; rep from * across, ending last rep at **, 2sc in last ch, change to yarn B, turn.

121

The use of crossed double crochet gives the fabric an unusual texture. You can use any number of colors for this stitch. This example uses three shades of yarn and changes color every row, so you can simply carry the unused yarn up the side of the work. Change color on the last yarnover of the last stitch of the row for smooth color transitions.

WAVES AND CHEVRONS

DIRECTORY OF STITCHES

120

Step 1

Step 2

Step 3

Multiple 21 sts + 1, plus 3 for the

Step 2 With yarn B, ch1, 2sc in first dc, *1sc

Step 3 With yarn C, ch3 (counts as 1dc),

foundation chain.

in each of next 8dc, sc2tog over first and third of next 3 sts (i.e. skipping 1 st), 1sc in each of next 8dc**, 3sc in next dc; rep from * across, ending last rep at **, 2sc in top of tch, change to yarn C, turn.

1dc in first dc, *[Crossed 2dc over next 2sc] 4 times, dc2tog over first and third of next 3 sts (i.e. skipping 1 st), [Crossed 2dc over next 2sc] 4 times**, 3dc in next sc; rep from * across, ending last rep at **, 2dc in last sc, change to yarn A, turn.

Step 1 (RS) With yarn A, 1dc in 4th ch from hk, *[Crossed 2dc over next 2ch] 4 times, dc2tog over first and last of next 4ch (i.e. skipping 2ch), [Crossed 2dc over next 2ch] 4 times**, 3dc in next ch; rep from * across, ending last rep at **, 2dc in last ch, change to yarn B, turn.

Step 4 Repeat Steps 2–3, working one row of each color in sequence.

Special stitch Crossed 2dc: Skip 1 st, 1dc in next st, working in front of dc just made, 1dc in skipped st (work into foundation ch on row 1). A B C

3

3 2

2

1

1

1

Step 1

Steps 2–3

15

BASIC STITCHES

DIRECTORY OF STITCHES

14

1 Slip Stitch Rib

2 Front Loop Slip Stitch

3 Back Loop Slip Stitch

4 Purl Slip Stitch

Slip stitches can be tight to work, so it is best to use a hook that is larger than the one recommended on the ball band. Unlike taller stitches, there is no need to make a turning chain at the beginning of each row of slipped stitches. This stitch pattern tends to “lean” to one side, but can easily be straightened with blocking or when sewn to other squarer pieces.

This stitch pattern produces a thin and stable fabric, and is often used for hats. There is no need to make a turning chain at the beginning of each row of slipped stitches.

This pattern closely resembles knitted fabric. It makes a strong and elastic rib suitable for cuffs, welts, and hat brims.

Closely resembling knitted garter stitch, this stitch pattern has a defined texture and is ideal for sturdy projects such as edgings, bags, and homewares.

Step 2

Step 3

Multiple Any number of sts.

Step 3 Ch1, 1sc in each sl st across, turn.

Step 1 (RS) 1sc in 2nd ch from hk and in each ch across, turn.

Step 4 Repeat Steps 2–3.

Step 1

Step 3

Multiple Any number of sts.

Step 2 1FLsl st in each sl st

Step 1 (RS) 1sl st in first ch and in each ch across, turn.

Step 3 Repeat Step 2.

Step 2

Step 3

Step 2

Step 3

Multiple Any number of sts.

Step 3 Repeat Step 2.

Multiple Any number of sts.

Step 3 1FLsl st in each sl st

Step 1 (RS) 1sl st in first ch

across, turn.

Step 2 1sl st in each sc across, turn.

Step 1 (RS) 1sl st in first ch

and in each ch across, turn.

and in each ch across, turn.

Step 2 1BLsl st in each sl st

Step 2 1BLsl st in each sl st

across, turn.

across, turn.

across, turn.

Step 4 Repeat Steps 2–3.

3

3 2

2

2 1

2 1

1

1


66

NEEDLECRAFT

Stripy Crochet Blankets The Joy of Repetition

Join Haafner Linssen, author of Mandalas to Crochet, on a journey into the world of crocheting stripes. These patterns are relaxing to create, work up quickly, and there aren’t lots of ends to sew in. Patterns for twenty beautiful stripy blankets are included here, from simple blankets that use only the most basic stitches—perfect for an absolute beginner—to more complex patterns that use less commonly known stitches. Each project comes with a pattern, chart, color advice, and instructions for making it in a variety of sizes. You’ll also find all the basic crochet techniques you need clearly explained. AUTHOR Haafner Linssen

SPECIFICATIONS 8¾ × 8¾in

• 222 × 222mm • 128pp

CODE STBL

From the author of Mandalas to Crochet


k

e o e utsi fa d ci e i ng n w ou ar t. d, B

Fa co se e sk Ro Co 2: st er o lo ed e bea en rs be u sc ip 1 und lor be d lo s] B, off ter ,a 1s ad 1 w 4 nd c, , an sl s Co ring tim l s e s Ro d ls to jo ft . l o i e in ti nt R f r v s Sl o u A e n o o w r g on . 67 Sl ith 1 s th r th u 9, st i nd ui n de sl st i nd sl c] e s e s be sl s 3 5 1 c st n ls ). st : 9 t c a w b ] 6 4 h ] 9, ds in tim el t a in , i : S o t in th s in e chA in ch sl s , ch ne and iti iti es. w i th a , ft 9, e al l st ch anedr al Ch t. tw 6.* t] in 6, xt c in e s r [ c i s m o o s * b n C n h i Ro ls hl 9, n sl ice d e l S i h th f 19 n umn 7 t. sk st , a l st ext st i 9 s ddl 9, ad 9, dd Sl e u s i n s c p e i p 1 in nd s s p in ch ne . [ . l s h-7 d,lest : ch l s , o sl st i nd 11 in Ro ti st n 6. t] i iti from nex -9 s xt Ch f ch sp orfin t n w 7 w 3 ] Fo u * n al t c p. ch 1, p -9 : i cg th s. sl ice * Sl * sl in th s in e ch, C C hbe e sp r p nd st , a iti st to h-9 h 9 s lace sp. st m h 5 -7 as d l s ac an 10 ac ur 1, p] n . a ** * i i 4 p s s h n d t p d , l [ d 3 pl ch in on p. dl an . [aCs o t in Ro ac es, os : i Ro s C e iti from -5 th f 19 n m ce Re ace wic ee h es ch es of d jo hs5ho Fo u al Sl id u sp e s m pea sh e. [ d c as ain of i , w n sl t r n h- dl st n h l e s . o e C t p e / n t d p c st e st e ll, re 5 sh his of ac in d h u : f h a r rp sp of .J s i c 4 a o e n i s h 8 1 c p n e r n pa ll s o Ch h : o oi m : c ch th s. o d u m ace s, c se n off the f 1 h, * C e 7, 9 s ces pa nd s w m h5 5s c ; w m 9 c and ch idd s a hai of , p a . ith id p n l s of nd . [C Sl es, cou ea idd h-3 in dl , an . [C ch /sh thi th sp e o st D an th jo n h e l v s f s d m e e e s h t e in in d 7 of e m . C ch spa ell s ro j be co in of ps. idd c al in 5 w , sl id h 7 -9 th oin 3, ce pa u ad rat Jo le en th R iti ith st ch hai l ch d e s. o al c le , a sp s, e a i ds e i ] , a n/ -9 Sl u ni n w of c ch sl s in or of nd . [C Sl es, b s . n tia ith h-9 t i ea d i ead sl st i nd ot de th jo h st i l n 3 n c n s i n 7 e he n n sp ch sl i s m th h o w st] 5: 4 in 5 w , sl r o red . -3 st p. i id e iti i Sl and follow the clear in th s in e ch, sl f 19 in creativity Unlesash your rn w allowing only sp good al th s st] Dreamcatchers are said to act as filters, -7 dle i i step-by-step instructions toscreate 30 beautiful a a t s l a t th dreamcatchers. . unique crocheted ch l s in i t c ti n s m hf a and F sp of h d lc ti as e s in n -9 t i en ea c th s. in get started, need hook, h- n t of dreams to reach you. Place them in your symbol tall you of l sis a crochet tshome sp n t th as aTosome C h e yarn, andean embroidery These 19 m 7 hto n t arehoop. . er delicate and intricate designs suitable for m h 7 -7 s e Crochet . 30 Dreamcatchers s i d c p all skill levels, so even absolute beginners can sl id screativity , a p. h d . , your hopes and dreams. Why not unleash your and achieve dreamy results. le dl st sh 7 e nd [Ch o s e i With full patterns and inspiring photos, a review n p f of l s crochet techniques, and a collection of jo of lcore c th s. , ideas, this book is a guarantee for many project th in 7, make your own unique dreamcatcher? C h e hours of happy crocheting. e m h 7 -7 s i p , d Follow the clear step-by-step instructions to create 30 dl an . [C Author e d h Caitlin Sainio has been crocheting for most o j her life, and especially loves the delicate f t oin 7, beautiful crocheted dreamcatchers. To get started,ofall you need geometries of thread crochet. Trained as he a mechanical engineer, she’s turned her

sid

ea

di

Sweet Dreams

ng

30 Dreamcatchers to Crochet

Sweet Dreams

engineering talents to crochet design. She is the author of five previous crochet books including the bestselling 100 Snowflakes to Crochet.

Format: 8¾ x 8¾ in. (222 x 222 mm) Extent: 128 pp Pub date: Fall 2018 RRP: $21.99 / £12.99

Caitlin Sainio

is a crochet hook, some yarn, and an embroidery hoop. These delicate and intricate designs are suitable for all skill levels, so even absolute beginners can achieve dreamy results. With full patterns and inspiring photos, a review of crochet techniques that help you create a perfect circle, a discussion of materials, colors, finishing techniques, embellishments, and lots of project ideas, this book is a guarantee for many hours of happy crocheting.

Sweet Dreams

AUTHOR Maaike von Koert 8¾ × 8¾in

SPECIFICATIONS 222 × 222mm

• 128pp

CODE 302731

6/ ng

Asibikaashi’s Web

Ri

From the author of 9 Months to Crochet

8

variation:

Morning Sun >

9


68

NEEDLECRAFT

Mandy’s Guide to Color Crochet Projects to Make in a Range of Luscious Palettes You’ve learned how to crochet and you can follow a pattern. The next big challenge, if you want to work with more than one color, is choosing yarns that go together. By applying the color rules that artists have always known, Mandy puts theory to practical use in this collection of 17 vibrant projects. With clear and crisp color mood boards, stunning photography, a technique refresher course, and a bonus guide on how to organize your creative space, this is a book that Mandy’s growing fanbase will use time and time again as a reference for color inspiration.

SULLIVAN

n crochet designer

e and colorful life.

en published by Mollie

ne and has more than

am followers at

edagape. She believes

raws people to her

Find out more about

agapeblog.com.

Mandy’s Guide to Color

ho is passionate about

Mandy’s Guide to

Crochet

Color

Crochet Projects to make in a Range of luscious palettes

Mandy O’Sullivan

Mandy O’Sullivan

AUTHOR Mandy O’Sullivan

SPECIFICATIONS 8¾ × 8¾in

• 222 × 222mm • 128pp

Meet Mandy!

CODE MGTC

My interest in crochet began a few years ago when a friend introduced me to the wonderful world of yarn. I am passionate about living life with creativity and color, but there was a time I struggled with color choices and restricted myself to neutrals rather than get it “wrong.” I am happy to say that I am no longer scared of color and would like to share my passion for color with you.

32

PROJECTS BY COLOR THEORY

Extended related schemes

Extended related colors are those that are side-by-side on the color wheel and include four color steps. These colors can be tinted, shaded, or grayed, so look a little deeper when choosing colors and find their source. The project for this color theory contains the four tinted colors: Red-Violet, Red, Red-Orange, and Orange which together create a warm color combination. Extended related schemes, like related schemes (see page 22), are soothing on the eye as they have low contrast. Orange

Re d-

Or an

ge

Re d

Violet CREATING A SOFTER PALETTE

This scheme uses four colors that sit side-by-side on the color wheel, which creates a divinely peaceful palette. By adding white to each of the four colors, a deliciously tinted version of the scheme is born. This softens the palette considerably and makes it even easier on the eye.


NEEDLECRAFT

Micro-Crochet The World’s Smallest Crochet Creatures. No, Really!

Author Mariella Vitale has a unique skill: she can pick up a 0.4mm crochet hook and some embroidery yarn, and create remarkable, miniature three-dimensional creatures the size of a thumbnail. For the first time ever, her amazing collection of microcrocheted creatures has been brought together in a book and—thanks to the full patterns and instructions contained within—readers can have a go at making some for themselves. The “bigger hook/thicker yarn� combinations mean you can also use the same patterns and end up with a bigger frog. Or ladybug. Or rabbit. Or chameleon. AUTHOR 24 Choose a Chum

Mariella Vitale

Choose a Chum 25

SPECIFICATIONS

7½ × 9Ÿin

• 235 × 190mm • 128pp CODE FTCC

4

Giraffe 115

YOU WILL NEED: 1 Size 10 (1mm) thread crochet hook 2 Small tweezers or toothpick Tongue lashing: baby

4

Pottering around: and hoping not to encounter a real snail, which is bigger than this.

5

3 Small sewing needle chameleon the size of your

6

See page 74 for Snail pattern instructions.

thumbnail seeks very small insect for lunch.

4 White glue

5 Stuffing–fiberfill/polyfill

See page 92 for Chameleon

7

2 1

Snacking: Micro giraffe happily grazes on the lower boughs of a flat-leaf parsley tree.

6 Size 12 cotton thread pattern in yellow, instructions. brown, black 7 Brown craft chalk

3

16 15

This tiny giraffe is actually one of the giants of the micro-crochet world! With his long neck, he can reach the tallest herbs in the kitchen. 16 16 15 15 14 14 13 13

HEAD

13 12



11



9 9

5 5

 



    



    



  



 

4

10 10

3 2 1

7 7

4 4 (10 sts) Round 5: sc in next 8 sts, 2 sc in last3 st 2

   



8 7 6

Round 3: [sc in next st, 2 sc in next st] 3 times (9 sts) 8 8 6 6

 

 

10 9

5

Round 2: sc in each st around (6 sts)

Round 4: sc in each st around (9 sts)

14



12

Round 1: With yellow make an adjustable ring and 12 work 6 sc 11 11 into the ring (OR ch 2, 6 sc in 2nd ch from hook), do not join, place a marker to mark the first stitch of the next round (6 sts)



3

2 Round 6: [sc in next 4 sts, 2 sc in next st] 2 times (12 sts) 1 1

  

Round 7: 2 sc in next 6 sts, sc in next 6 sts (18 sts)



                                                                                         

Round 8: sc in each st around (18 sts) Stuff the head but not to capacity just yet, with tiny pieces of fiberfill using small tweezers, or a toothpick. Round 9: [sc in next 2 sts. 2 sc in next st] 6 times (24 sts)

Giraffe

Round 10–13: sc in each st around (24 sts) continues next page

Actual size

Key to chart

Single crochet

Single crochet increase

Single crochet decrease

Giraffe size variations Size 11 (0.8mm) thread crochet hook with size 80 tatting thread: 1in (2.5cm) Size 10 (1mm) thread crochet hook with size 12 cotton thread: 13â „4in (4cm) Size 8 (1.25mm) thread crochet hook with size 14 cotton thread: 21â „4in (5.5cm)

                   

         

    

                 

69


70

NEEDLECRAFT

Knitting & Crochet

COMPLETE KNITTING SKILLS

CROCHET: LEARN IT. LOVE IT.

THE KNITTING STITCH BIBLE

Debbie Tomkies

Tracey Todhunter

Maria Parry-Jones

5¾ × 9in (228 × 195mm)

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

256pp QRK

160pp CCTH

256pp wiro-bound KSB

THE CROCHET STITCH BIBLE Betty Barnden

THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA OF KNITTING TECHNIQUES

THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CROCHET TECHNIQUES

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

Melody Griffiths & Lesley Stanfield

Jan Eaton

256pp wiro-bound CST

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

144pp EKT2

160pp ECR2


KNITTING & CROCHET

BEST Seller

200 FUN THINGS TO KNIT

200 FUN THINGS TO CROCHET

100 SNOWFLAKES TO CROCHET

Editor: Victoria Lyle

Editor: Victoria Lyle

Caitlin Sainio

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

224pp FNTK

224pp FNTC

128pp HCKS

Follow us at: www.smpcraft.com facebook.com/stmartinspress twitter.com/stmartinspress pinterest.com/stmartinspress Also available from St. Martin’s Griffin: 750 Knitting Stitches Simple Knitting by Erika Knight

The squares are organized according to skill level, progressing from basic knit and purl stitches to more challenging techniques, such as cable and lace. And at the back of the book you’ll find a handful of inspirational projects that teach you how to combine your squares for unique and stylish results.

200 Crochet Stitches is designed to get crochet fans discovering new stitches and creative ways of working crochet. It contains a wealth of stitch patterns and how-to techniques. Stitches are accompanied by clear step-by-step photographs, written instructions, charts and stitch samples. This collection includes crochet’s most popular stitch styles: textured clusters, puffs and bobbles, delicate lacy shells and trellis, technically challenging relief stitches, colourful, graphic and endlessly adaptable chevrons and waves, along with essential skills and basic stitches. Sarah Hazell is a freelance workshop tutor and knit and crochet designer who joined Rowan Yarns in 2006. She co-authored I Love Crochet as well as Exploring Colour in Knitting. Sarah also designs for Knitting and Making magazine.

Che Lam

Che Lam is the creator of the knit blog Handy Kitty, and her knitted designs have been published in Knit Scene and Pompom magazines. Once the in-house knitwear designer at Drops Design in Norway and a freelancer today, Che shares her design ideas, inspirations, and tutorials at handykitty.com.

For Beginners and Up, a Unique Approach to Learning to Knit 50 knit blocks to teach you 50 stitches & techniques

200 Crochet Stitches

ISBN 978-1-250-06995-5

ISBN 978-1-84448-963-3

52299 >

w w w. s t m a r t i n s . c o m

S T. M A R T I N ’ S G R I F F I N 175 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10 010 P R I N T E D

I N

C H I N A

9 781250 069955

Che Lam

Search Press

9 781844 489633

A practical guide with swatches, charts and step-by-step instructions Sarah Hazell

Search Press

£12.99

US $22.99 / CAN $26.99

Crochet Stitches

Sarah Hazell

Build up your knitting skills, one square at a time!

Learn How to Knit with 50 Squares

200 Crochet Stitches

Never thought that YOU could knit? Well, with Learn How to Knit with 50 Squares, you will discover all the essential skills that you need, one stitch at a time. Learn a new stitch by knitting the square, following a clear step-by-step tutorial and chart. By the time you have finished the square, you have practiced the new stitch, and you’re ready to move on to the next one–quick and easy!

Learn How to Knit with 50 Squares

Learn How to Knit with 50 Squares •

www.searchpress.com

BOHO BABY CROCHET

LEARN HOW TO KNIT WITH 50 SQUARES

200 CROCHET STITCHES

Dedri Uys 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

Che Lam

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

128pp E BOBB

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

192pp CRSW

Sarah Hazell

144pp LTKF

BEST Seller

DON’T

MISS THIS

THE ESSENTIAL STITCH COLLECTION FOR KNITTERS

250 KNITTING STITCHES

Melody Griffiths & Lesley Stanfield

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

192pp KNSD

208pp ESCK

Debbie Tomkies

71


72

NEEDLECRAFT

DON’T

MISS THESE

NEW Editions + 350

+ CROCHET 350

+ 0

HET

iques, Secrets

Tips, Techniques, and Trade Secrets

Tips, Techniques, and Trade Secrets

to your crochet h this indispensable how. Over 350 tips, are explained and -step photographs ms.

CROCHET

iques you’ll need, in m choosing the right our finished garment.

accurately estimate the erns for the perfect fit.

100 LACE FLOWERS TO CROCHET Caitlin Sainio 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 128pp LFC

How to be better at what you do

J A N E AT O N

m basic chain stitch to n mixing and matching s.

JAN EATON

piration for adding work using beaded face crochet.

UPDATED EDITION More Tips! ! More Skills

US $22.99 / CAN $32.99 52299 >

9 781250 125101

350+ CROCHET TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS Jan Eaton 7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 160pp CRT2

50 PINCUSHIONS TO KNIT AND CROCHET Cat Thomas

+ KNITTING 350

+ 0

NG

ques, ecrets

ted garments and mpendium of knitting es, and trade secrets h clear step-by-step agrams.

from stockinette stitch s, and intarsia work.

you’ll need, in the order d joining in yarns, to , and embellishments.

128pp FPKC

KNITTING Tips, Techniques, and Trade Secrets

TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS

arts; choose colors and and adapt designs for

+ 350

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

How to be better at what you do

BETTY BARNDEN

ays of practicing and r correcting common

BETTY BARNDEN

UPDATE D EDITION More Tip More Ski s! lls!

US $22.99 / CAN $32.99 52299 >

9 781250 125125

Cypress Colours

1 Proof ST

14/11/2016 10:18

350+ KNITTING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS Betty Barnden 7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 160pp KTT2

GEO KNITS Mary Jane Mucklestone 8¾ × 8¾in ( 222 × 222mm) 144pp E GEOK


KNITTING & CROCHET

BEST Seller

100 FLOWERS TO KNIT AND CROCHET

CROCHET FLOWERS STEP-BY-STEP

CROCHET SNOWFLAKES STEP-BY-STEP

Lesley Stanfield

Tanya Shliazhko

Caitlin Sainio

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)

7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)

128pp FKC

112pp CFLS

112pp SBSS

75 BIRDS, BUTTERFLIES, AND LITTLE BEASTS TO KNIT AND CROCHET

100 COLORFUL GRANNY SQUARES TO CROCHET

Lesley Stanfield

75 SEASHELLS, FISH, CORAL, AND COLORFUL MARINE LIFE TO KNIT AND CROCHET

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

Jessica Polka

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

128pp KNCC

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

144pp CAFG

Leonie Morgan

128pp KFMS

200 RIPPle Stitch Patterns

STITCH

PATTERNS

PATTERNS

for Baby Blankets

Exciting patterns to knit and crochet for afghans, blankets and throws

Jan Eaton

Jan Eaton

200

200

Jan Eaton

RIPPLE STITCH

Jan Eaton

Knitted and crocheted designs, blocks and trims for cot covers and shawls

100 COLORFUL RIPPLE STITCHES TO CROCHET

200 RIPPLE STITCH PATTERNS Jan Eaton

200 STITCH PATTERNS FOR BABY BLANKETS

Leonie Morgan

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

Jan Eaton

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

128pp RPA

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

128pp HRSC

128pp SPBB

73


74

NEEDLECRAFT

75 CROCHETED FLORAL BLOCKS

75 FLORAL BLOCKS TO KNIT

Betty Barnden

Lesley Stanfield

75 EXQUISITE TRIMS IN THREAD CROCHET

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

Caitlin Sainio

128pp HKC

128pp FKBL

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 128pp HCLA

MILNER CRAFT SERIES

MISS THESE

75

Colourful Hexagons to Crochet

In this new book from Leonie Morgan you’ll discover a delightful collection of hexagons to crochet in bright and inspiring colourways. With 75 original designs to choose from, lots of vibrant colour variations plus five eye-catching projects to try, there’s plenty here to spark the imagination.

• Containing a step-by-step guide to all the basic crochet techniques you need to get started, as well as advice on how to design your own projects, this wonderfully illustrated book will appeal to beginners and more experienced crocheters alike. Leonie Morgan is a freelance crochet designer who runs her own craft business and blog, WoolnHook. A self-taught crocheter with a love of colour and design, she is the author of 100 Bright & Colourful Granny Squares to Crochet and 100 Colourful Ripple Stitches to Crochet. Leonie lives in Wales, UK, where she spends her time walking in the mountains and playing with wool. She blogs at www.woolnhook.com and her website can be found at www.leoniemorgan.com

Leonie Morgan

• Each design comes with a clear written pattern, an easy-to-follow chart and a large photograph of the crochet hexagon. Complete with designs that range from simple to more advanced in skill level, simply pick your favourite hexagon pattern and get crocheting, or mix and match some of the designs to create your own unique project.

75 Colourful Hexagons to Crochet

DON’T

75

Colourful Hexagons to Crochet

The Ultimate Mix-and-Match Patterns in Eye-Popping Colours Leonie Morgan

ISBN 978-1-86351-484-2

9 781863 514842

75 COLORFUL HEXAGONS TO CROCHET Leonie Morgan 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 144pp CHEX

MANDALAS TO CROCHET

FLOWER LOOM BLOOMS

Haafner Linssen

Haafner Linssen 8¾ × 8¾in ( 222 × 222mm) 128pp FLMB

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 128pp CRMA

75 LACE CROCHET MOTIFS Caitlin Sainio 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 128pp LCMM


KNITTING & CROCHET

150 ALL-TIME FAVORITE CROCHET BLOCKS

GRADIENT KNITS

150 CROCHET TRIMS

Tanis Gray

Sue Smith

Sarah Hazell

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

144pp E MSKN

128pp CTR

160pp TFCB

150 KNITTED TRIMS

POPCORNS, BOBBLES, AND PUFFS TO CROCHET

150 KNIT AND CROCHET MOTIFS

Lesley Stanfield 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

Lindy Zubairy

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

128pp KNE

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

128pp KCBL

Heather Lodinsky

96pp PPBC

BEST Seller

150 SCANDINAVIAN KNITTING DESIGNS

200 FAIR ISLE DESIGNS Mary Jane Mucklestone

40 COLORFUL AFGHANS TO CROCHET

Mary Jane Mucklestone

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

Leonie Morgan

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

208pp FIPA

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

160pp KDS

128pp STPA

75


76

NEEDLECRAFT

KNITS FOR KITTIES

CATS IN HATS

Sara Elizabeth Kellner

Sara Thomas

THE MAGIC OF SHETLAND LACE KNITTING

7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)

7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)

Elizabeth Lovick

112pp KCCT

112pp KCCA

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 144pp SLMO

magical

agical

and Lace Shawls

e shawls look impossibly light and ey are surprisingly easy to knit.

cludes clear instructions for all the eded to knit Shetland lace, meaning nners can achieve fantastic results.

terns and instructions for five eces” that teach you how to construct mon Shetland shawl shapes.

as spent many years researching UK knitting g knitters the help they need to expand their horizons. butes patterns and articles to knitting and spinning S and UK and is the author of The Magic of Shetland more about Liz at www.northernlace.co.uk.

Also available from St. Martin’s Griffin: The Magic of Shetland Lace Knitting by Elizabeth Lovick

USD $24.99 / CAN $28.99

ISBN 978-1-250-06748-7

52499

Shetland Lace Shawls to knit

Feather Soft and Incredibly Light, 15 Great Patterns and Full Instructions

ELIZABETH LOVICK

Follow us at: www.smpcraft.com facebook.com/SMPCraft twitter.com/SMPCraft pinterest.com/SMPCraft

magical Shetland Lace Shawls to knit

to knit

shawls have long been the epitome ance. This book features patterns for l shawls that range from simple stoles ight up to a light-as-air heirloom shawl.

9 781250 067487 w w w. s t m a r t i n s . c o m

S T. M A R T I N ’ S G R I F F I N 175 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10 010 P R I N T E D

I N

ELIZABETH LOVICK

C H I N A

MAGICAL SHETLAND LACE SHAWLS TO KNIT

THE VERY EASY GUIDE TO FAIR ISLE KNITTING

THE VERY EASY GUIDE TO LACE KNITTING

Elizabeth Lovick

Lynne Watterson

Lynne Watterson

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

144pp SLSH

144pp GFK

144pp GLK


KNITTING & CROCHET

THE VERY EASY GUIDE TO CABLE KNITTING

THE VERY EASY GUIDE TO KNITTING SCARVES

TEN ADORABLE TEDDY BEARS TO KNIT

Lynne Watterson

Marie Connolly

Rachel Borello

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)

144pp ECW

144pp SKCR

112pp TBKN

AFGHANS AND THROWS

HOW TO USE, ADAPT, AND DESIGN KNITTING PATTERNS

9 MONTHS TO CROCHET

Luise Roberts 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

Sidney Bryan & Sam Elliot

62⁄3 × 86⁄7in (220 × 170mm)

160pp EMAT

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

128pp E 9MTC

144pp KNP

Maaike van Koert

77


78

NEEDLECRAFT

Sewing & Quilting BEST Seller

THE SERGER’S TECHNIQUE BIBLE

200 SEWING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS

THE SEWING STITCH AND TEXTILE BIBLE

Julia Hincks

Lorna Knight

Lorna Knight

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

128pp SSMB

160pp STTS

256pp wiro-bound TSSB

Whether you are a beginner or have been sewing for years, this book is packed with all the information you need to get the most out of your sewing machine, simply by changing the feet.

• Everything you need to know about feet attachments,

from basic feet such as the zigzag foot to specialty fabric and technique feet that will help you invent new design ideas for your sewing projects.

• Work effortlessly with a full range of fabrics, learn great

time-saving tricks, and experiment with a range of decorative effects by following the authors’ creative “ideas files.”

• Includes a guide to needle, thread, and fabric choices and

THE SEWING MACHINE ACCESSORY BIBLE

THE

SEWING MACHINE ACCESSORY BIBLE

buying advice for choosing basic, mid-range, and top-end sewing machines, embellishers, and sergers.

Also Available from St. Martin's Griffin: 200 Sewing Tips, Techniques & Trade Secrets by Lorna Knight Sew On by Elissa K. Meyrich Visit www.CraftyBooks.net for free projects, previews of our upcoming books, and more!

Lorna Knight writes regularly for Sewing World and has contributed to many sewing books and other fashion publications. Her own previous books include The Sewing Stitch Bible, The Dressmaker’s Technique Bible, and 200 Sewing Tips, Techniques & Trade Secrets.

$22.99 / $26.50 Can

w w w. s t m a r t i n s . c o m

S T. M A R T I N ’ S G R I F F I N 175 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10010

Get the most out of your machine–from using basic feet to mastering specialty feet

Wendy Gardiner & Lorna Knight Wendy Gardiner & Lorna Knight

Wendy Gardiner has been editor of various sewing titles for many years, and for the last 10 years editor of Sewing World, Britain’s leading sewing magazine. She is co-manager of the ISEW website, a magazine resource site packed with sewing projects and techniques, and runs creative sewing weekends.

THE

SEWING MACHINE ACCESSORY BIBLE

Distributed in Canada by H. B. Fenn and Company, Ltd P R I N T E D

I N

C H I N A

STITCH! THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO HAND SEWING AND EMBELLISHING

THE SEWING MACHINE ACCESSORY BIBLE

THE SEWING MACHINE EMBROIDERER’S BIBLE

Margaret Rowan

Wendy Gardiner & Lorna Knight

Liz Keegan

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

256pp CGHS

128pp SMAB

128pp TMEB


SEWING & QUILTING

NEW Edition

Stitch Directory I Textile Directory I Fabric Manipulation I Techniques I Embellishments

Lorna Knight

A great way to expand sewing skills and inspire new designs, for beginners and experienced designers. Features step-by-step instructions for a wide range of dressmaking techniques, from basic patterns through to couture designs. Includes expert advice on an extensive range of fabrics and decorative embellishments.

Lorna Knight designs and produces lingerie and runs workshops in the U.K., where she teaches a wide range of sewing skills, passing on tips and techniques from both the couture and the High Street fashion worlds. She has written several other dressmaking books.

For all your craft supplies, inspiration and ideas, join the community at www.sewandso.co.uk

ISBN-13: 978-1-4463-0492-1 ISBN-10: 1-4463-0492-2

UK £15.99 US $27.99 (Can $31.00) T3804

THE DRESSMAKING TECHNIQUE BIBLE

All the guidance you need to create beautiful clothes, whether following a pattern, adding embellishments or starting from scratch.

FULLY REVISED & UPDATED INCLUDES NEW TEXTILE DIRECTORY

THE DRESSMAKING TECHNIQUE BIBLE

Lorna Knight

A Complete Guide to Fashion Sewing Techniques

DMT2_D&C JKT 2017.indd 1

04/04/2017 16:20

COMPLETE DRESSMAKING SKILLS

THE DRESSMAKER’S TECHNIQUE BIBLE

COMPLETE DRESSMAKING

Lorna Knight

Lorna Knight

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

5¾ × 9in (228 × 195mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

256pp DMCG

256pp VGSS

256pp wiro-bound DMTB

Jules Fallon

BEST Seller

DRESSMAKING TO FLATTER YOUR SHAPE

HOW TO USE, ADAPT, AND DESIGN SEWING PATTERNS

THE DRESSMAKER’S HANDBOOK OF COUTURE SEWING TECHNIQUES

Lorna Knight

Lee Hollahan

Lynda Maynard

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

176pp UDPS

144pp USP

160pp COU

79


80

NEEDLECRAFT

o inspire quilters and

UK £12.99 US/CAN $19.95

Cherry Dobson

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

256pp wiro-bound SFB

144pp TUB

The Encyclopedia of

Anyone can quilt, and here Jessica Alexandrakis shows how accessible this well loved craft really is. You will learn all the essential tricks and techniques, with simple step-by-step instructions to help you get it right first time, and helpful fix-it tips for if you don’t! The quilt blocks range from traditional to contemporary, including basic patchwork, appliqué and improvisational piecing. Using a range of delightful fabrics, discover how to arrange blocks in a variety of designs, building your skills and creating wonderful modern quilts.

THE COMPLETE QUILTER Essential techniques, tricks and tested methods

Techniques

Jessica Alexandrakis

Katharine Guerrier

beginner; advanced perienced quilter.

Julia Bunting

THE COMPLETE QUILTER

step photographs all the e beautiful quilted and

ilter, a section on rotary ows how to achieve me.

THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO UPHOLSTERY

THE COMPLETE QUILTER

The Encyclopedia of QUILTING & PATCHWORK Techniques

of

THE SOFT FURNISHING TECHNIQUES BIBLE

Jessica Alexandrakis learnt to quilt while living in Hokkaido, Japan in 2002. She loves

SEARCH PRESS

Classics

collecting fabric, piecing scrap quilts and quilting in public. Jessica is the author of

Jessica Alexandrakis

Quilting on the Go! (Search Press). She lives near New York City and blogs at Lifeunderquilts.blogspot.com

£12.99 ISBN: 978-1-78221-268-3

Search Press Classics Logo.indd 1

25/11/2013 12:33

A comprehensive visual guide to traditional and contemporary techniques

Katharine Guerrier

www.searchpress.com

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF QUILTING AND PATCHWORK TECHNIQUES

THE QUILTING STITCH BIBLE

THE COMPLETE QUILTER

Nicki Tinkler

Jessica Alexandrakis

Katherine Guerrier

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

256pp wiro-bound QSB

160pp LTQF

176pp EQT2

QUILTING Tips, Techniques, and Trade Secrets

Step-by-step diagrams and instructions guide you through every stage of quilt-making, whether you are new to the craft or wish to build on your existing patchworking and quilting skills.

TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS

This book explains all the techniques you'll need to achieve a potentially prize-winning finish to your quilt, from rotary cutting with safety and accuracy, to using speed-piecing techniques, working a theme into your design, cutting “freehand” curves, big-stitch quilting, and even printing your own fabrics. Featuring over 20 inspirational new pictures, this revised edition will teach you everything you need to know to take your craft to the next level.

and Trade Secrets How to be better at what you do

THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO

MACHINE QUILTING

SUSAN BRISCOE

Also included is an array of basic templates for quilting patterns to help you get started and some projects to test out your new skills. An invaluable resource for all quilters—allowing you to achieve the same polished effects at home as a professional quilter!

UPDATED

EDITION More Tips! More Skills !

Also available from St. Martin’s Griffin:

130 Mini Quilt Blocks by Susan Briscoe The Sewing Machine Accessory Bible by Wendy Gardiner and Lorna Knight 200 Quilting Tips, Techniques & Trade Secrets by Susan Briscoe

C H I N A

JOANIE ZEIER POOLE has more than 25 years of quilting experience. She has designed many award-winning quilts, teaches and lectures on heirloom machine quilting, and is the author of Elegant Machine Quilting, Joanie’s Design Elements and Joanie’s Quilting Elements.

$22.99 / $26.50 Can Visit us at: twitter.com/crafty_books facebook.com/craftybooks

52299 >

S T. M A R T I N ’ S G R I F F I N I N

• How to set up your machine • All about attachments and accessories • How to choose a quilting design • How to prepare your top for quilting • Fabric preparation and marking • Starting your stitching and getting from place to place • Stippling, echo quilting, and free-motion quilting and much, much more!

175 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10 010 P R I N T E D

Starting with the basics you will learn:

THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO

MACHINE QUILTING How to use your home sewing machine to achieve hand-quilting effects JOANIE ZEIER POOLE

JOANIE ZEIER POOLE

US $22.99 / CAN $32.99

ISBN 978-1-250-16277-9

QUILTING

Tips, Techniques,

SUSAN BRISCOE

MaxCab/Shutterstock.com

w w w. s t m a r t i n s . c o m

+ 350

MACHINE QUILTING

Discover all the tips and techniques you need to make that special quilting project—plus the trade secrets that will make it stand out from the rest.

NEW Edition

THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO

+ 350

+ QUILTING 350

Susan is an Brisco e ng award -winni textile artist er. and design

w w w. s t m a r t i n s . c o m

9 781250 162779

S T. M A R T I N ’ S G R I F F I N 175 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10010 P R I N T E D

QTS2_COV_350QuiltingTips_US.indd All Pages

QUILTING ON THE GO!

I N

C H I N A

17/08/2017 14:12

Jessica Alexandrakis

350+ QUILTING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS

THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO MACHINE QUILTING

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

Susan Briscoe

Joanie Zeier Poole

144pp EPQ

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

160pp QTS

128pp QSM


SEWING & QUILTING

JAPANESE QUILT BLOCKS TO MIX AND MATCH

JAPANESE TAUPE QUILTS

Susan Briscoe

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

128pp NQB

Susan Briscoe

128pp JQB

125 MINI QUILT BLOCKS TO MIX AND MATCH

THE QUILTER’S BLOCK BIBLE

Susan Briscoe

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

256pp wiro-bound QBB

128pp MQBL

Celia Eddy

81


82

NEEDLECRAFT

Dyeing, Weaving & Embroidery

THE HANDWEAVER’S PATTERN DIRECTORY

CONTEMPORARY WEAVING PATTERNS

THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO SPINNING YARN

Anne Dixon

Margo Selby

Brenda Gibson

6½ × 9¼in (235 × 168mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

256pp wiro-bound TWE

144pp CWP

144pp SPIN

TIE DIP DYE Pepa Martin & Karen Davis

THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO NATURAL DYEING

THE RIBBON EMBROIDERY BIBLE

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

Eva Lambert & Tracy Kendall

Joan Gordon

128pp FTDP

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

144pp DYF

256pp wiro-bound SRE


DYEING, WEAVING & EMBROIDERY

The Encyclopedia of

previously published as

The Encyclopedia of

The Encyclopedia of

Each stitch is illustrated in full colour and supported by explanatory artwork.

Pauline Brown

A gallery of finished examples from around the world demonstrates the diversity and originality of contemporary embroidery.

TECHNIQUES

TECHNIQUES Comprehensive directory of 240 stitches ranging from cross stitch to assisi and from embroidery to quilting.

TECHNIQUES

A unique visual directory of all the major embroidery techniques, plus inspirational examples of traditional and innovative finished work

SEARCH PRESS

Classics

UK £12.99 US/CAN $19.95

www.searchpress.com

Pauline Brown

Search Press Classics Logo.indd 1

25/11/2013 12:33

THE HAND-STITCHED FLOWER GARDEN

THE EMBROIDERY STITCH BIBLE Betty Barnden

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF EMBROIDERY TECHNIQUES

Yuki Sugashima

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

Pauline Brown

7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)

256pp wiro-bound ESB

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

128pp EFLC

Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm)

176pp EET2

flexibound (opens flat) 302741

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CROSS STITCH TECHNIQUES

THE CROSS STITCH MOTIF BIBLE

Betty Barnden

Jan Eaton

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

160pp ECST

256pp wiro-bound CSBI

83


G E N E R A LC R A F T


86

GENERAL CRAFT

SEE PAGES 96-97 AND 103 FOR MORE INFORMATION

NEW SERIES:

NATURE CRAFTS


87

GENERAL CRAFT

Leaf Art

We come across dry leaves often while walking around—they are the organic canvases that nature offers us. These leaves can be transformed into art with a little touch of color and imagination.

n, they can also s. A modern and generations can

rrently ranks at ts initial release), ting with natural, raordinary.

E SIN S OZER K ALENDER is an interior architect and designer from Turkey. She lives in Istanbul where she is managing partner of interior design company Arketipo Design. She particularly enjoys creating patterns with innovative materials. Her leaf art has featured in Home Art magazine.

50 DESIGNS TO PAINT, DYE, AND DRAW

efore setting up as an

alleries and manages

nd experimenting with

in the media, from

TV.

LEAF ART

EGG ART

Following from the success of Rock Art in the category of Nature Crafts, Leaf Art develops the trend of handcrafting using objects found in nature to create surprising works of art.

forage for foliage to make your own artwork

K ATYA T RISCHUK

FORMAT: 9 x 7 in. (230 x 180mm) EXTENT: 128 pp PUB DATE: Spring 2019

ESIN SĂ–ZER KALENDER

LEAF ART_cover.indd 1

05/10/2018 15:07


making this is re

obvious

SEE PAGES 90, 92 AND 95 FOR MORE INFORMATION

NEW SERIES:

ARTISAN CRAFTS


90

GENERAL CRAFT

From Clay To Kiln A Beginner’s Guide to the Potter’s Wheel

This is a must-have guide for anyone working with ceramics, from absolute beginners, weekend crafters, and students through to practicing ceramicists. In this book, multi-award winning ceramicist Stuart Carey invigorates and encourages you through all stages of the pottery process. You will gain an in-depth knowledge of how clay works and how to apply your skills to the wheel and beyond. With simple step-by-step tutorials, clear visuals, and Stuart’s helpful hints and tips, you can jump straight in with confidence and create a piece of pottery that marries beauty, form, and function.

AUTHOR Stuart Carey

SPECIFICATIONS 8¼ × 10½in

270 × 210mm

BOARS SKULL WEDGING

This technique is known by many names, bulls nose, ram’s head etc, all are derived from the shape formed in the clay during the process. The

160pp

basic principle is to stretch and compress layers of clay working through a whole lump by repeating the process over and over. Over time you will get to feel a slight but noticeable resistance from the clay when it is fully wedged, this signifies the compression. Until you’re confident with the feel, a good rule of thumb is to repeat the following steps 50 times regardless of the size of the ball.

Here I am wedging 5kg of clay, later I’ll cut and weigh it into ten balls for 500g pasta bowls.

CODE 302744 WEDGING

Wedging is the process of mixing and de-airing clay. While there are many variations on hand position and technique, I intend to demonstrate the two most common methods and hand positions that have served me well and provide reliable results. Wedging is also commonly referred to as kneading, this is due to the similarity of kneading dough with one big difference, in baking it is common fold air into the mix, in ceramics we use the process to do the opposite. Don’t worry about the language, let your hands do the talking!

3 1 Begin with a roughly round ball and place hands on top as shown. Begin to apply pressure downward from the heal of your thumbs and palm, use the middle palms and base of the other fingers to contain the clay to

4 You’ll be able to see the layers forming at the ‘mouth’, I like to call these smiles (4a). Repeat steps 1–4 50 times. As you get to the end of your 50 repetitions lessen the pressure with each push until your rolling the clay into

stop it spreading out.

a nice round form, drop and roll the clay on its ends to round off the creased sides. Slap the creases out of the ends and pat into a longer ‘sausage’ ready for cutting weighing and balling. Once finished you can cut the ball through to check for air bubbles, start again if you find any (4b).

2 Push down and slightly forward into the clay, be sure to indent the clay but careful not to push too hard or you’ll create indents which will trap air in the next move. It’s much more about the repetition and accurate execution of the process than the strength used. Be careful not to trap your fingers under the ball, allow them to spread as they meet the table. 3 Rock the ball back, right up on to its ‘nose’ move the hands back to the top of the ball and repeat, try not to ‘fold’ the clay, what your aiming to do is compress from the top and stretch a layer across the bottom to pop any

At first as you learn the steps of the process it will seem disjointed but as you get more comfortable with it the action will become fluid, cupped hands contain the clay, a push down and the fingers spread, lifted back by a flick of the fingers and caught again by the heal of the thumb.

4a

air bubbles.

1

302744_6-31_artisan_clay_270x210JP_v3.indd 12-13

2

4b

21/11/2018 09:44


91

GENERAL CRAFT

Pinch The Art and Craft of Making Pinch Pots

New for

2019

Pinching is a wonderfully direct method of interacting with clay, capable of making a myriad forms, usually small, and requiring the minimum of tools. With this superb collection of pinched projects, Jacqui Atkin, one of the UK’s foremost ceramic teacher-writers, shows what this simple technique is able to achieve. Each project is explained with step-by-step sequences and plenty of options for surface decoration, there is something to suit all making preferences—from functional wares to the purely decorative and including fanciful sculptural works.

AUTHOR Jacqui Atkin

SPECIFICATIONS

PINCHED POURING BOWL approx. 6 in. (150 mm) long and 3 ½ in. (90 mm) at the highest point.

8 oz (200 mg)

YOU W I L L N E E D TOOLS – Kidneys for smoothing – Wooden spatula—for forming shape – Small round circle (cookie cutters are perfect for this job—look for ones that come in increasing sizes from small to large) – Whirler—not essential but very useful – Small round-ended loop tool CLAY The project example is made from grogged white earthenware—8 oz (200 mg) DESIGN NOTE Red terracotta can look really stunning with pale slip decoration. You can also make the bowl in stoneware clays but be aware the clay will shrink more in firing, so the end product will be smaller.

71⁄2 × 9¾in

The finished bowl has been refined by scraping then smoothing the surface with a kidney both inside and out.

CODE 325956

These little pouring bowls are fabulous for sauces, dressings, or dips and look great on any table. The raised lip at one end provides the perfect handle for lifting the bowl but also makes a great rest for a spoon. Decorated in soft pastel shades for a really contemporary look, the bowls look particularly good in groups of three or more.

1

Following the method shown in basic techniques (see page 12), pinch a bowl from the suggested quantity of clay. Turn the bowl over onto the work surface then paddle the surface with a spatula to refine the shape and form a level base for the bowl to sit on.

2

From the author

Transfer the bowl to a whirler and position the rim as centrally as possible using the concentric lines as a guide. Work over the surface with a kidney to remove lumps and bumps and establish a definite level for the base.

of 250 Tips, Techniques, and

DECORATION Simple slips, page 92 Sgraffito page 96 Slip trailing, page 99 Paper resist, page 101 Sponge decoration, page 107 Inlay, page 110

Trade Secrets for Potters

30 PROJECTS

325956_Pinch Pots_BLAD.indd 32-33

• 246 × 190mm • 176pp

28/09/2018 14:51


92

GENERAL CRAFT

Weaving on a Little Loom Techniques, Patterns, and Projects for Complete Beginners

Enjoy many hours with this meditative and rewarding traditional craft. Frame loom weaving is easy to do at home, with no major time dedication and with simple and easy-to-find tools and materials. In this book, Fiona Daly teaches you everything you need to know to start weaving at home. Every technique is covered, from setting up the loom through to finishing techniques—all accompanied by clear illustrations—and a huge range of weave structures are explored. The book also includes step-by-step tutorials for five contemporary woven projects, all made with natural materials, and suitable for people of any level of expertise.

AUTHOR Fiona Daly

SPECIFICATIONS 8¼ × 10½in

CODE LOOM

• 270 × 210mm • 144pp


94

GENERAL CRAFT

How to Whittle 25 Beautiful Projects to Hand Carve

Contains 25 beautiful and original designs to handcraft. Featuring a range of projects from beautiful polished butter knives and lovespoons to custom-made coat hooks and bespoke building blocks. This book also provides advice on selecting the best wood for your projects together with details of a range of finishes that will take the items from rustic objects to stunning showpieces. The beautiful full-color photography and step-by-step instructions will guide beginners through every stage of the whittling process, from selecting and maintaining carving knives, to luxurious finishing techniques such as sanding, oiling, and curing surfaces. AUTHOR Josh Nava

SPECIFICATIONS 6¼ × 8¼in

• 208 × 155mm • 144pp

CODE E WHIT


GENERAL CRAFT

The Wood Carver’s Dozen A Collection of 12 Beautiful Projects for Complete Beginners

Join Celina Muire and discover the practical and hugely rewarding craft of hand wood carving. The Wood Carver’s Dozen is a great guide for anyone wanting to try their hand at this ancient craft and experience the pure joy of creating something from scratch. Learn about the tools of the trade and how to use them, how to pick the right wood for a project, and how to get the very best out of your materials. Simple step-by-step tutorials guide you through the creation of 12 unique and charming hand wood carving projects, suitable for people of any level of expertise. Thanks to the clear instructions, photographs, and traceable templates, even absolute beginners will be able to dive into this book and create something wonderful and personal you can be proud of. 88

|

AUTHOR Celina Muire

Kitchen Wares

SPECIFICATIONS

8¼ × 10½in

• 270 × 210mm • 144pp

CODE WCDZ

5

6

5 Use a carving knife to shape the middle curve where the handle and blade meet on the underside of the spreader. also use the knife to round out the sides of the handle. SANDING 6 Use coarse sandpaper to shape the jam spreader. smooth and sharpen the edge of the blade with medium sandpaper. continue sanding, working up to fine sandpaper. FINISHING 7 remove all dust from the wood and apply a food-safe finish with a lint-free cloth. i used a combination of mineral oil and beeswax.

7

― “The jam spreader in the step-by-step demonstration was carved from American walnut. The other finished examples pictured opposite were made from claro walnut and maple ambrosia.

95


96

GENERAL CRAFT

Egg Art 50 Designs to Paint, Dye, and Draw New for

2019

, they can also s. A modern and generations can

Eggs aren’t just for breakfast! With a bit of imagination they can also be transformed into beautiful decorative items and gifts. A modern and accessible hobby for all ages, egg art is something all generations can take part in, and connect over. Following on from the success of Rock Art!, Egg Art feeds into the current trend of working and crafting with natural, everyday objects, turning the ordinary into the extraordinary.

EGG ART

rently ranks at s initial release), ting with natural, raordinary.

50 DESIGNS TO PAINT, DYE, AND DRAW

efore setting up as an

alleries and manages

d experimenting with

n the media, from

TV.

K ATYA T RISCHUK

AUTHOR Katya Trischuk

Golden Egg

SPECIFICATIONS 9 × 7in

• 230 × 180mm • 128pp

Gold Marker on White

CODE 306955

You will need This is a very elegant and glamorous design. Imagine dressing a wedding table with it, or putting several in a simple bowl placed on a dresser. Bridal showers, birthdays, or holidays—the gold on white makes this egg the perfect festive accessory. You do not need fancy markers—just make sure they are permanent. I love turning Golden Eggs into ornaments and suspending them from light fixtures. You can also use a glass vase with a few twigs and hang them that way. Your friends will want to snatch them—they make a fantastic take-home gift for a party.

►One hollow chicken egg ►Fine-tip permanent gold ink marker pen

4

Create the next branch with organic lines and start filling up with leaves.

5

Repeat this step three to four times to cover your egg with branches.

6

Define all outlines by going over them again with the marker pen.

tip

Start by drawing an organically shaped twig, moving from the bottom of the egg toward the top.

1

94

Egg Art Projects

2

Add some branches, making sure that you space them evenly.

Start filling up branches with leaves. Fill up the first branch and let it dry. Work in one direction and avoid turning the egg too much to prevent smudges.

3

To create a table display similar to the one on the left, combine your Golden Egg design with some roughly painted brown chicken eggs. Use a soft brush and gold acrylics to cover your eggs and let them dry.

Golden Egg

95


97

GENERAL CRAFT

Leaf Art Forage for Foliage to Make Your Own Artwork

New for

2019

Leaf Art

We come across dry leaves often while walking around—they are the organic canvases that nature offers us. These leaves can be transformed into art with a little touch of color and imagination. Following from the success of Rock Art in the category of Nature Crafts, Leaf Art develops the trend of handcrafting using objects found in nature to create surprising works of art.

We come across dry leaves often while walking around—they are the organic canvases that nature offers us. These leaves can be transformed into art with a little touch of color and imagination.

forage for foliage to make your own artwork

LEAF ART

Following from the success of Rock Art in the category of Nature Crafts, Leaf Art develops the trend of handcrafting using objects found in nature to create surprising works of art.

E SIN S OZER K ALENDER is an interior architect and designer from Turkey. She lives in Istanbul where she is managing partner of interior design company Arketipo Design. She particularly enjoys creating patterns with innovative materials. Her leaf art has featured in Home Art magazine.

FORMAT: 9 x 7 in. (230 x 180mm) EXTENT: 128 pp PUB DATE: Spring 2019

ESIN SÖZER KALENDER

LEAF ART_cover.indd 1

05/10/2018 15:07

AUTHOR Dancing Polka Dots

Dancing Polka Dots Polka dance is the inspiration for this simple leaf design. I’ve used a black base with pink and white dots but any contrasting color combination will work. You can have a fun night with your children while you are turning leaves into works of art, and they can then use their pieces as decoration in their bedrooms.

Dried magnolia leaf Brush Black acrylic paint White acrylic paint marker Pink acrylic paint marker

1

dried leaf with black acrylic paint.

2

After finishing the white dot circles, make one row of dots, with the pink acrylic paint marker, surrounding each

4

Start by painting the top surface of the

3

one.

Using the white acrylic paint marker,

make random dots from an outside circle to the inside.

Link the pink dots together at random—whatever looks good to you.

5

Esin Sozer Kalender

113

To complete your design, make an outline around the leaf by using the white acrylic paint marker.

SPECIFICATIONS

9 × 7in

• 230 × 180mm • 128pp

CODE 308644


98

GENERAL CRAFT

The Art of Leather Braiding Beginner’s Guide to Making Jewelry Pendants and Bracelets, Belts, Straps, and Key Fobs Requiring no specialist tools and with leather cord readily available from craft stores, hand leather braiding is easy and rewarding to pick up. Braided, coiled, and knotted, this beautiful collection of tactile and durable leather pieces will appeal to both men and women. Using classic three-string and four-string braid designs, and with the addition of decorative knots or store-bought findings to finish the pieces, these desirable projects rely on simple techniques that are quick to master. AUTHOR 20

Roy Luo & Kelly Tong

THE PROJECTS

Red Lee Bracelet

SPECIFICATIONS 8¾ × 8¾in

RED LEE BRACELET

THIS WRIST PIECE HAS A REALLY PLEASING MIX OF TEXTURES, WITH A CHUNKY BRAID WRAPPED TIGHTLY IN A FINER, MORE DELICATE CORD. A PAIR

• 222 × 222mm • 128pp

OF INTRICATELY DECORATED RED COPPER ENDS ADD A BEAUTIFUL FINISH TO THIS RUSTIC BRACELET.

CODE LRBR

22

THE PROJECTS

TOOLS Beacon 527 multi-use glue Scissors Ruler

MATERIALS 10 mm glue-on clasps Four 10 inch (26 cm) lengths of 4 mm natural brown round leather cords.

RED LEE

1

Place a 1.5 mm red leather cord in the middle of four 4 mm brown leather cords. Hold the cords together at the top, then 11⁄2 inches (4 cm) down, pull the red leather cord out from the center and start coiling it around the four brown leather cords. Because leather is elastic, make sure to stretch the red leather cord and coil it as tightly as possible to prevent it from loosening.

2 yard lengths of 1.5 mm natural red round leather cords Note: The material indicated is for a bracelet 7 inches (18 cm) long. If you would like it to be longer, add materials accordingly to your liking.

2

Coil the red leather cord for a length of 11⁄2 inches (4 cm). Knot by wrapping the cord under, then over itself, and pulling tight.

3

Once you have made the knot, cut off any extra red cord.

4

In order to start braiding the brown leather cords, spread them out from left to right. The cords are numbered from 1 to 4, with 1 on the far left and 4 on the far right.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

5

First take cord 4, pass it over cord 3 toward cord 2, and make it parallel to cord 2. Then take cord 1, pass it over cord 2 toward cord 3, and make it parallel to cord 3.

6

Take cord 3, pass it over cord 1 toward cord 4, and make it parallel to cord 4. Take cord 2, pass it over cord 4 toward cord 1 and make it parallel to cord 1. Continue braiding by repeating steps 5 and 6 for 3 inches (8 cm).

7

Insert the red leather cord in-between the four brown leather cords and start coiling around the four brown leather cords for 11⁄2 inches (4 cm).

8

Knot the red leather as described in step 2 and cut off the excess as described in step 3.

9

Place a drop of glue into the glue-on clasps and insert the knotted ends into the clasps. Wait at least 2 hours for the glue to dry.

23

21


GENERAL CRAFT

Love Origami! 20 Simple Paper Projects to Fold, Style, and Share

Love Origami takes beginners straight to the really fun projects, with a maximum of satisfaction for a minimum of hours spent folding—and cursing! Author Ross Symons is an origami maverick. Shockingly, he has been known to draw faces on some of his animal creations. And his creativity extends to his witty and imaginative photo styling, as he uploads all his latest creations online and shares them with his 114,000 Instagram followers. Having pledged to make one origami piece each day for a year, Ross has no shortage of ideas—or experience. And as you’ll soon discover from this book, he is a great teacher. If you ever had a go at origami, and then gave up after the first try at a crane or a waterbomb base, then this book will be a revelation.

AUTHOR Ross Symons

8 × 8in

SPECIFICATIONS 203 × 203mm

• 128pp

CODE SOGM

HORSE

1

2

3

Why the long face? I did not use any traditional bases for this design. Instead I tried to portray the essence of the horse in the shape of the face and pointy white ears. Reversing the paper so the white shows through is important to bring out the ear and nose details. You can add eyes and even nostrils to give it more character, if you like.

With white side facing up and on the diagonal, valley fold and unfold left corner to right corner and bottom corner to top corner through centre.

4

Valley fold bottom edge up to centre line along line shown.

54

ROSS’S FAVOURITE FOLDS

Fold bottom corner to centre point.

FLIP

5

Flip model over.

Mountain fold point down towards bottom edge.

6

Valley fold bottom edge up along centre line.

HORSE

55

99


100

GENERAL CRAFTS

Ceramics & Mosaic DON’T

MISS THIS

GLAZE: THE ULTIMATE CERAMIC ARTIST’S GUIDE TO GLAZE AND COLOR

THE GLAZE BOOK

Brian Taylor & Kate Doody

288pp wiro-bound BGLZ

Stephen Murphitt 5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm) 320pp GCWB

MAKING POTTERY YOU CAN USE Jacqui Atkin 7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 224pp FLPY

TROUBLESHOOTING FOR POTTERS

HANDBUILT POTTERY TECHNIQUES REVEALED: EXTENDED EDITION

Jacqui Atkin

Jacqui Atkin

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

144pp FIPO

192pp HPT2


CERAMICS & MOSAIC

THE WORKSHOP GUIDE TO CERAMICS

MAKE IT IN AIR-DRY CLAY

Duncan Hooson & Anthony Quinn

250 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS FOR POTTERS

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

Jacqui Atkin

112pp ADCY

320pp SGCE

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

Fay De Winter 7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)

160pp TTSP

CERAMIC DESIGN COURSE

THE COMPLETE POTTER

POTTERY BASICS

Anthony Quinn

Steve Mattison

Jacqui Atkin

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

7½ × 10½ in (265 × 190mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

144pp TCCC

224pp TCP

128pp PBA

THE POTTER’S BIBLE Marylin Scott

THROWN POTTERY TECHNIQUES REVEALED

THE POTTER’S ENCYCLOPEDIA OF COLOR, FORM, AND DECORATION

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

Mary Chappelhow

Neal French

192pp wiro-bound POBI

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

160pp TPOT

160pp PCFD

101


102

GENERAL CRAFTS

THE POTTER’S DIRECTORY OF SHAPE AND FORM

THE POTTER’S GUIDE TO CERAMIC SURFACES

SCULPTING BASICS

Neal French

Jo Connell

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

128pp SCR

80pp PSD

160pp CDT

Karin Hessenberg

THE MOSAIC ARTIST’S BIBLE

THE MOSAIC ARTIST ’S BIBLE

Mosaic is an ancient and exciting decorative art form. This colorful book contains over 300 motifs to copy and develop, whether you are a complete beginner or a more experienced mosaic artist.

❥ A comprehensive techniques section gives step-by-step instructions on everything from choosing materials and selecting color combinations to cutting and grouting tiles. ❥ The directory features a wide range of themes, from animals, birds, and marine life to flowers, cultural symbols, and children’s motifs. Clear designs are easy to scale and copy. ❥ A gallery section shows how the motifs can be used to decorate ceramics, furniture, and accessories, or become works of art in their own right.

52695

TERESA MILLS

ISBN-13: 978-1-57076-843-9

BEST

TERESA MILLS

Seller

THE MOSAIC ARTIST ’S BIBLE 300 TRADITIONAL & CONTEMPORARY DESIGNS

9 781570 768439

$26.95

Printed in China

www.trafalgarbook s.com

MABX JAC 270x413mm final v2.indd 1

THE SCULPTOR’S BIBLE

11/05/2017 14:17

THE MOSAIC ARTIST’S BIBLE

John Plowman

THE SCULPTING TECHNIQUES BIBLE

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

Editor: Claire Waite Brown

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

256pp wiro-bound SBB

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

256pp wiro-bound MAB

192pp wiro-bound TST

Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm)

Teresa Mills

flexibound (opens flat) MABX

COMPENDIUM OF

COMPENDIUM OF

MOSAIC TECHNIQUES 300 tips, techniques, trade secrets and templates

Just like having a mosaic tutor on call 24 hours a day – this book is packed with handy, timesaving tips, trade secrets, templates, projects and technical knowledge to improve your skills, speed up the learning process and help you make unique mosaics with a professional finish. Easy-to-follow step-by-step techniques, photography and illustrations. Professional quick fixes and solutions for commonly encountered problems. Advice on what to buy and how to use the tools and materials – from stained glass to pebbles, shells and beads. Tips on design – finding ideas, order of work and adding eye-catching details – as well as handy templates to allow you to create stylish mosaics straight away.

300 tips, techniques, trade secrets and templates BONNIE FITZGERALD

BONNIE FITZGERALD

Bonnie Fitzgerald has been designing and creating mosaics for over 25 years. She and her husband Ken are the founders of Maverick Mosaics Art School & Studio, an award-winning educational facility dedicated to nurturing and expanding creative expression through the art and community of mosaic. The school embraces artists and enthusiasts of all ages and skill levels, hosts visiting artists from around the world, and offers many unique learning opportunities, all grounded in the art of mosaic.

MOSAIC TECHNIQUES

An indispensable compendium of essential know-how, inspirational projects and troubleshooting tips

COMPENDIUM OF

MOSAIC TECHNIQUES

£12.99 ISBN 978-1-84448-804-9

www.searchpress.com

9 781844 488049

BONNIE FITZGERALD’S GUIDE TO MOSAIC TECHNIQUES

THE MOSAIC ARTIST’S TECHNIQUE BIBLE

Bonnie Fitzgerald

Teresa Mills

COMPENDIUM OF MOSAIC TECHNIQUES: 300 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, TRADE SECRETS, AND TEMPLATES

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

Bonnie Fitzgerald

144pp WEMA

256pp wiro-bound MATB

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 160pp TTTM


CERAMICS & MOSAIC • NATURE CRAFT

Nature Craft

ROCK ART!

MANDALA STONES!

ROCK ART CRITTERS!

Denise Scicluna

Natasha Alexander

Denise Scicluna

7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)

7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)

7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)

128pp 304071

128pp MDSN

128pp PETP

103


OR

Y G

m

nding in, you g with new designs.

ips, and tricks o enable any ofessional look . A must-have whether at

JEWELRY MAKING

wo writerers when w the new r methods, ney, such aps.

Jewelry

TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRE TS FOR

ND

GENERAL CRAFTS

200

0

104

200 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND

200

TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND

TRADE SECRETS FOR

JEWELRY MAKING

DON’T

MISS THIS

TRADE SECRETS FOR

JEWELRY MAKING

This jacket is for sales presentation purposes only. Design and/or images are subject to alteration. Copyright © Quarto Publishing plc.

200 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS FOR JEWELRY MAKING

THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA OF JEWELRY-MAKING TECHNIQUES

Xuella Arnold & Sara Withers

Jinks McGrath

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

160pp TTSJ

160pp EJM2

SUCCESSFUL JEWELLERY MAKER Frieda Munro 7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 176pp FIFJ

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CONTEMPORARY JEWELRY MAKING TECHNIQUES

THE WORKBENCH GUIDE TO JEWELRY TECHNIQUES

Vannetta Seecherran

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

320pp BJB

160pp CJT

Anastasia Young


JEWELRY

100 BEADED FLOWERS, CHARMS, AND TRINKETS

DESIGNING JEWELRY WITH SEMIPRECIOUS BEADS

THE GUIDE TO GEMSTONE SETTINGS: STYLES AND TECHNIQUES

Amanda Hinson

Kim Gover

Anastasia Young

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

128pp BEMI

128pp STJ

176pp SGS

THE JEWELER’S DIRECTORY OF DECORATIVE FINISHES Jinks McGrath

PATINA: 300+ COLORATION EFFECTS FOR JEWELERS AND METALSMITHS

THE ART OF SOLDERING FOR JEWELRY MAKERS: TECHNIQUES AND PROJECTS

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

Matthew Runfola

Wing Mun Devenney

128pp JDF

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

256pp GMP

160pp DSJ

THE METAL CLAY TECHNIQUES BOOK

MAGICAL METAL CLAY JEWELRY Sue Heaser

HOW TO MAKE SILVER CHARMS FROM METAL CLAY

Sue Heaser

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

Sue Heaser

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

128pp MCJ

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

192pp MCTB

144pp MCSC

105


106

GENERAL CRAFTS

THE BEAD DIRECTORY

THE BEADER’S BIBLE

Elise Mann

Claire Crouchley

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF BEADING TECHNIQUES

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

256pp wiro-bound BSBI

256pp wiro-bound BDB

Stephanie Burnham & Sara Withers 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 160pp EBD

US $22.99 / CAN $32.99

ISBN 978-1-250-16276-2

52299 >

9 781250 162762

and Trade Secrets How to be better at what you do

Time after time, modern jewelry designers around the world turn to the ancient civilizations of Egypt, Greece, and Rome for inspiration. From statement necklaces to couture creations, classical influences are recurring themes in the fashion armory. Even two thousand years later, the remnants of the classical world continue to capture our imaginations. Ancient Worlds Modern Beads brings these themes up to date for the modern beadweaver, combining the styles of genuine artifacts and the essence of ancient art with tiny seed beads. Each of these 30 stunning projects has a suggested skill level —from easy to advanced—with step-by-step instructions, diagrams, and a full materials list. Designers and crafters will discover a gorgeous array of techniques to create necklaces, ISBN: 978-1-4380-0657-4 rings, earrings, and bracelets that feature the best of both ancient and modern worlds. EAN

D UPDATE N

EDITIO

Mortira Natasha vanPelt is an experienced jewelry designer specializing in beadwork inspired by Ancient egypt, the Mediterranean, and tribal themes. Her blog, Inspirational Beading, has developed a worldwide following, and her designs and tutorials have been featured in books including Barron’s Small Beads, Big Jewelry by author Jean Power. She is based in British Columbia, Canada.

Tips! More Skills! More

$21.99

Canada $26.50

w w w. b a rro n se d u c. co m

Ancient Worlds Modern Beads

Mortira natasha vanPelt

evised edition will teach you everything g projects to the next level.

Tips, Techniques,

JEAN POWER

JEAN POWER

y-step photographs, diagrams, and clear our work. The techniques are organized from scratch, from using the right tools nal results—or you can dip in for help m at any time.

Front: Jennifer Airs; Back: Luliia Azarova/Shutterstock.com

a day—here are the answers to any mas you might have.

AnCIenT WorlDS Modern Modern BeadsBeads

Jean Power is an awardwinning jewelry design er, writer, and teache r.

BEADING

TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS

iques, ecrets

350

+ BEADING 350

+ 0 NG

NEW Edition

+

30 Stunning Beadwork Designs Inspired by Treasures from Ancient Civilizations Mortira natasha vanPelt

MACB Barrons 17/08/2017 10:30 JKT NEW_1st.indd 1

Cypress Colours

1ST Proof

21/04/2015 10:16 AM

ANCIENT WORLDS, MODERN BEADS

SMALL BEADS, BIG JEWELRY: 30 UNIQUE PIECES TO MAKE

Jean Power

Mortira Natasha vanPelt

Jean Power

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

160pp BTT2

144pp M ACB

144pp MGBE

LEARN TO MAKE BEAD JEWELRY WITH 35 FABULOUS PROJECTS

LEARN TO USE TWO-HOLE BEADS WITH 20 GREAT PROJECTS

LEATHER AND BEAD JEWELRY TO MAKE

Lynn Davy

Teresa Morse

Cat Horn

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

112pp FWSB

112pp DUOB

128pp LABJ

LEARN TO MAKE BEAD JEWELRY

350+ BEADING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS

LEARN TO MAKE BEAD JEWELRY

Lynn Davy

WITH 35 FABULOUS PROJECTS

Lynn Davy has been stringing, wiring, and stitching for  over 40 years and is still just as excited by beads as ever.  Her designs have appeared in many well-known beading  magazines such as Beadwork, Bead and Button, Step by  Step Beads, Bead, and Beads and Beyond.

Lynn Davy

www.JewelryandBeadingStore.com


JEWELRY

BEST

The CompleTe Guide To Making Wire JeWelry Wire is a wonderful material for making jewelry: versatile, forgiving, and available in a variety of shapes, sizes, and colors. It can be easily combined with other materials such as crystals, beads, stones, leather, and cords, and its manipulative quality lends itself to wrapping, bending, forming, twisting, weaving, and knitting. Professional jewelry designer and teacher Wing Mun Devenney—known for her stunning contemporary pieces—offers readers step-by-step instructions for 11 exquisite projects. Discover basic wire techniques created with a selection of simple tools; guided instruction on dozens of techniques, including multi-mandrels, macramé, and hammering wire; advanced wire-forming methods using jigs, mandrels, and spiral makers; and more. There’s even a library packed with 40 jig pattern designs! This book is the perfect choice for beginners seeking an introduction into the world of wire jewelry making as well as for intermediate to advanced jewelers interested in acquiring wire-manipulation skills that are transferable to fine jewelry making.

Wing Mun Devenney is a jewelry designer, teacher, product developer, business expert, and author. She has worked with successful global jewelry and fashion brands developing and designing winning jewelry and accessory collections. Her wealth of knowledge in fine and fashion jewelry is shared here and in her best-selling book, The Art of Soldering for Jewelry Makers, also available from Barron’s.

The CoMpleTe guide To

Making Wire JeWelry Techniques, Projects, and Jig Patterns From Beginner to Advanced

EAN

Wing Mun Devenney

ISBN: 978-1-4380-0655-0

The CoMpleTe guide To Making Wire JeWelry

Seller

$22.99

Canada $27.50

www.barronseduc.com

Wing Mun Devenney

JCWB Barrons JKT v4_1st.indd 1

JEWELRY TECHNIQUES

Cypress Colours

1 Proof ST

31/03/2015 10:25 AM

Anastasia Young

THE COMPLETE JEWELRY MAKING COURSE

THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO MAKING WIRE JEWELRY

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

Jinks McGrath

Wing Mun Devenney

256pp wiro-bound TJB

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

144pp CJM

160pp JCBW

DON’T

MISS THIS

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WIRE JEWELRY TECHNIQUES

DESIGNING BEAD AND WIRE JEWELRY

Sara Withers

Renata Graham

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

160pp WJT

144pp DBEA

BEAD IT, IRON IT, LOVE IT! Over 300 Great Motifs for Fuse Beads Discover how to create unique and eye-popping accessories out of fuse beads. This creative how-to book shows you how these simple beads can be turned into fun home accessories or colorful jewelry using simple beading and melting techniques. All you need to get started is a peg board, a bucket of beads, and an ordinary home iron! The book features patterns and templates for more than 300 motifs plus 15 inspirational project ideas. Includes full step-by-step instructions for all the essential techniques: from fusing and beadweaving to attaching findings.

SPECIFICATIONS: Trim Size: 9” x 7” (230 x 180 mm) Paperback with flaps Extent: 128pp Printed 4 color throughout Words: Approx. 5,000 Illustrations: Over 300 ISBN: 978-1-4380-0753-3 Price: $14.99, Can$17.99 Date of Publication: February 2016

e Beads Motifs for Fus Kaisa Holsting Over 300 Great

BEAD IT, IRON IT, LOVE IT! Kaisa Holsting 7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)

BEADING: LEARN IT. LOVE IT.

THE ART OF BEADWORK

Jean Power

Jane Lock

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

160pp BCTH

160pp BWJ

128pp BILO

107


108

GENERAL CRAFTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF POLYMER CLAY TECHNIQUES

THE POLYMER CLAY ARTIST’S GUIDE

MAKING POLYMER CLAY BEADS

Sue Heaser

Marie Segal

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

128pp PCBM

160pp EPCT

160pp PCJ

HOW TO MAKE JEWELRY CHARMS FROM POLYMER CLAY

MACRAMÉ JEWELLERY Jenny Townley & Suzen Millodot

MICRO MACRAMÉ: 25 SUPERFINE JEWELRY PROJECTS

Jessica Sharpe

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

Jenny Townley

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

96pp MACJ

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

144pp MPCC

Carol Blackburn

128pp NEMA


JEWELRY

MADE in PARACORD GREAT JEWELRY, ACCESSORIES, AND HOME PROJECTS TO KNOT

MADE in PARACORD BY CAITLIN WYNNE CAITLIN WYNNE

MADE IN PARACORD Caitlin Wynne

75 CHINESE, CELTIC, AND ORNAMENTAL KNOTS

7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)

Laura Williams & Elise Mann

128pp HACP

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 128pp DKJ

t have book for anyone who enjoys making their own y, this gorgeous manual will introduce you to the art ting beautiful Japanese braids with a kumihimo disk.

the new braider will find stunning photographs of d cords as well as all the instructions needed to get d in this ancient craft. There is even a mini braiding Master braider, Beth Kemp offers:

overview of tools and materials from looms to bbins to glues to beads

ep-by-step instructions for basic loom braiding, ndling threads, beads, and more

ps for combining different colors and textures of cord

gorgeous projects from simple beginner braids to mplex beaded cords

etails on kumihimo terminology, instruction for starting ishing braids, tips for calculating thread and bead , and more, this book is a bible for beginning braiders. es 400 full-color photographs to instruct and inspire.

Twist, Turn, & Tie 50 Japanese Kumihimo Braids

Twist, Turn, & Tie 50 Japanese Kumihimo Braids

st, Turn, & Tie Japanese Kumihimo Braids

Kemp

emp’s background is in the prestige jewelry industry. s ago, a love of textiles and beading led her to kumihimo. Beth teaches braiding on both the kumihimo disk and . She is the author of several braiding articles, books, and and shares her knowledge of the art form with braiders de through her online store, Braid & Bead Studio.

A beginner’s guide to making braids for beautiful cord jewelry, complete with kumihimo disk to get you started

include Kumihims Braidin o g Disk

EAN

ISBN: 978-0-7641-6643-3

Beth Kemp

$21.99 Canada $24.99 www. barronseduc.com

TWIST, TURN, AND TIE 50 JAPANESE KUMIHIMO BRAIDS

HOW TO MAKE 50 FABULOUS FLAT KUMIHIMO BRAIDS

Beth Kemp

Beth Kemp

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

128pp BBKU

Card loom in inside back cover envelope 128pp FMKB

109


110

GENERAL CRAFTS

Papercraft Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

rfect for weddings, home fun!

STarT righT nOw! includes 20 Sheets Of Origami Paper

The Encyclopedia of Techniques

rigami paper.

USD $22.99 / CAN $26.99

ISBN 978-1-250-06877-4

52299 >

m

GRIFFIN YoRk, N.Y. 10 010

A

9 781250 068774

iOana STOian St. Martins

Master traditional forms, such as the ‘Printer’s Hat’ and ‘Masu box’, before moving on to contemporary creations including the ‘Square Bear’ and the ‘Elias Figure Base’. Take an inspiring, whirlwind tour of the finest origami models made in the world today. This demonstration of the infinite possibilities of paper folding is sure to delight and intrigue you.

Nick Robinson

iOana STOian

t: .com MPCraft PCraft MPCraft

AmAzIng FlowerS, leAveS, BugS, And other BAckyArd crItterS Full And cleAr InStructIonS For All SkIll levelS

Learn all the basic folds and bases, from beginner to expert level. Then put your art into practice by choosing from over 30 model projects, all shown in refreshingly simple step-by-step diagrams.

Techniques

TJ274-3-2015 Jy(Quarto)-Kate Ftof-Origami Garden Cov W:222mmXH:222mm 175L 300g Golden Sun C2S Magenta

well as more experienced erly designed origami pattern ed step-by-step artwork and kill level.

The Origami garden

The Encyclopedia of

The Origami garden

ming origami designs includes foliage, cute animals, and other are sure to inspire you to get folding.

previously published as

The Encyclopedia of Techniques The complete, fully illustrated guide to the folded paper arts

UK £12.99 US/CAN $19.95

www.searchpress.com

SEARCH PRESS

Classics

Nick Robinson

Search Press Classics Logo.indd 1

25/11/2013 12:33

Cov 3/31/15 3:34 PM

THE ORIGAMI GARDEN

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ORIGAMI TECHNIQUES

THE ORIGAMI ARTIST’S BIBLE

Ioana Stoian 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

Nick Robinson

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

128pp FTOF

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

192pp wiro-bound OBI

160pp OGT2

Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm)

Ashley Wood

flexibound (opens flat) OBIX

PAPER CREATIONS: TRADITIONAL JAPANESE ORIGAMI

THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ORIGAMI AND PAPERCRAFT TECHNIQUES

ORIGAMI JEWELRY

128pp ORJ

64pp + 120 sheets of origami paper

Ayako Brodek Editor: Claire Waite Brown

ORKN

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

Nick Robinson 6 × 6in (152 × 152mm)

160pp EPO2

Ayako Brodek 8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)


PAPERCRAFT

BEST Seller

FOLD AND CUT!

CUT UP THIS BOOK!

Naomi Shiek

Emily Hogarth

CUT UP THIS BOOK! SPECIAL OCCASIONS

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

Emily Hogarth

144pp SYMP

144pp BPAC

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm) 144pp CUHH

FOLD, CUT, AND CURL: 75 EXQUISITE SNOWFLAKES, STARS, AND SUNBURSTS TO MAKE

PAPER CRAFT HOME

NATURE CUTS

Sarah Louise Matthews

Georgia Low

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

8 × 9in (229 × 203mm)

Ayako Brodek & Shannon Voigt

128pp Code E HOMG

128pp Code PCFW

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm) 144pp ORS

111


112

GENERAL CRAFTS

Marisa Edghill

Style!

Style!

Make it with paper tape Over 101 Great Projects Using Japanese-Style Decorative Tape

Style!

er tape

y crafter’s new best friend. Easy to corative paper tapes have taken the already love washi tape or are new to oject-packed book is sure to inspire.

step-by-step projects teach you new g with these popular tapes, with o make. Discover how to take full f this new crafting tape, while creating pers, stylish party accessories, photo

Marisa Edghill

e aficionado, grew up in a house filled with aft. Which is to say, her love of all things washi tape creations, Marisa blogs about her

WASHI STYLE! MAKE IT WITH PAPER TAPE

HOMEMADE FOR HAMSTERS

Marisa Edghill

7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

96pp M HMSR

Carin Oliver

128pp WSMI

CAT CASTLES

HANDMADE COLLAGE

Carin Oliver

Seiko Kato

7 × 9in (230 × 180mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 216mm)

96pp M CHDH

128pp CLAG

DON’T

MISS THIS

BOOKCRAFT Heather Weston 8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm) 128pp BOBI


PAPERCRAFT • WOODWORK

Woodwork

THE WOOD HANDBOOK Nick Gibbs

THE WOODWORKER’S TECHNIQUE BIBLE

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

Paul Forrester

THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO WOOD FINISHES: SECOND EDITION

256pp wiro-bound RWB

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

Mick Allen & Brian Tanner

256pp wiro-bound WWB

7½ × 10½in (265 × 190mm) 160pp WOF2

TWO-IN-ONE MANUALS: WOODTURNING

THE WOOD TURNING BIBLE

THE WOOD CARVING BIBLE

Phil Irons

Antony Denning

Phil Irons

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

192pp wiro-bound WTBB

192pp wiro-bound WTBI

128pp wiro-bound WTN

113


114

GENERAL CRAFTS

BIRDHOUSES

Create unique, handcrafted homes that a bird would really want to live in. Find out how to make birdhouses out of materials found in the forest, where to position them to attract different species, plus how to provide food, nesting materials, and shelter for your wild neighbors.

NATURAL BIRDHOUSES

NATURAL

• Contains plans and step-by-step photos for 25 simple projects for making houses, feeders, bat boxes, and pollinator houses for bees using materials that you can find in your local area • Clear instructions for all the techniques you need to build your projects, including finding the right wood, hollowing out the logs, making fixings, decorating them, and more

25

simple projects using found wood and natural materials

BIRDHOUSES

FISHER

Amen & Maria Fisher have been nature lovers and birdwatchers their whole lives. Maria is a seasoned traveler and artist, and Amen is a lifelong woodworker and outdoorsman. Collaboratively they hand-make and sell birdhouses using carefully collected natural elements from the forests and beaches around their home in Florence, Oregon.

NATURAL

$19.99 ISBN-10: 1-63220-709-5 ISBN-13: 978-1-63220-709-8

WorkingMuseum.com GivenBackBirdhouses.com

51999

9 781632 207098

AMEN & MARIA FISHER

TWO-IN-ONE MANUALS: WOODCARVING

PICTURE FRAMING

NATURAL BIRDHOUSES

Andy Parks

Amen & Maria Fisher

Antony Denning

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

7½ × 92⁄3in (246 × 190mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

144pp PICF

144pp NTBH

128pp wiro-bound 21W

DON’T

BEST

MISS

Seller

THESE

Complete Book

CHARTWELL BOOKS

Wood

an imprint of Book Sales a division of Quarto Publishing Group USA Inc. 142 West 36th Street, 4th Floor USA

Lucinda Leech is a well-established furniture designer/maker with an impressive portfolio of clients. Having received an award from the Worshipful Company of Furniture Makers, she traveled widely in the major rain forest areas, including the Amazon, Malaysia, Papua New Guinea, and Australia. Her research there has influenced both her work as a designer and her writing.

Seller

An invaluable reference for woodworkers, crafters, furniture designers, and DIY enthusiasts, this is a comprehensive guide to one of our most beautiful natural resources. Discover a world of wood, and find out how to use and appreciate this versatile material. A fact-packed introductory section explains the anatomy and life cycle of trees, the process of producing boards and veneers, and essential conservation issues.

of

The main A–Z section features 150 of the world’s most popular woods, with information on growth rate, distribution, key characteristics, working properties, and commercial uses. Every entry includes a detailed photograph to show grain, pattern, figure, and color, providing a valuable visual reference when selecting timber.

Jane Marshall has worked for many years with the Timber Research and Development Association, which is recognized as one of the world’s leading organizations concerned with the use and application of timber. Aidan Walker spent 10 years as a professional carpenter, joiner, and cabinetmaker, after which he became editor of Woodworker magazine, one of Britain’s leading journals of woodworking craft and design. He is now a freelance writer on design.

Complete Book

Wood of

A TREE-BY-TREE GUIDE General Editor: Aidan Walker

Complete Book of Wood is the most informative and comprehensive guide for all those who fully appreciate the beauty of wood. It is much more than a craftsperson’s guide. The anatomy and life cycle of trees are described, as are the subtleties of grain, pattern, figure, and color. Forest types from around the world are explained and illustrated, with a special section on the complex subject of deforestation and conservation. The processes that wood undergoes between the forest and the end user are explored, including how timber is cut and the way in which this affects its use. Stress and grading, drying and conversion, and advanced wood manufacturing technology are all covered in detail. The book’s core is an A–Z directory of 150 of the world’s most popular and beautiful timbers. Growth and distribution, appearance, mechanical and working properties, and applications are listed, with each wood superbly illustrated in color. Growing demand and irresponsible management of a limited resource now mean that some species of this once plentiful material are almost extinct. Today, as never before, it is essential to work with wood in a thoughtful and economic way, to appreciate fully its characteristics and sensitively exploit its applications. Complete Book of Wood has been conceived and produced with these goals in mind.

General editor: Aidan Walker

Bill Lincoln has spent 30 years in the wood trade and is credited with being responsible for the revival of marquetry as a craft. He was elected president of the Marquetry Society and its first life member. He is the author of The Art and Practice of Marquetry and The Complete Manual of Wood Veneering, both of which are considered definitive works on their subject, World Woods in Color, and The Marquetry Manual.

BEST Wood of

Wood

Nick Gibbs trained as a journalist and worked for many years as a carpenter before editing Woodworker magazine. He then launched Good Woodworking, a groundbreaking title that became Britain’s best-selling woodwork magazine. Gibbs also works as a wood-carver, producing elaborate carvings of mountains, landscapes, and golf courses.

Complete Book

Complete Book of

New York, New York 10018

Complete Book of Wood is unique in its appeal to designers, engineers, artists, craftspeople, and enthusiasts alike. Generously illustrated, informative, and thoroughly readable, it is the essential companion for users and lovers of the earth’s best-loved natural resource.

Printed in China

EWO2 Booksales JKT v6.indd 1

06/07/2015 13:58

THE JOINT BOOK

COMPLETE BOOK OF WOOD

COMPLETE WOODWORKING

Terrie Noll

Aidan Walker

Chris Tribe

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

8¾ × 11½in (295 × 222mm)

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

192pp wiro-bound JOBO

192pp EWO2

264pp WOWO


MIND B O DY& S P I R I T


118

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

SEE PAGES 134-135 FOR MORE INFORMATION

NEW SERIES:

PRESS HERE


119


120

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

SACREDESSENTIALOILS

Following on from the success of Sacred Crystals and Sacred Herbs (2017), Sacred Spices explores 30 of nature’s healing spices, with concise descriptions of each spice's health benefits and uses. Also new in the series: Sacred Essential Oils (Spring 2019)

HAZEL RAVEN

ISBN 978-0-85762-158-0

Learn how to harness the magical healing power of plants. Discover what herbs are capable of and how to use them m to enhance your health and well-being.

SACREDCRYSTALS •

This book contains profiles of sacred and protective herbs, and explains how these plants can soothe, heal and protect: find out how ginkgo can improve memory and cognitive function, how hyssop can relieve muscular aches and bruising, and how lemon balm can improve mood and mental well-being. • With a concise description of each herb’s properties alongside exquisitely photographed samples, this beautiful and practical book willl show sho you how to enrich your life by unlocking the mystical secrets of herbs.

Your Guide To 50 Crystals And How To Harness ISBN 978-0-85762-159-7 Their Power For Healing And Well-being

SACREDHERBS

Your Guide To 40 Medicinal Herbs And How To Use Them For Healing And Well-being OPAL STREISAND Foreword by BRIGITTE MARS

HAZEL RAVEN

CSTL JAC Crystals plc NB_INDIGO_.indd 1

SPINE 17 MM

SCDH JAC Herbs plc NB_INDIGO_.indd 1 1st Proof Title: CSTL-Sacred Crystals : 30647 Job No: PJ0916-20/SHAN

INDIGO US

SACREDSPICES

E. JOY BOWLES

OPAL STREISAND

With a concise description of each crystal’s properties alongside exquisitely photographed samples, this beautiful and practical book will show you how to enrich your life by unlocking the mystical secrets of crystals.

Your Guide to 50 Essential Oils and how to Use them for Healing and Well-being

SACREDHERBS

SACREDCRYSTALS

Crystals radiate a forceful healing power. Learn how to harness their beneficial magic and discover what each stone is capable of. Whether you carry a crystal around with you or sleep with one next to your pillow, whether you sit with stones, feeling their benevolent presence, or follow ancient chakra practice and place stones directly on your body—whatever way you use crystals, this book unlocks their secrets and lets you realize their amazing powers.

SACRED ESSENTIALOILS

1st Proof

Spine 17mm 23/9/16 3:10 PM

Title:

Job No:

SCDh Sacred Herbs : 30637 PJ0916-19 / Sammi ~ CVR_Indigo US ~

9/23/16 2:07 PM

Specification

English language sales enquiries

Trimmed page size: 7¼ x 5¾ in (195 x 145 mm) Extent: 128 pp

Nikki Tilbury nikki.tilbury@quarto.com

Your Guide to 30 Common Spices and how to Use them for Healing and Well-being

Illustrations: Over 100 Suggested retail price: $14.95 Pub date: Spring 2019 Category: MBS Code: 323822

OPAL STREISAND

QUARTO PUBLISHING

sacred spices blad.indd 22-23

SEE PAGES 144-145 FOR MORE INFORMATION

21/06/2018 16:10

NEW SERIES:

SACRED SERIES

Use these gifts wisely.

• For many cultures, certain symbols hold an unseen magical power. • This book explores those signs and symbols and gives practical advice on how to harness their latent power. • With a concise description of each symbol’s meaning, specially commissioned illustrations, and practical ways to bring symbol power into your own life.

OPAL STREISAND

Format: 5¾ x 7¼ in. (195 x 145 mm) Extent: 128 pp Pub date: Spring 2018 RRP: $12.95 / £10.00

SACREDSYMBOLS

These symbols are beautifully presented. These are your keys to other worlds. They offer power switches to the great life or energy force.

SACREDSYMBOLS

Understand the Power of the World’s Most Hallowed Symbols OPAL STREISAND


SACREDFLOWERS

SACREDESSENTIALOILS

Following on from the success of Sacred Crystals and Sacred Herbs (2017), Sacred Spices explores 30 of nature’s healing spices, with concise descriptions of each spice's health benefits and uses. Also new in the series: Sacred Essential Oils (Spring 2019)

Whether you carry a crystal around with you or sleep with one next to your pillow, whether you sit with stones, feeling their benevolent presence, or follow ancient chakra practice and place stones directly on your body—whatever way you use crystals, this book unlocks their secrets and lets you realize their amazing powers. •

SACREDSPICES

E. JOY BOWLES

This book contains profiles of sacred and protective herbs, and explains how these plants can soothe, heal and protect: find out how ginkgo can improve memory and cognitive function, how hyssop can relieve muscular aches and bruising, and how lemon balm can improve mood and mental well-being. •

With a concise description of each herb’s properties alongside exquisitely photographed samples, this beautiful and practical book willl sho you how to enrich your life by unlocking show the mystical secrets of herbs.

HAZEL RAVEN

ISBN 978-0-85762-158-0

Your Guide to 50 Essential Oils and how to Use them for Healing and Well-being

Learn how to harness the magical healing power of plants. Discover what m herbs are capable of and how to use them to enhance your health and well-being.

SACREDCRYSTALS

Your Guide To 50 Crystals And How To Harness ISBN 978-0-85762-159-7 Their Power For Healing And Well-being

SACREDHERBS

OPAL STREISAND

With a concise description of each crystal’s properties alongside exquisitely photographed samples, this beautiful and practical book will show you how to enrich your life by unlocking the mystical secrets of crystals.

SACRED ESSENTIALOILS

SACREDHERBS

SACREDCRYSTALS

Crystals radiate a forceful healing power. Learn how to harness their beneficial magic and discover what each stone is capable of.

Your Guide To 40 Medicinal Herbs And How To Use Them For Healing And Well-being

SACRED ESSENTIALOILS

OPAL STREISAND Foreword by BRIGITTE MARS

SACREDFLOWERS HAZEL RAVEN

CSTL JAC Crystals plc NB_INDIGO_.indd 1

SPINE 17 MM

SCDH JAC Herbs plc NB_INDIGO_.indd 1 1st Proof Title: CSTL-Sacred Crystals : 30647 Job No: PJ0916-20/SHAN

INDIGO US

1st Proof

Spine 17mm 23/9/16 3:10 PM

Title:

Job No:

SCDh Sacred Herbs : 30637 PJ0916-19 / Sammi ~ CVR_Indigo US ~

9/23/16 2:07 PM

English language sales enquiries

Specification

Also new in the series: Sacred Spices (Spring 2019) Trimmed page size: 7¼ x 5¾ in (195 x 145 mm) Extent: 128 pp Illustrations: Over 100

Nikki Tilbury nikki.tilbury@quarto.com

Suggested retail price: $14.95 Pub date: Spring 2019 Category: MBS Code: 323822

Your Guide to 30 Common Spices and how to Use them for Healing and Well-being OPAL STREISAND

QUARTO PUBLISHING

sacred spices blad.indd 22-23

HAZEL RAVEN

ISBN 978-0-85762-158-0

Learn how to harness the magical healing power of plants. Discover what herbs are capable of and how to use them m to enhance your health and well-being.

SACREDCRYSTALS •

This book contains profiles of sacred and protective herbs, and explains how these plants can soothe, heal and protect: find out how ginkgo can improve memory and cognitive function, how hyssop can relieve muscular aches and bruising, and how lemon balm can improve mood and mental well-being. • With a concise description of each herb’s properties alongside exquisitely photographed samples, this beautiful and practical book willl show sho you how to enrich your life by unlocking the mystical secrets of herbs.

Your Guide To 50 Crystals And How To Harness ISBN 978-0-85762-159-7 Their Power For Healing And Well-being

OPAL STREISAND

With a concise description of each crystal’s properties alongside exquisitely photographed samples, this beautiful and practical book will show you how to enrich your life by unlocking the mystical secrets of crystals.

21/06/2018 16:10

SACREDHERBS

SACREDCRYSTALS

Crystals radiate a forceful healing power. Learn how to harness their beneficial magic and discover what each stone is capable of. Whether you carry a crystal around with you or sleep with one next to your pillow, whether you sit with stones, feeling their benevolent presence, or follow ancient chakra practice and place stones directly on your body—whatever way you use crystals, this book unlocks their secrets and lets you realize their amazing powers.

SACREDHERBS

Your Guide To 40 Medicinal Herbs And How To Use Them For Healing And Well-being OPAL STREISAND Foreword by BRIGITTE MARS

HAZEL RAVEN

CSTL JAC Crystals plc NB_INDIGO_.indd 1

OPAL STREISAND

SPINE 17 MM

SCDH JAC Herbs plc NB_INDIGO_.indd 1 1st Proof Title: CSTL-Sacred Crystals : 30647 Job No: PJ0916-20/SHAN

INDIGO US

1st Proof

Spine 17mm 23/9/16 3:10 PM

Title:

Job No:

SCDh Sacred Herbs : 30637 PJ0916-19 / Sammi ~ CVR_Indigo US ~

9/23/16 2:07 PM

Specification

English language sales enquiries

Trimmed page size: 7¼ x 5¾ in (195 x 145 mm) Extent: 128 pp

Nikki Tilbury nikki.tilbury@quarto.com

Illustrations: Over 100 Suggested retail price: $14.95 Pub date: Spring 2019 Category: MBS Code: 323819

Your Guide to 50 Essential Oils and how to Use them for Healing and Well-being

Your Guide To 50 Flower Essence Remedies And How To Use Them OPAL STREISAND

QUARTO PUBLISHING

essential oil blad.indd 24-25

21/06/2018 16:51

SACREDHERBS Crystals radiate a forceful healing power. Learn how to harness their beneficial magic and discover what each stone is capable of. • Whether you carry a crystal around with you or sleep with one next to your pillow, whether you sit with stones, feeling their benevolent presence, or follow ancient chakra practice and place stones directly on your body—whatever way you use crystals, this book unlocks their secrets and lets you realize their amazing powers. •

Your Guide To 40 Medicinal Herbs And How To Use Them For Healing And Well-being ISBN 978-0-85762-158-0

OPAL STREISAND Foreword by BRIGITTE MARS

HAZEL RAVEN

OPAL STREISAND

With a concise description of each crystal’s properties alongside exquisitely photographed samples, this beautiful and practical book will show you how to enrich your life by unlocking the mystical secrets of crystals.

SACREDCRYSTALS

SACREDHERBS

2-159-7

121 Following on from the success of Sacred Crystals and Sacred Herbs (2017), Sacred Essential Oils is a comprehensive guide to the world of natural scents, what scents mean to us, and how they can affect our mood and sense of well-being.

SACREDCRYSTALS

Your Guide To 50 Crystals And How To Harness Their Power For Healing And Well-being

HAZEL RAVEN


122

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

NEW SERIES:

SEE PAGE 146 FOR MORE INFORMATION

THE POWER OF .. Practicing alone E X E R C I S E S 43

42 E X E R C I S E S Abdominal breathing

8

Practice

1 Place one hand on your belly and one hand on your chest. Take a deep breath in through the nose, making sure that the diaphragm, not the chest, expands to stretch and fill the lungs. Bring in the inhale for a count of five seconds.

Abdominal breathing This slow, controlled, intentional breath is great to try before stressful events or as stress increases throughout the day.

1

2 With a slightly open mouth, allow the exhale to also extend for five seconds. At the end, pause for just a second and then bring the inhale back in through the nose for five seconds, followed by the five-second exhale.

Count 1–2–3–4–5

Takes 5-15 minutes You will need Essential oil (Lavender), candles, music player Level Easy

Set up an altar (see page 16), light candles, play some soothing music, and add anything you desire to create a calming space. If you’d like to use a soothing essential oil, like lavender, place one drop on the insides of wrists and one drop under the nose. Find a comfortable place to sit down. Sit cross-legged with your back straight with hands gently on knees. When you feel comfortable, I invite you to close your eyes. Begin by imagining your body as a big tree trunk in the woods. Everywhere you touch the ground, imagine strong

oking nes.

aling

n be

ty, joy,

nsion,

words

as well

2 Count 1–2–3–4–5

Aftercare

Feel free to take a few minutes to write about any sensations you noticed in your body and track these throughout your weeks of practice. Make sure to hydrate before and after. Having a small snack before is a great idea, followed by a larger meal after. Best to not practice on a very full stomach.

25/09/2018 11:41

Practicing alone E X E R C I S E S 81

80 E X E R C I S E S Fast-paced breath

athe

pitals,

and thick roots growing down through the floor, through the basement, through the top layers of the earth and all the way to the core. When they hit the core, imagine them getting tangled and knotted. If you need to return to this image for grounding during the practice, refer back to the roots. Continue with the breathing sequence, opposite. In the first week, engage in the practice daily for five minutes, building to a fifteen-minute daily practice. Continue for six weeks or more to receive full benefits.

Breathwork spreads_v8.indd 3-4

cale

g and

Alternative Practice this breath laying down with a small pillow under your knees for support.

Preparation

EING

T H E

P OW E R

O F

20

B R E AT H WO R K SIMPLE

PRACTICES

TO

PROMOTE

Practice

Two-part Fast-paced Breath This two-part active breath pattern, with twopart inhale and one-part exhale, was created by author, teacher, and healer David Elliott.

WELLBEING

Takes 10 minutes You will need Essential oils (Rose or Tulsi), candles, music player Level Easy to Intermediate

Preparation

JENNIFER

In a private and quiet space, set up an altar (see page 16), dim lights, and light candles. If you’d like to make a playlist, pick upbeat songs to play for eight minutes followed by a slower song for two minutes. If you’d like to use a soothing essential oil, a heart-opening oil like Rose or Tulsi is a lovely choice. Place one drop on the insides of your wrists and one drop over your heart. Lay out a yoga mat and have a blanket close by. Lie down. When you feel comfortable, I invite you to close your eyes. Begin with a slow, long inhale through

PAT TERSON

25/09/2018 11:41

Breathwork spreads_v8.indd 5-6

the nose and exhale through the mouth for about a minute. Feel the weight of your body meeting the solid ground below you. On the exhales, adjust to get more comfortable. Continue with the breathing sequence, opposite. Engage in the practice for eight minutes of the active breath concluding with two minutes of a resting breath. You can try this breath daily, a couple of times a week, or when you feel overwhelmed or in need of reconnecting to yourself and your inner wisdom.

1 Before starting the breath, place one hand on your belly and one hand on your chest. Imagine there is a balloon in your belly and another in your chest. This breath is all through an open mouth so begin with it slightly open.

4 After eight minutes have passed you will begin the resting breath. Release the fast breath and close your mouth. Return to the longer, slower breath that you began with. Continue for two minutes. Then sit up slowly and take it easy as you might feel a little dizzy for a few minutes.

2 Draw a short, fast inhale into your belly, allowing the belly to expand. Quickly after, draw a short, fast, second inhale into your chest, allowing the chest to expand. Feel the breath move under your hands from belly to chest. Each inhale should be around two seconds long. 3 Quickly exhale, allowing the breath to be slightly clipped as you bring the inhale back into your belly, and your chest. Exhale for three seconds. Continue this breathing pattern for eight minutes.

2

1

3

Tips

This breath is fast and it can sometimes feel like it’s hard to “catch your breath.” It is also hyperoxygenating and, combined with the energy moving, you may feel tingling, cramping, or tension in your hands, feet, and around your mouth. If you feel this way, it will ease as you move through it but you can also use it to remind your body that this breath is chosen, rather than out of control.

25/09/2018 11:41


..

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

123


goddess in owers are nd complete you to enlist ok.

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

Goddess Rituals Invoke the Powers of the Goddesses to Improve Your Life New for

2019

GODDESS RITUALS

attributed corded you will elf.

124

A fascinating guide to popular and enduring goddesses from many different spiritual traditions. Open this book and discover the powers attributed to various goddesses from the beginnings of recorded history. As you come to understand their powers, you will also find the goddess that dwells within yourself.

Goddess Rituals INVOKE THE POWERS OF THE GODDESSES TO IMPROVE YOUR LIFE Roni Jay

18/04/2018 11:33

AUTHOR Roni Jay

SPECIFICATIONS 72⁄3 × 55⁄7in

• 195 × 145mm • 128pp

46

EPONA

EPONA

CODE 307723 RITUAL ANIMAL HEALING Epona is the champion of animals, especially domestic animals. As a goddess of healing, she is ready to help heal animals that are unwell or neglected, whether it is your pet cat or an injured bird found lying on the ground.

YOU WILL NEED △ An iron horseshoe

(a symbol of Epona, the horse goddess)

△ A white rose (white is

the color of healing)

An animal’s bed, cage, or sleeping area is the center of its territory, and represents its sense of security, so this ritual focuses on the place where it usually sleeps.

1 either on the wall or from a cord, or perhaps Hang the horseshoe above the animal’s bed,

stand it on a shelf above the bed. The horseshoe must be the right way up—that is, in a “U” shape, so that it is cupped to hold the blessing of Epona.

2 from it.

Take the white rose and remove the petals

3

Hold these in your hands, close your eyes, and imagine Epona gently blowing her blessing on them.

4 leave them there until it has recovered.

Now place them in the animal’s bed and

5 them on the earth.

Then take the petals outside and scatter

47


125


126

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

Smudging Rituals Your Guide to a Powerful Healing Practise to Cleanse, Bless, and Inspire New for

2019

on g

SMUDGING RITUALS

ith ge es

The ancient spiritual practice of smudging has been quietly gaining traction with celebrities, business executives, and modern spiritual seekers finding inspiration in this simple wellness practice. Smudging Rituals taps into this growing trend by simplifying the process of creating custom smudge blends and applying them to heal, cleanse, bless, and inspire. Depicted with beautifully styled photography throughout, it includes 30 aromatic smudge recipes and accompanying rituals for a variety of life’s ailments, milestones, and occasions.

SMUDGING RITUALS Your Guide to a Powerful Healing Practise to Cleanse, Bless, and Inspire

KIERA FOGG

KIERA FOGG

AUTHOR

EUCALYPTUS

PEPPERMINT

Health • Purification • Protection

Prosperity • Growth • Renewal

Kiera Fogg

T SPECIFICATIONS 9 × 8in

• 229 × 203mm • 128pp

CODE 307462

A

here are more than 700 species of this evergreen plant, which are found predominantly in Australia. If you look closely at the sickle-shaped leaves of the Eucalyptus, you will see tiny oil glands covering its surface. The potent oil finds many uses in fragrances, flu medications, insecticides, and even fuels. Similar to White Sage, Eucalyptus is known for its powerful cleansing and protective qualities. Use it to make a smudge stick or gather a few dried leaves and burn them as incense.

hybrid species of spearmint and water mint, Peppermint makes for a convenient and accessible plant for the home gardener. Grow this versatile herb in a moist container, away from direct sunlight. The leaves of the Peppermint plant can be collected as soon as the flowers begin to open and may be dried for use in food or tea. Renowned for its cooling menthol sensation, Peppermint is often used in aromatherapy to ease stress and clear the mind, and is known to promote happiness, luck, success, and renewal. Its calming aroma is easily combined with other fragrances.

GOES WELL WITH Lemon, Peppermint, and Rosemary

GOES WELL WITH Juniper, Orange, and Lavender

3 0 S AC R E D P L A N T S

2

GOOD LUCK RITUAL

S AC R E D P L A N T S 3 1

Joy • Prosperity • Good Fortune This fresh and fragrant blend is designed to attract good fortune of all kinds, from good health, to happy relationships, to material wealth and abundance. Allow this simple ritual to offer a pick-me-up on days when your energy is low, or assist in calming the nerves before an important event or ceremony.

BLEND

Ritual

• • • • • •

1 | Sit quietly alone and away from distractions. Close your eyes and ask your spirit guides to bless and protect you as you conduct this ritual. 2 | Light your smudge in a heat-safe dish or abalone shell.

Sweet grass Bamboo Peppermint Lavender Orange peel Star anise

C RY S TA L

• Citrine or Pyrite TO O L S

• Gold twine • Feather wand • Heat-safe dish or abalone shell

1

3 | Holding your Citrine or Pyrite crystal, close your eyes and take several deep breaths, imagining that you are expelling a dark fog with every exhale. This fog represents all tension, fear, and stress. Watch as it leaves your body and evaporates into the smoke. 4 | When you feel ready, begin to envision that the crystal you are holding is emanating a beautiful golden light that begins to flood your entire being. Imagine it moving up your arms and down your legs. Breathe it into your lungs and envision it moving up through your neck and to the top of your head. 5 | Now imagine yourself walking down a golden path, toward your deepest desires. Walk confidently toward them. When you arrive, feel a sense of wellbeing wash over you as you see your wishes coming to fruition. 6 | When you are finished, open your eyes. Use your feather wand to sweep the smoke over your body, while repeating the affirmation until you feel a sense of completion. 7 | Thank your spirit guides and ask that they close this ritual.

A F F I R M AT I O N

6 0 C R E AT I N G YO U R S M U D G E B L E N D R I T UA L

“The pa th tha t I wa lk is g o lde n, a nd I a m ble ssed a t e v ery turn.”


127

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

Crystal Gridwork The Power of Crystals and Sacred Geometry to Heal, Protect, and Inspire C R Y S TA L CRYSTAL GRIDWORK

A SINGLE CRYSTAL IS A POWERFUL TOOL.

Think then how potent a crystal grid might be. All power is magnified when Sacred Geometry (the language of the Universe) comes together with crystal vibrations. • A crystal grid comprises several crystals which are set in a geometric arrangement with a specific intention or outcome in mind. • Author Kiera Fogg has put together 30 grids, exquisitely photographed in a range of settings. The sacred geometry of each grid is revealed in an accompanying illustrated map so you can easily recreate the crystal grid at home. Or simply use the photographs to meditate on. Kiera Fogg is a writer and speaker on modern wellness and spirituality, a certified Reiki practitioner, and an entrepreneur. Her company, Little Box of Rocks, offers healing crystal collections designed to celebrate life’s most magical occasions. Her collections have been featured on the pages of O, The Oprah Magazine, Vogue, People and Good Housekeeping. Check out Kiera’s work at littleboxofrocks.com and kierafogg.com.

£14.99

G R I D WO RK

KIERA FOGG

A single crystal is a powerful tool. Think then how potent a crystal grid might be. All power is magnified when Sacred Geometry (the language of the universe) comes together with crystal vibrations. A grid comprises several crystals and sets them in a geometric arrangement with a specific intention or outcome in mind. Author Kiera Fogg has put together 30 grids, exquisitely photographed in a range of settings. The sacred geometry of each grid is revealed in a little artworked map, so it can be repeated at home. Or simply use the photographs to meditate on.

EAN

ISBN 978-0-85762-614-1

9 780857 626141 Manufactured in China

The Power of Crystals and Sacred Geometry to Heal, Protect and Inspire • K I E R A F O G G

GRIDS_COV_12spine_Crystal_UK.indd All Pages

11/12/2017 16:33

AUTHOR Kiera Fogg

SPECIFICATIONS

8 × 9in

• 229 × 203mm • 128pp

CODE GRIDS


128

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

The Crystal Cure A Hands-on Guide to Using Crystals to Manage Your Emotional Wellbeing

New for

2019 THE

THE CRYSTAL CURE

CRYSTAL CURE

A hands-on guide to using crystals to manage your emotional wellbeing

CHRISTEL ALBEREZ & NERISSA ALBERTS

AUTHOR Christel Alberez and Nerissa Alberts

Perhaps you are feeling sad when you want to feel happy? Or you need to give yourself courage? Or reduce your anxiety levels? Or make yourself more open to feeling compassion? There are all sorts of situations where you may want to control or regulate your frame of mind, and crystals are a powerful tool to help with this. Organized by emotional states, The Crystal Cure will help you to cultivate your emotional intelligence as you develop greater awareness of your current mood and practice consciously with crystals. A thorough questionnaire at the back allows you to assess what you’re actually feeling and decide which crystal (or crystal combination) will be most beneficial to you at any given moment.

SPECIFICATIONS 814⁄ × 6in

• 208 × 150mm • 128pp

CODE 325426

Fluorite is a crystal possessed of secret gifts that help you combat feelings of fear, letting you find strength within yourself.

FEAR Fear is a primal emotion humans are programmed with to keep both safe and alive. Its power instantly consumes the physical body and activates the fight or flight response.

Fluorite

Green Calcite

Fluorite assists you with the courage to be able to examine the root of where a fear is

Green calcite is calming for the overall system. Its vibration coats over the heart

coming from. It has the hidden gift to alter your viewpoint to be able to see safely from

to extinguish fear like a gentle protective shell. It evokes a childlike innocence and

a new perspective. Fluorite restructures an overstimulated

restores a natural curiosity about life.

self and guides you to return to the comfort of strength within.

Journaling, see page 22

Touchstone Practice, see page 16

Danburite

The energy of seraphinite is one of protectiveness and refuge. It touches edges deep into the unknown parts of yourself and acts like an internal compass to navigate uncharted emotional territory. It has an enchanting effect on areas of constriction as it helps radiate a deeper sense of love for yourself and the collective.

The frequency of danburite matches the intensity of fear itself. Its accelerated lightning fast energy delivers a crystal-clear channel of acute information to override deeply ingrained programming. In the aftermath of its penetrating energy is an experience of total relief; a ceremonial cleansing like a breath of fresh air to greet you.

Core Meditation, see page 13

Moving Meditation, see page 18

Seraphinite

Powerful Stone Combinations

MORE CRYSTALS TO TRY

A C C E P TA N C E MORE CRYSTALS TO TRY

Kunzite

Acceptance is the state of being fully aware of a situation or circumstance without trying to control, judge, or change it. Emotional acceptance is a cornerstone to redirect one’s energy and resources into a productive path. Helpful crystals for acceptance expand our ability to practice non-attachment and make peace with what is happening.

Rose quartz

Heliodor

Rose quartz relaxes the body and mind into the tranquillity of the heart. Its energetic signature is like a mighty waterfall of

Spessartine Garnet

Heliodor illuminates the areas that crave self-acceptance within one’s reality. It also teaches appreciation for the

Lepidolite

unconditional love filling your inner cup with renewed vitality and wholeness. It soothes a hot

Kyanite

tolerance for things that may have triggered you in the past. Core Meditation, see page 13 Water Ceremony, see page 24

Lapis Lazuli

MORE CRYSTALS TO TRY

ways in which we do accept our self currently. It fosters a healthy environment in the

temper, relieves tension in the body, and over time teaches

Selenite

heart and promotes and builds further ease of acceptance.

Larimar

Its golden ray emanates the bright light of the golden heart allowing one to open fully to receiving.

Larimar has the ability to take a fiery situation and caress it into the gentle waters of calmness. It softens the hard edges of anger and teaches how to overcome selfsabotaging behaviors.

Lithium Quartz

Rhodochrosite

Journaling, see page 22

Touchstone Practice, see page 16

Seraphinite + Kyanite

Powerful Stone Combinations

Green Calcite + Fluorite

32 Nuture to Neglect

44 Nurture to Neglect

Crystal_Cure_DUM_v5.indd 5-6

CALM Being calm is an emotional state that brings peacefulness. It creates the feeling of ease and connection in the body and mind. Calmness has a heart-centered quality to it. It allows you to act with clarity, increase your patience, and experience relaxation. Crystals that teach calmness generally have an overall soothing effect.

05/10/2018 12:19

Crystal_Cure_DUM_v5.indd 3-4

Rose Quartz + Larimar Rose Quartz + Lepidolite

Powerful Stone Combinations

Heliodor + Lithium Quartz

Calm • Acceptance 33

05/10/2018 12:19


MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

129

Moon Milk 50 Plant-based Recipes for a Good Night’s Sleep New for

Moon milk has taken social media by storm with the ancient ayurvedic tradition of drinking warm milk with healing herbs and spices at bedtime having been rediscovered and reinvented by health bloggers around the world. Authored and photographed by online health food coach, Gina Fontana, this beautiful book takes moon milk to the next wellness level by not only featuring the most effective, scientifically proven ingredients to reduce insomnia, but also focusing on plant-based, dairy-free milk alternatives so that anyone with food intolerances can still harvest the many benefits of this potent drink. With 50 gorgeous moon milk recipes that come in all colors of the rainbow, you will want to snap and post your creations before sipping them, and settling in for a great night’s sleep.

2019

AUTHOR Gina Fontana

SPECIFICATIONS

Moon Milk Recipes

7 × 9in PINK PITAYA Besides being absolutely gorgeous, the Pink Pitaya is an ancient ayurvedic drink used to help with sleeplessness. Ingredients 2 cups of almond milk 1 tsp of coconut oil 2 tsp of maple syrup 1 2 / tsp of cinnamon 1 tsp of pitaya/dragon fruit powder 1 pinch of nutmeg 1 pinch of cardamom Rose petals (optional for serving)

MEET GINA

Tips If using the rose petals, which I recommend, but would prefer a smoother milk texture, try grinding the petals up into finer pieces before garnishing.

I’m a certified health coach and health foodie fanatic. Having been diagnosed with celiac disease a few years ago, I now follow a gluten-free, dairy-free, plant-based diet and enjoy the creativity behind developing and photographing recipes that suit my lifestyle. Many of my fellow bloggers have praised the benefits of drinking Moon Milk—the ayurvedic tradition of having a cup of warm milk with healing herbs and spices before going to bed—and I decided to put together a collection of clean, non-dairy Moon Milk recipes so that anyone with food intolerances can still harvest the many benefits of this ancient drink.

31

Ever heard of drinking warm milk before bed to help you sleep? It stems from this ayurvedic remedy, but here I am giving this ancient moon milk a hip new twist by adding colorful superfoods and fragrant spices. So not only are we helping the occasional sleeplessness, but we’re amping it up with natural spices to help boost our immune system. In other words, it rocks! And like I always say, everything is better pink, so I decided to add pink pitaya (dragon fruit) powder and dried rose petals to mine, along with some cinnamon, nutmeg, and cardamom.

47

• 230 × 180mm • 128pp

CODE 325433


130

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

The Antique Anatomy Tarot: Book and Card Deck Harness Tarot Energy for Personal Development and Healing

AUTHOR

We are in the grip of a tarot reading craze as an entire new group of young tarot enthusiasts are reimagining tarot decks as tools of self-care and spiritual growth. In her first book, Claire Goodchild presents the subject in a fresh, creative way, using beautifully styled, top-down photography to showcase each of the sacred cards, which she has illustrated herself in a contemporary and meaningful style that will reverberate with users. As well as a teaching tool to each card’s special meaning, Claire introduces the reader to over 50 card spreads, some general and many specific, aimed at answering the real questions that Generation Y want to find answers to today.

Claire Goodchild

The package features a beautifully designed deck. SPECIFICATIONS

• 210 × 160mm • 128pp • 78 specially designed tarot cards 6¼ × 8¼in

CODE 326559


the major arcana

The Fool

The Magician

NUMEROLOGY

NUMEROLOGY

1

1

ELEMENT

ELEMENT

AIR

AIR

ASTROLOGY

ASTROLOGY

GEMINI & VIRGO

GEMINI & VIRGO

COMPANION

COMPANION

THE WHEEL OF FORTUNE

THE WHEEL OF FORTUNE

The Magician denotes the beginning of an important new life cycle, new opportunities to use communicative talents, new skills, willpower turning thought into action. This is a card often associated with careers and job prospects, though it can also apply to working out issues in a relationship.If you are considering a change of career or a step-up in your current company, the Magician shows that you have all the attributes needed to make it happen. The Magician can also warn of guile and trickery or the combination of personal and divine power used deviously and for selfish reasons. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labor.

The Magician denotes the beginning of an important new life cycle, new opportunities to use communicative talents, new skills, willpower turning thought into action, success through initiative, adaptability, versatility, and self-confidence. This is a card often associated with careers and job prospects, though it can also apply to working out issues in a relationship. If you are considering a change of career or a step-up in your current company, the Magician shows that you have all the attributes needed to make it happen. deviously and for selfish reasons. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut lab. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed.

Keywords Success through initiative, adaptability, versatility, self-confidence

Keywords Choices, love, partnership, attraction, passion, balance

27


Tarot Spellcaster: Book and Card Pack Enhance Your Life with the Power of Tarot Magic

New for

2019

Tarot

Spellcaster

ng the complete r casting the spells.

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

Terry Donaldson

ymbolism gic into your life.

up an dian angel.

132

Tarot BOOK spellcaster AND CARD PACK

Enhance your life with the power of tarot magic Terry Donaldson

Learn how to cast spells with tarot, using the symbolism of the cards to unlock your psychic powers and bring magic into your life. Discover how to prepare for spellcasting, set up an altar, consecrate your cards, and invoke your guardian angel. Includes 36 beautifully designed tarot cards, featuring the complete major arcana and a selection of the minor arcana needed for casting the spells.

AUTHOR Terry Donaldson

SPECIFICATIONS 72⁄3 × 55⁄7in

• 195 × 145mm •

The Empress is a radiant, beautiful woman, filled

with purity and divine love. She can soothe away the

heartbreak of a lifetime, and impart a sense of lightness

96pp and 36 cards

CODE 308583

and fulfillment into the hearts of others. In mythology she is Venus, the goddess of love, and she can bestow love on whomever she pleases.

THE

EMPRESS Spell

Magical intention To ease the heart of sadness, regrets, and disillusionment; to create complimentary energies for becoming pregnant; to feel young and revitalized; to ignite the flame of personal creativity; to receive an abundance of love.

Magical working Inscribe your name along the side of the orange candle, dress it with bergamot oil, then place it in the east of the altar and light it. Inscribe the following words along the side of the light green candle: “Love, Abundance, Love.” Dress this candle with frankincense oil, then place it in the west of the altar and light it. Lay the Empress card between the two candles, study the card for a few moments, then recite:

24

THE MAJOR ARC AN A

YOU WILL NEED • Dark green altar cloth • Knife • Orange candle • Bergamot essential oil • Light green candle • Frankincense essential oil • The Empress card • Seashells • Flowers

Let this card represent the power of the goddess of love, and may this spiritual being look upon me as a fitting receptacle for blessing. May the energies of love, creativity, and harmony flow into and through my life from this point forward and for all time. So mote it be.

Take the seashells in your left hand, and the flowers in your right hand, and walk clockwise around the altar three times. At each of the compass points, pause, face outward from the altar, and bow your head, as if the goddess were approaching from each of the directions. Imagine that the air around you is a vibrant golden white, and picture this energy flowing directly into your heart.

Allow yourself to feel a sense of warmth, release, and completion. Face the altar again, and while looking at the Empress, pass your hands filled with shells and flowers from the tip of your head, down over your body, to your toes. As you do so, visualize the cleansing effect that the shells and flowers are having on your aura.

THE MAJOR ARCANA

25


MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

The Tarot Workbook An IQ Book for the Tarot Practitioner New for

2019

the Tarot workbook

Just how much can you read from the tarot cards? Test your ability with this handy workbook. An easy question-and-answer format introduces theoretical spreads and situations, allows you to work through them, then provides the expert answers from a leading tarot reader. Learn the language of the cards and hone your tarot reading ability with these guided practices—instruction has never been this easy or this much fun!

Just how much can you read from the tarot cards? Test your ability with this handy workbook. An easy question-and-answer format introduces theoretical spreads and situations, allows you to work through them, then provides the expert answers from a leading tarot reader. Learn the language of the cards and hone your tarot reading ability with these guided practices—instruction has never been this easy or this much fun!

Tarot workbook

An IQ book for the Tarot Practitioner

Kathleen McCormack

KATHLEEN MCCORMACK is a sixth-generation psychic. Born in Australia, she first became successful as a recording artist, selling more than a million albums. Having learned the tarot from her mother, she became the first person to teach tarot at all three universities in Sydney. On moving to England, Kathleen continued to lecture and give seminars on the tarot. She also gives personal readings and is the author of several previously published books on the subject.

THE

Format: 7 3⁄4 x 5 3⁄4 in (195 x 145 mm) Extent: 128pp Pub date: Fall 2018 RRP: $18.95

Kathleen McCormack

AUTHOR Kathleen McCormack

SPECIFICATIONS

“I’m a bank manager but am running for local office in the next election because I feel that I could do a good job and help people. Am I doing the right thing and will I get elected?”

Personal Character Refer to page 12 for instructions on how to perform the Romany Draw; see pages 72–75 for the answers to these questions.

1 The Past 2 The Present 3 The Future

2

Question 5

“I won a scholarship to study veterinary science. My best friend says I won’t have money for years and I’m stupid to be more concerned with animals than living well and having fun. Do you think he’s right?”

“After I failed my exams, I was devastated when my teacher told me that arrogance and laziness were the causes. I’m repeating the year’s studies now. Will I pass this time and get into the university of my choice?”

Question 2 “I wrote a children’s story and my husband drew the illustrations. A television company wants to film it but my husband wants me to refuse the offer. I think it’s because his illustrations won’t be featured. I’m going to accept. Am I right?” The Romany Draw

“I was caught forging credit cards and spent six months in jail. I now know that money is not as important as people are and I want to train to be a nurse. With my record, do I have a chance?”

3

5

• 195 × 145mm • 128pp

CODE 308586 Question 4

1

Question 1

26

7 ⁄3 × 5 ⁄7in 2

Question 3

ROM AN Y QUESTIONS

Question 6 “My boyfriend told me he’s in love with someone else who is a ‘giver.’ I’m not a taker! Why have I had to suffer?”

Personal Chacater

27

133


134

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

Press Here! Face Workout Pressure and Massage Techniques to Tone and Define Naturally

AUTHOR Nadira V Persaud

• CODE 327858

This book offers age-defying results through a series of easy-to-follow pressure and massage techniques, which can be used as part of an everyday skincare regime or incorporated into regular self-care, achieving definition and illumination with a sense of healing.

Press Here! Chakra Healing Your Guide to Strengthening Your Seven Major Energy Centers

AUTHOR Victor Archuleta

• CODE 327186

This book will guide the reader through a simple step-by-step process to determine which chakras may be out of balance, which modality is most appropriate for the issue(s) being addressed, and the techniques for rebalancing the chakra. By using a multi-modality approach to Chakra balancing, the reader is empowered to undertake the steps needed to rebalance one or more of the seven energy centers.

Press Here! Acupressure for Beginners How to Release and Balance Energy Flow For millenia, the Chinese have been studying the effects of applying pressure to specific points on the body to relieve ailments from fatigue to illness and pain. AUTHOR Bob Doto

• CODE 307050

SPECIFICATIONS 814⁄ × 62⁄7in

• 210 × 160mm • 128pp


MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

135

Press Here! Massage for Beginners A Simple Route to Relaxation and Releasing Tension Massage therapy is a fun way to connect and engage with your loved ones, applying healing techniques to reduce pain and tension while increasing relaxation and enjoyment.

AUTHOR

Rachel Beider

• CODE 307035

Press Here! Reiki for Beginners Your Guide to Subtle Energy Therapy Originally practiced by the Japanese in the early 1800s, this holistic healing pathway gets impressive results by utilizing subtle energy flow from the palms of the hands of the “sender” to influence the energy flow of the “receiver.” AUTHOR

Victor Archuleta

• CODE REIK

Press Here! Reflexology for Beginners Foot Reflexology: A Practice for Promoting Health Known and practiced by many cultures, this holistic healing pathway gets impressive results by applying massage pressue techniques to the feet. AUTHOR

Stefanie Sabounchian

SPECIFICATIONS

814⁄ × 62⁄7in

• 210 × 160mm • 128pp

• CODE RFXF


136

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

The Complete Book of Natural Therapies Safe and Effective Self-help for Everyday Ailments THE COMPLETE BOOK OF

ur goms of e most

e, .

Mind & Body

THE COMPLETE BOOK OF

natural

Therapies Safe and Effective Self-Help for Everyday Ailments

Peter Albright MD

nd was cticed Medical

NATURAL THERAPIES

eople urning

Peter Albright MD

Printed in China

10/10/2018 11:40

AUTHOR Peter Albright MD

EDITOR Claire Waite Brown

SPECIFICATIONS 92⁄3 × 71⁄2in

• 246 × 190mm • 256pp

CODE 304063

There is a growing public interest in complementary therapies as people become more aware of what they’re putting in their bodies and are turning to clean eating, and a healthy, holistic approach to living. Features a huge range of common ailments and symptoms, making this your go-to family resource. Ailments are organized according to regions and systems of the body, so that information is readily accessible, while descriptions give the most frequently utilized complementary therapies. Contains specific and practical instructions for using all the therapies, safely and effectively at home by a total beginner. Therapies include: Naturopathy, nutritional therapy, herbal medicine, massage, acupuncture, acupressure, aromatherapy, meditation, hypnosis, yoga, tai chi, counseling, psychotherapy, reflexology, and homeopathy.


MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

137

500 Treatments for 100 Ailments Integrated alternative and conventional medicine for the most common illnesses

Integrated complementary and conventional medicine for the most common illnesses

500 Treatments for 100 Ailments is an invaluable integrated medical resource that provides real choices in an easy-to-use, at-a-glance format.

This unique all-in-one guide puts everything you need to know about traditional and alternative medicine right at your fingertips. Its authors are leading practitioners in five different fields– conventional medicine, homeopathy, traditional Chinese medicine, herbalism, and naturopathy–writing on everything from aches and pains, sexual dysfunction, and the common cold to mind and spirit, anxiety, and general first aid.

Printed in China

Free of medical jargon to help you quickly and easily diagnose your symptoms and identify treatment, the information in this book will allow you to take control of your healthcare and better understand the choices open to you. Alternative health practices have a tradition of providing relief to people for hundreds (and in some cases, for thousands) of years, but doctors often suggest just one course of treatment, and you may not realize just how many options are available. For each of the 100 ailments, this book will let you compare traditional medicine side-by-side with four alternative treatments to help you decide which type of therapy best suits you and your family.

500

Treatments for 100 Ailments Dr. Christine Gustafson, MD Dr. Zhuoling Ren, TCMD Beth MacEoin, MNCHM, RSHom Dr. Geovanni Espinosa, ND, LAc, CNS, RH(AHG) Stephanie Caley, BSc (Hons) MNIMH

Gustafson, Ren, MacEoin, Espinosa, Caley

Chartwell Books an imprint of The Quarto Group 142 West 36th Street, 4th Floor New York, NY 10018

500 Treatments for 100 Ailments

Integrating the best of conventional medicine alternative 500and Treatments for 100 Ailments medicine to keep your family healthy. A breakthrough technique for treating illnesses, this guide puts everything you need to know about traditional and alternative medicine right at your fingertips. This is the only all-in-one guide from leading practitioners in five different fields—conventional medicine, homeopathy, traditional Chinese medicine, herbalism, and naturopathy—on everything from aches and pains, sexual dysfunction, and the common cold to mind and spirit, anxiety, and general first aid. Free of medical jargon to help you quickly and easily diagnose your symptoms and identify treatment. Multiple treatment options allow you to be a vigilant patient and take charge of your and your family’s health.

CONVENTIONAL ME

had a private integra

Integrated complementary and conventional medicine for the most common illnesses

Georgia that combin

therapies. She was bo

graduated from the P

University of Arizona.

August of 2012. She w

Medical Association a

Integrative Medicine.

TRADITIONAL CHINE

is a doctor of TCM wit

a fellow of AAIM. Dr. R

American Foundation

president and founde

Chinese Medicine, wit

Minnesota. Before est

doctor-in-charge and

Xiyuan Hospital in Be HOMEOPATHY Beth

the Northern College

up her own practice a

the Society of Homeo Beth has also taught

medical students in N

NATUROPATHY Dr. G

RH(AHG), is a renow

an authority in integr

Clinical Assistant Prof

Medical Center (NYU

author of the popular

Survive and co-autho in urology and men’s

of XY Wellness, LLC, a DrGeo.com.

HERBALISM Stephan

London-based medic

of Westminster, after

ISBN-13: 978-0-7858-3564-6 EAN

Stephanie is a memb

Herbalists, and runs a

Apothecary. She is of

medicine for magazin

MFTHA 500Treatmts100Ailmts_BooksalesJKT_23mmspine_v2.indd 1

CONSULTANT EDITOR Dr. Victor Sierpina

SPECIFICATIONS

6¾ × 9in

• 230 × 170mm • 512pp CODE M FTHA


138

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

Traditional Chinese Medicine 200 Treatments for 200 Ailments Traditional Chinese medicine has been providing relief to people for thousands of years, combining herbal remedies with acupuncture and acupressure to treat and prevent health problems. This essential home reference offers information on symptons, diagnosis, and treatment goals for the two hundred most common conditions, then provides expert advice in an easy-to-read format, along with key tips for prevention.

AUTHOR Dr Zhuoling Ren 186

SPECIFICATIONS 7 × 81⁄2in

• 216 × 174mm • 224pp

CODE M PTCM

MIND AND SPIRIT

MIND AND SPIRIT

Depression I

t is normal to get a bout of the blues occasionally, but if these feelings start to interfere with your daily life and do not seem to subside, it could be a sign of clinical depression. Depression is a common problem. At least one in every six people will admit to feeling depressed at some point in their life, and one in 20 become clinically depressed. There is no one single cause of depression. In many cases, depression is first triggered by a traumatic event, such as the death of a loved one. It can also be caused by various health problems. Occasionally people become depressed in response to certain foods or poor nutrition, a lack of physical fitness, or an illness.

Symptoms

• Restlessness and agitation • Sleeping problems, including waking up early and feeling tired

• Excessive smoking and drinking alcohol • Poor appetite and weight loss • Memory loss • Feeling irritable or impatient, and getting no pleasure out of life

• Loss of libido • Low self-esteem • Preoccupation with negative thoughts, • •

and feelings of emptiness and despair Cutting yourself off from others emotionally Thinking about suicide

Treatment goal Establish the cause and severity of the depression. Identify and avoid triggers to relieve symptoms.

Mild cases may benefit from simple lifestyle changes such as eating a balanced diet. Severe cases will require long-term psychological treatment.

Treatment St. John’s wort Can be used to treat depression associated with a sense of loss of connection with others, loss of self-worth, or depression due to chronic pain resulting in insomnia. Its active constituents are thought to inhibit neurotransmitters in the brain, known as serotonin, dopamine, and norepinephrine. Small amounts of melatonin, the hormone responsible for sleep induction, have been found within the herb. St. John’s wort is generally tolerated well; however it can cause side effects for those with bipolar disorder. The herb increases the liver’s metabolism of many drugs. Do not take this herb with anti-coagulant medications. Rhodiola Good for treating mild depression, especially when combined with increased levels of daily stress and physical exhaustion. Rhodiola can help improve physical performance, decrease fatigue and depression, and improve sleep. This herb contains high amounts of antioxidant flavonoids, proanthocyanidins, catechins, and rosavin, and increases neurotransmitters in the brain known to elevate moods. Take a 100 mg dose a day standardized to 2% rosavin, and increase to 300 mg daily if needed. Higher doses (above 200 mg) may cause irritability and insomnia.

!

187

Fatigue T

here are many reasons for feeling tired aside from lack of sleep. Triggers include a problem with blood sugar levels and adrenal exhaustion due to overdosing on stimulants such as caffeine, alcohol, and chocolate. Maintaining an even blood sugar level is crucial to keeping consistent energy levels. Stimulants cause blood sugar levels to yo-yo and prompt your adrenal glands to produce bursts of adrenalin. This ultimately leads to exhaustion as your body tries to cope with the demands being made of it. Often a first sign of nutritional deficiency, regular feelings of fatigue can occasionally be a sign of a more serious condition.

Symptoms

• Feeling tired • Difficulty concentrating • Increased appetite Treatment goal Identify the cause and rule out any potentially serious conditions. To balance nutritional levels in the body, develop stress-reduction techniques, and restore quality of life.

Depression is a serious condition that should be monitored by a health professional. Herbal medicines should only be used in conjunction with treatments, such as counseling, that attempt to identify and treat any possible causes of the depression. Many of these herbs should not be taken in high doses by those taking conventional medication for depression.

Treatment Adaptogens, or tonics, are one group of herbal medicines commonly used to address fatigue. Adaptogens as a whole tend to improve energy, restore vitality, and allow greater resistance to stress by “tonifying” the adrenals, and immune and nervous systems. Siberian ginseng This is a bitter, warming herb used to improve symptoms of chronic fatigue, weakness, and debility. Current studies show that ginseng improves mental performance, increases physical work capacity, strengthens immune response, and improves stress adaptation. Begin dosing between 1–3 g per day of a capsule (standardized to 0.7 mg of eleutheroside E) or 2–6 ml of tincture per day. It is recommended that Siberian ginseng is taken for 6–12 weeks continuously, followed by a two to eight week break. Ashwaganda In Indian medicine, ashwaganda is used traditionally to restore vitality and as a mild aphrodisiac. Studies show ashwaganda has anti-inflammatory, adaptogenic, and immunemodulating properties, and is mildly sedating. Drink a decoction made by boiling 1 tbsp of dried root per cup of water or take 2 ml of tincture three times daily. Adaptogenic vitality formula Combine equal parts of astragalus, ginseng, devil’s club, licorice, and gotu kola to create a herbal formula that restores energy and supports immune function. Drink a decoction made from 1 tbsp of the combined dried herbs.

! Ashwaganda

Fatigue is commonly due to stress. However, it is best to seek advice from a doctor before self-treating to rule out any underlying causes. Consult a doctor if you experience serious, prolonged fatigue.


MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

139

Practical Homeopathy 200 Treatments for 200 Ailments

Written with the newcomer to homeopathy in mind, this essential reference invites the reader to explore how simple homeopathic support can be used to effectively treat a range of ailments. At the heart of homeopathy lies the principle of “the law of similars.” Homeopathy involves administering a highly dilute amount of a substance to stimulate the body to heal. Practical Homeopathy is the complete guide to homeopathic remedies for the two-hundred most common ailments, from hay fever and back pain to anxiety.

CONSULTANT EDITOR Beth MacEoin

SPECIFICATIONS 7 × 81⁄2in • 216 × 174mm • 244pp

CODE M PHMP


140

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

New for

2019

Crystals: The Modern Essential Guide Energize • Balance • Heal Discover how to use the incredible power of crystals to develop a deeper understanding of your abilities, your relationships, and your future. Features 45 of the most powerful crystals in existence, with information about their mythology, history, spiritual and healing properties, and divinatory interpretations.

AUTHOR Sue Lilly CODE 307175

Herbs: The Modern Essential Guide Heal • Protect • Restore This informative directory includes a selection of herbs that can be used to treat a wide range of common ailments in a gentle but effective way. From herbs that relieve throat and ear infections to calming drinks and inhalations, find out how herbs can fight illness and enhance your general well-being. AUTHOR Jade Britton CODE 307161

SPECIFICATIONS 914⁄ × 7in

• 234 × 178mm • 224pp


MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

Yoga: The Modern Essential Guide Relaxtion • Balance • Meditate In our fast-paced stressful world, yoga offers an accessible and enjoyable means of escape to personal serenity, balance, and contentment. This book includes standing postures, sitting postures, supine postures, as well as advanced postures and relaxation techniques. A variety of daily routines are provided with complete instructions. AUTHOR Sally Parkes CODE 308985

Reiki: The Modern Essential Guide Harmonize • Heal • Revitalize Use Reiki to energize your everyday life, raise your selfawareness, and improve your relationships. Discover how learning to channel your thoughts can help you take control of your life. Understand first- and second-degree Reiki, including initiations, foundation treatments, and sending energy and healing at a distance. AUTHOR Janet Green CODE 307163

SPECIFICATIONS

9 ⁄ × 7in 1 4

• 234 × 178mm • 224pp

141


142

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

Essentials Oil Rituals New for

Daily Practises for Happiness, Self-love, and to Promote Change

2019

Essential Oil Rituals

ood of

rganic

simple

oils, we

our lives with

und us.

tial oils

ls such

n, and can be a wide

t-have

cilitate

ergy of

pening

Essential Oil Rituals

us on

al, and

Daily Practices for Happiness, Self-love, and to Promote Change

.

TINA DE BROUX

mm)

TINA DE BROUX

AUTHOR Tina De Broux

SPECIFICATIONS 9 × 7in

• 230 × 180mm • 128pp

CODE 323924

Essential oils are the life blood of plants. They are a force of organic chemicals that interact with us on a physiological, psychological, and spiritual level. By practicing simple rituals that utilize essential oils, we can facilitate change within our lives and deepen our connection with ourselves and the world around us. This book explains what essential oils are and looks at simple rituals such as self-massage, meditation, and yoga and how these practices can be enhanced through the use of a wide range of essential oils. Essential Oil Rituals is a must-have guide for anyone eager to facilitate change by harnessing the energy oessential oils and magically opening new doors in their life.


Seasonal Blends

Lavender & Pink Grapefruit Renewal Bath This spring renewal bath helps us to let go of feelings or behavior that have been holding us back. Lavender has been used traditionally for renewal, purification, and rejuvenation. It promotes calmness, relieves tension, and helps positive energy to flow, releasing negative feelings that may create blocks. Pink grapefruit is known for its cleansing and toning properties. It lifts us up and brightens the spirit. Geranium is often associated with new beginnings and helps to release apprehension and negativity. The Epsom salts will help to detoxify, pulling unwanted elements from the body. This bath salt blend and ritual is perfect to utilize throughout the spring because in order to move forward with new ideas and goals, we must first let go of what is no longer serving us.

INGREDIENTS

Q Unscented liquid castile soap Q Lavender essential oil Q Pink grapefruit essential oil Q Geranium essential oil Q Epsom salts

METHOD Add 1 tablespoon of unscented liquid castile soap to a small bowl. Add 4 drops of Lavender, 2 drops of Pink Grapefruit, and 2 drops of Geranium. Mix the oils into the soap with a small spoon and as you are stirring gradually pour 1 tablespoon of Epsom salts into the mixture.

EQUIPMENT

Q Small mixing bowl Q Small mixing spoon

RITUAL

1/ Draw a warm bath. As the bath is filling think of what in your life is no longer serving you, that you wish to say goodbye to for the coming year. This can be anything: an emotion, a physical item, a behavior.

10

Essentail Oil Rituals

Essentail Oil Rituals

Bergamot & Jasmine Spring Equinox Inhaler The first day of spring is the perfect time to hold a ritual to nurture new ideas and establish goals for the coming year. This ritual utilizes a blend of essential oils that work in synergy with one another to help you determine the path you would like to take. Bergamot is a powerful mood enhancer that helps to promote inner confidence and creativity. It's a balancing oil that can assist you to achieve stability when navigating new circumstances. Jasmine helps to harness positive energy and can improve the clarity of your vision. Eucalyptus inspires and invigorates, rejuvenating the spirit and allowing you to take those first steps in a course of action. Use this inhaler after the ritual and refresh with more drops of essential oils when needed.

INGREDIENTS

Q Bergamot essential oil Q Jasmine sambac essential oil Q Eucalptus essential oil

EQUIPMENT

Q Cotton cloth Q Glass bottle with cap, no larger than 1 oz (30 ml)

2/ Dip the bowl with the mixture into the water and slowly swirl it around the length of the tub to ensure it is well incorporated into the water. As you step into the tub release all thoughts from your mind. Lay back with your eyes closed and deeply inhale the aroma. Let a sense of ease wash over you as you let go.

METHOD Cut a piece of cloth into a 1 inch (25.4 mm) square. Fold it up lengthwise and put it inside a small glass bottle. Drop the essential oils on to the cloth in the bottle: 15 drops of Bergamot, 1 drop of Jasmine sambac, and 1 drop of Eucalyptus. Make sure that you tightly cap your inhaler bottle when it's not in use.

RITUAL

1/ Early in the morning on the spring equinox, find an outdoor space where you feel safe, comfortable, and inspired. Bring a journal, your inhaler blend, and a small blanket to sit on. Feel free to decorate the area around you using flowers and/or stones that hold a significance for you.

2/ Clear your mind and take in the sights, sounds, and smells of the nature around you. Close your eyes, uncap your inhaler, and bring it to your nose. Breathe in deeply, feeling the essential oils fill your lungs and your spirit. Stay here for a few minutes, meditating and smelling your inhaler as often as you would like.

13


144

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

Sacred Crystals SACREDCRYSTALS

er. agic e of.

one heir place tals, ir

ngside ctical the

SACREDCRYSTALS

HAZEL RAVEN

BN 978-0-85762-158-0

Your Guide to 50 Crystals and Harnessing Their Power for Healing and Well-being Crystals radiate a forceful healing power. Learn how to harness their beneficial magic and discover what each stone is capable of.

Your Guide To 50 Crystals And How To Harness Their Power For Healing And Well-being

HAZEL RAVEN

AUTHOR Hazel Raven

SPINE 17 MM

1st Proof

Title:

Job No:

CSTL-Sacred Crystals : 30647 PJ0916-20/SHAN

INDIGO US

23/9/16 3:10 PM

CODE CSTL

Sacred Herbs SACREDHERBS

n

OPAL STREISAND

BN 978-0-85762-159-7

Your Guide to 40 Medicinal Herbs and How to Use Them for Healing and Well-being

SACREDHERBS

Your Guide To 40 Medicinal Herbs And How To Use Them For Healing And Well-being

Learn how to harness the magical healing power of plants. Discover what herbs are capable of and how to use them to enhance your health and well-being.

OPAL STREISAND Foreword by BRIGITTE MARS

Spine 17mm

AUTHOR Opal Streisand 1st Proof

Title:

Job No:

SCDh Sacred Herbs : 30637 PJ0916-19 / Sammi ~ CVR_Indigo US ~

9/23/16 2:07 PM

CODE SCDH

Sacred Essential Oils

CREDSPICES

SACRED ESSENTIALOILS

Guide to 30 Common Spices and how Use them for Healing and Well-being OPAL STREISAND

21/06/2018 16:10

CREDHERBS

de To 40 Medicinal Herbs And How Them For Healing And Well-being

Your Guide to 50 Essential Oils and How to Use Them for Healing and Well-being

OPAL STREISAND Foreword by BRIGITTE MARS

SCDh Sacred Herbs : 30637 PJ0916-19 / Sammi ~ CVR_Indigo US ~

9/23/16 2:07 PM

h language sales enquiries

lbury bury@quarto.com

Sacred Essential Oils is a comprehensive guide to the world of natural scents, what scents mean to us, and how they can affect our mood and sense of well-being.

Your Guide to 50 Essential Oils and how to Use them for Healing and Well-being

QUARTO PUBLISHING

CODE 323819

21/06/2018 16:51

SPECIFICATIONS

5¾ × 714⁄ in

• 195 × 145mm • 128pp


145

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

Your Guide to 50 Flower Essence Remedies and How to Use Them

SACREDFLOWERS

Sacred Flowers Discover how to enhance your emotional health and well-being with these natural remedies, drawn from the essence of wildflower blooms. • This book contains profiles of 50 sacred flower essences and their specific benefits, including the 38 Bach Flower Remedies. Discover how Elm can help you deal with feeling overwhelmed, and White Chestnut can soothe intense anxiety. • This beautiful and practical book will show you how to achieve inner harmony by unlocking the mystical secrets of flowers. • Opal Streisand is a researcher and writer specializing in holistic medicine. She is the author of Sacred Herbs.

OPAL STREISAND

Discover how to enhance your emotional health and wellbeing with these natural remedies, drawn from the essence of wildflower blooms.

SACREDFLOWERS

Your Guide To 50 Flower Essence Remedies And How To Use Them

Format: 5¾ x 7¼ in. (195 x 145 mm) Extent: 128 pp Pub date: Spring 2018 RRP: $14.95 / £10

OPAL STREISAND

AUTHOR Opal Streisand CODE BACH

Sacred Spices

SACREDESSENTIALOILS

Also new in the series: Sacred Essential Oils (Spring 2019)

Crystals radiate a forceful healing power. Learn how to harness their beneficial magic and discover what each stone is capable of. • Whether you carry a crystal around with you or sleep with one next to your pillow, whether you sit with stones, feeling their benevolent presence, or follow ancient chakra practice and place stones directly on your body—whatever way you use crystals, this book unlocks their secrets and lets you realize their amazing powers. •

HAZEL RAVEN

ISBN 978-0-85762-158-0

Your Guide to 50 Essential Oils and how to Use them for Healing and Well-being

Learn how to harness the magical healing power of plants. Discover what herbs are capable of and how to use them m to enhance your health and well-being.

SACREDCRYSTALS •

This book contains profiles of sacred and protective herbs, and explains how these plants can soothe, heal and protect: find out how ginkgo can improve memory and cognitive function, how hyssop can relieve muscular aches and bruising, and how lemon balm can improve mood and mental well-being. • With a concise description of each herb’s properties alongside exquisitely photographed samples, this beautiful and practical book willl show you how to enrich your life by unlocking sho the mystical secrets of herbs.

Your Guide To 50 Crystals And How To Harness ISBN 978-0-85762-159-7 Their Power For Healing And Well-being

SACREDHERBS

Your Guide To 40 Medicinal Herbs And How To Use Them For Healing And Well-being OPAL STREISAND Foreword by BRIGITTE MARS

HAZEL RAVEN

CSTL JAC Crystals plc NB_INDIGO_.indd 1

SPINE 17 MM

Sacred Spices explores 30 of nature’s healing spices, with concise descriptions of each spice’s health benefits and uses.

SCDH JAC Herbs plc NB_INDIGO_.indd 1 1st Proof Title: CSTL-Sacred Crystals : 30647 Job No: PJ0916-20/SHAN

INDIGO US

SACREDSPICES

E. JOY BOWLES

OPAL STREISAND

With a concise description of each crystal’s properties alongside exquisitely photographed samples, this beautiful and practical book will show you how to enrich your life by unlocking the mystical secrets of crystals.

SACRED ESSENTIALOILS

SACREDHERBS

SACREDCRYSTALS

Your Guide to 30 Common Spices and How to Use Them for Healing and Well-being

Following on from the success of Sacred Crystals and Sacred Herbs (2017), Sacred Spices explores 30 of nature’s healing spices, with concise descriptions of each spice's health benefits and uses.

1st Proof

Spine 17mm 23/9/16 3:10 PM

Title:

Job No:

SCDh Sacred Herbs : 30637 PJ0916-19 / Sammi ~ CVR_Indigo US ~

9/23/16 2:07 PM

Specification

English language sales enquiries

Trimmed page size: 7¼ x 5¾ in (195 x 145 mm) Extent: 128 pp Illustrations: Over 100 Suggested retail price: $14.95 Pub date: Spring 2019 Category: MBS Code: 323822

Nikki Tilbury nikki.tilbury@quarto.com

Your Guide to 30 Common Spices and how to Use them for Healing and Well-being OPAL STREISAND

QUARTO PUBLISHING

sacred spices blad.indd 22-23

21/06/2018 16:10

AUTHOR Opal Streisand CODE 323822

Sacred Symbols Use these gifts wisely.

Format: 5¾ x 7¼ in. (195 x 145 mm) Extent: 128 pp Pub date: Spring 2018 RRP: $12.95 / £10.00

• For many cultures, certain symbols hold an unseen magical power. • This book explores those signs and symbols and gives practical advice on how to harness their latent power. • With a concise description of each symbol’s meaning, specially commissioned illustrations, and practical ways to bring symbol power into your own life.

OPAL STREISAND

For many cultures, certain symbols hold an unseen magical power. This book explores those signs and symbols and gives practical advice on how to harness their latent power.

These symbols are beautifully presented. These are your keys to other worlds. They offer power switches to the great life or energy force.

SACREDSYMBOLS

Understand the Power of the World’s Most Hallowed Symbols

SACREDSYMBOLS

Understand the Power of the World’s Most Hallowed Symbols OPAL STREISAND

AUTHOR Opal Streisand SPECIFICATIONS

5¾ × 714⁄ in

• 195 × 145mm • 128pp

CODE 303230


146

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

New for

2019

The Power of Breathwork Simple Practices to Promote Wellbeing

R K WELLBEING

or anyone looking ir daily routines.

different healing

cises that can be

ion, creativity, joy, , trauma, tension,

h, plants, and words

fers sliding-scale

er of The Breathe litates writing and veterans hospitals,

universities, as well Network.

T H E

P OW E R

O F

B R E AT H WO R K SIMPLE

PRAC TICES

TO

PROMOTE

WELLBEING

JENNIFER

PAT TERSON

25/09/2018 11:41

The Power of Breathwork is a comprehensive guide for anyone looking to introduce meditative breathing practices into their daily routines. Drawing on a multitude of breathing practices from different healing and spiritual traditions, it includes forty simple exercises that can be practiced alone or with a partner to enhance connection, creativity, joy, inner wisdom, or to reduce depression, anxiety, panic, trauma, tension, physical pain, and more.

AUTHOR Jennifer Patterson CODE 325432

The Power of Stretching Simple Practices to Promote Wellbeing

AUTHOR Bob Doto CODE 326074

SPECIFICATIONS 62⁄7 × 814⁄ in

• 210 × 160mm • 128pp

How and what to stretch is one of the most frequent questions bodyworkers are asked by clients as more and more people look to reclaim some of their power with regards to their own healthcare and wellbeing. Stretching is accessible to anyone, is quick and easy, can be done in most environments, and has proven to relieve pain, increase rates of recovery, as well as help manage stress and anxiety. This book contains beautiful illustrations, the expertise of teacher and practitioner Bob Doto, and an easy-to-access organization, allowing readers to quickly understand this powerful tool.


MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

147

Book of Spirit Animals Reconnect with the Magic of the Natural World

New for

2019

Are you a snow leopard, a raven, a great white shark, or a combination of these? First, identify your spirit animal then use that connection to strengthen your relationship with yourself, and with the natural world. Sixty animals are featured in this beautifully illustrated, self-development guide. Each animal speaks to an aspect of self and delivers messages to awaken our instinct and innate wisdom.

Book of

SPIRIT ANIMALS Reconnect with the magic of the natural world

Vanessa Chakour

Suggested Practices Meditation: Meditate with

your senses adapt, what stands out for you, and how the new setting

a designated period of time and

may shift your perspective.

breathe into your solar plexus to tap into your inner fire. Afterward, write about or draw what you feel. Do you need to ignite or focus your inner flame?

AUTHOR

Channel the fox and notice how

your eyes open and stare in one place like a fox on the hunt. Set

Vanessa Chakour

Species Status: Though the red fox population is stable, they are still subject to cruelty of fur farms and hunting for sport. Refer to the back of the book for centers that rescue

Movement: If you need to ignite

foxes. If this is your animal ally, get

or focus a scattered inner flame,

involved in their protection.

SPECIFICATIONS

explore a martial art. If you need to calm your inner fire, try a yoga class or something soothing. Creative Exploration: Read

6 × 8 ⁄ in 1 4

folklore such as the Foxwife and journal about what comes up for you. Write a story about about

Other Activities

yourself as the fox or a new fairy

Learn more about the fox and the

tale about your life.

way foxes communicate with each

Nature Connection: Go for a walk in a new natural

to mimic them.

and deck with 30 cards

environment or simply walk down a different path.

Humpback Whale

CODE 325430

Megaptera novaeangliae

Depth ‧ Mystery ‧ Soul Song Red Fox |

Humpback whales have been traveling and singing through the world’s oceans for millions of years. This ancient mammal is a symbol of incredible transformation; believed to have evolved from terrestrial hoofed mammals some 45 million years ago. A species of baleen whale, humpbacks travel slowly and steadily to cover 16,000 miles in an average season. Their haunting calls, sung by “If this gentle giant comes male humpbacks, can go on for hours and carry into your life, slow down and for miles beneath the sea. Unlike humans who listen. You may be asked to breathe involuntarily, these intelligent beings dive deep within.” must be conscious of their breath. To go to sleep and still breathe, they shut off just half their brain at a time, aligning them with conscious awareness and lucid dreaming. If this gentle giant comes into your life, slow down and listen. You may be asked to dive deep within. Since water relates to the emotional realm, to dreams and to the unconscious, perhaps there’s something that is ready to emerge from the depths of your inner world. This whale reminds you to be conscious of your breath as you travel inward. These patient beings take their time but travel far. Is there a journey of the soul you’re ready to begin?

35

| Humpback Whale

• 208 × 150mm • 128pp

Also available as a book

other. Listen to their calls and try

40


148

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

The Modern Palm Reader Reading Digits, Prints, and Patterns to Reveal Personality New for

2019

GEADING

ke

This beautifully presented, authoritative guide will turn the curious, the confused, and even the skeptic into a skilled palmist with insight into the soul of others in a very short time indeed. This book will give the reader a set of reading techniques that work, that are PALM testedSHAPES: (often THE by scientific research), and are easy SNAKE PALM SHAPES: THE SNAKE to learn.

READING DIGITS, PRINTS, AND PATTERNS TO REVEAL PERSONALITY

johnny fincham

withdigits. long digits. long AUTHOR e and the fingers the fingers Johnny Fincham xible.

SPECIFICATIONS 714⁄ × 5¾in

NEGATIVENEGATIVE ASPECTS ASPECTS

• 195 × 145mm • 128pp

THE PRINCIPLES OF PALM READING

CODEdepression, 325427 Self-absorption,

bsorption, depression, moodiness, and passivity diness, and passivity

er is sensitive to anything itive to anything that it that it es into with contact andtois able to ontact andwith is able nge form to moveobstacles. around obstacles. to move around theformless pliable, formless egives pliable, quality quality snake type embodies—able ethe type embodies—able ke whatever shape a situation ever shape a situation ands. Snake are associated ake types aretypes associated the dramatic andThey dance. They matic arts and arts dance. tnce experience world logically the worldthe logically rather way intuitively. el theirfeel waytheir intuitively. ysitive are sensitive to theofrealms of to the realms unconscious and the imagination; ous and the imagination; path which is spiritual, ch is spiritual, artistic, artistic, or nurturing, rather than ressive, nurturing, rather than

THE PALM QUADRANTS

the palm quadrants

TOWER

WORLD

PRIMAL

SEA

The Quadrants are sections of the palm directly related to parts of the brain. Understanding the quadrant map will make the hand’s markings much easier to interpret. the bottom corner opposite the thumb); the World quadrant, concerning other people, and the public stage (found under the pinky digit), and the Tower quadrant, which is about personal power and sense of self (under the first finger). When you take a print of a palm, get into the habit of immediately drawing the quadrants on it, until you are completely familiar with the quadrants and can judge precisely where they are. Some people have enlarged quadrants and this gives certain natural tendencies which we shall investigate as we go through them individually.

The palm is split into four zones or quadrants. Markings or lines only relate to the quadrant they’re found on. To work out the quadrants, use a ruler and draw a line vertically downward from the middle of the middle finger to the slight hollow found at the middle base of the palm (the cusp). Then bisect this line with one drawn across the palm from the midpoint between the thumb joining point and the base of the index finger. This will give you four (slightly unequal) sections. The quadrants are: the Primal quadrant, relating to the home, body and family (in the area nearest the thumb); the Ocean quadrant, relating to the sea of the subconscious (found in PRIMAL

SEA

WORLD

TOWER

Children, physicality, sense of belonging, home, joi de vivre

Subconcious, dreams, spirituality, intuition, collective memory

Performance, kudos, communication, other people, the crowd

Ambition, ownership, personal power, pride, ideals

28

29


149

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

The Secrets of Knot Spells Cast Powerful Spells using Witch’s Ladders and Magical Knots

New for

2019

With a length of string, ribbon, cord, or anything that can be knotted, you can quickly make magic work for you, whether to enchant new love into your life, change your fortune, or manifest your dreams. This unique collection includes all-powerful witch’s ladders, where additional talismans are woven in with the knots to reinforce the desired outcome, and “unknotting” charms, which banish all forms of negativity. PLUS A “magical knot directory” provides the tools for making effective magic happen. AUTHOR Sarah Bartlett

714⁄ × 5¾in

SPECIFICATIONS 195 × 145mm

• 128pp

CODE 325428 chapter five • prosperity and abundance Spells

Abundant Lifestyle Charm Abundance isn’t just about money. In whatever way you want to enrich your life, this charm will attract it to you.

t

hroughout the far east and in ancient civilizations, rice was thought to be both sacred to the gods and beneficial to our prosperity. To enhance your petition to the universe use nine knots and nine grains of sacred white rice. Think carefully what you want “more of” before you start knotting! If you want more money, exactly how much do you want? If you want more free time, or abundant inspiration, then say exactly how much you want of whatever commodity it is. It’s no good asking the universe for “more money” because “more” could be five cents or five hundred thousand dollars. It’s all relative. So decide exactly what you want before you start the spell.

72

WHAT YOU WILL NEED Piece of paper and pen Yellow candle (for abundance) 9 grains of white rice 2ft (60cm) length of white cord

Square Knot

Four-strand braid knot

A simple knot, also known as a reef knot, commonly used in nautical activities. In traditional magic, this knot symbolises the perfect harmony of joining two as one, and is used in spells associated with good relationships.

This is a traditional braid knot pattern. Once you master one braid pattern, it’s very easy to master other braids.

spell casting

Light the candle, and write down what you want and how much you want on the piece of paper. Place the nine grains of rice in a circle around your written testament. Take up your cord and make nine simple knots, as you do so say, “With rice and cord I seal and secure For more of what’s been written here.” Place the knotted cord in a circle around the rice circle, gaze into the candle flame for a few moments focusing on your desired goal, then blow out the candle and leave the knot, rice, and paper in a safe place until the full moon, so your wish can be fulfilled.

chapter eight • knot directory

chapter eight • knot directory

WHEN TO CAST SPELL

between crescent and full moon (waxing phase).

With rice and cord I seal and secure For more of what's been written here

73

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Arrange the cords so that the two working cords are on the outside and the holding cords are in the center. Take the left-hand working cord over the two holding cords and underneath the right-hand cord.

Take the righthand cord under the two holding cords and up through the loop created to the left-hand side.

Take the righthand cord over the two holding cords and under the lefthand cord.

Take the left-hand cord under the two holding cords and up through the loop on the righthand side. Pull the tails of the cords to tighten the knot. This completes one square knot.

Line up your length. You can use scotch tape to hold them down. Start by taking the cord two under cord three and over cord four.

Then take cord one over the new cord two.

Take the two center cords and pass the left-hand cord over the right-hand cord.

Now repeat this pattern: • Outer left cord over second cord and into the middle • Outer right cord under third cord and over the new second cord.

118

119


150

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

The Apprentice Witch’s Spell Book

Ward off harm and bring good luck and good health with the help of a little benevolent magic from this collection of more than 40 charms and magic spells to increase your physical, mental, and spiritual wellbeing. Embrace elemental magic, the power of the planets, the magic of time, kitchen witching, and dream weaving to attract magic forces and make your wishes come true. Contains three super potent “Emergency Use Only” spells printed on sealed pages. AUTHOR Marian Green

SPECIFICATIONS 5¾ × 714⁄ in

• 195 × 145mm • 144pp

CODE 304831 D

Introduction

d

D

For a spell to work, the spellcaster must be able to connect to the magical world. This connection can only be made when inner stillness is achieved. D vd

WALKING the H IDDEN PATHS w iTches and spellcasTers accepT The exisTence of “ oTherworlds ,” and know ThaT These are The places where magic dwells . w iTh The help of simple menTal exercises , you can open up your mind and increase your sensiTiviTy To These places . s uch exercises require focus , paTience , and pracTice , buT They are necessary for mosT people who wish To connecT To The magical world .

h ere

Wa l k i n g t h e H i d d e n P a t h s

METHOD Make sure that you won’t be disturbed for about thirty minutes. Light an incense stick and a candle, and sit upright in a chair, with your feet flat on the floor. Imagine the scent and light of the incense stick and candle enfolding you in silence and protection, forming an invisible sacred circle around you. Close your eyes and breathe slowly and deeply; concentrate on relaxing as you breathe out, and focus on the rhythm of your breathing as you breathe in.

D vd Imagine yourself in your favorite outdoor location, until you feel you are really there. Feel the air, smell the scents, touch the ground, and hear whatever sounds are most pleasurable to you in that place. A sense of calm will soon envelop you, and a new magical world will come to open up before you. Open your eyes and jot down your impressions and feelings; these notes will help you achieve this sense of calm more quickly the next time you do this exercise.

is a simple

exercise To puT you in a magical sTaTe of mind .

D

22

d

D

23

d

d

d

You will need An incense stick (any scent will do)

v A candle

v Paper and a pen

D


151

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

Love Spells for the Apprentice Witch A Collection of Spells to Attract Love, Keep It, and Make It Grow

New for

2019

Everyone is looking for love—Love Spells for the Apprentice Witch offers the modern reader a little help to find it. From the earliest times people have used magic in the quest. After all, when we meet the right person we know instinctively that magic is at work. The book contains spells for singletons who are looking to attract Mr, Ms, or Mx Right into their lives, as well as for established couples who want to bring a little extra enchantment into their relationship. There are spells to stop a lover pining over a former relationship, spells to revive love in an old flame, and spells to let go of an old love when it is time to move on. There are also mini instant spells—known as Instaspells—that can be applied with the minimum of fuss when some fast magic is required!

AUTHOR Opal Streisand

55⁄7 × 72⁄3in

SPECIFICATIONS 195 × 145mm

• 128pp

CODE 325429 SPELLS & CHARMS

METHOD

Magic Clay Figure

5 Add buttons for the eyes and

Sunday, the day of the week

nose.

traditionally associated with

6 Carve an appealing smile.

creativity.

similar spell to

7 Once you are satisfied by how

2 Knead the clay until it is pliable

Epona Love Spell

the figure looks, tie the ribbon

and soft. Imbue it with warm

see page 46

around its neck.

and sensual thoughts.

u will need yo

Everybody is looking for their perfect lover. Now you have the chance to design your own. Using modeling clay you can make a rough figurine, though this is only a template for the ideal individual that exists in your imagination. The use of a statuette fashioned in clay or chipped from stone to represent a longed-for love has been practiced since antiquity. Timehonored practices always have a place when it comes to love.

1 Gather ingredients on a

ab

modeling clay

new and fresh.

teaspoon of (or any aromatic herb) • three buttons

expect to find in your perfect

on the clay and knead it in to make the final figure smell

dried lavender

to it about all the qualities you

lavender or any aromatic herb

large lump of •

8 When the figure is dry, whisper

3 Sprinkle a teaspoonful of dried

love. Keep the figure in a safe place where no one else has access to it and your perfect

4 Shape your clay into a figure.

love will soon appear in your

You do not need to be a skilled

life. After they have appeared

artist. The important thing is

you will have no further use

that the figure is all your own

for the clay figurine.

handiwork.

• length of red ribbon

Insta-spell think of me

when

To make your intended think of you, either find a photograph of them or write their name on a piece of paper twelve times. Stick it face down on a

gather the ingredients on a Sunday

MON

TUE

WED

THU

22

FRI

SAT

small mirror. Then write on the back of the photograph:

SUN

“With these magic words I plea, each time you see your reflection you will think of me.” 23


152

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

New for

2019

AUTHOR Opal Streisand

• CODE 323597

Mindfulness 50 Instant Exercises to Promote Balance and Focus Every Day Research has proven that practicing mindfulness reduces stress and anxiety, and promotes positive mental wellbeing. Discover a more harmonious way of life and realize your full potential with 50 easy-to-follow exercises and visualizations to help promote balance and focus. Includes a range of CBT, EBT, and MBSR techniques to help you identify those areas of your life that are out of sync and help eliminate distractions.

Calm 50 Mindfulness and Relaxation Exercises to De-stress and Unwind

AUTHOR Dr Arlene K. Unger

CODE EPEAC

SPECIFICATIONS 61⁄2 × 51⁄2in

• 165 × 135mm • 160pp

Escape the stress and strain of everyday living with these 50 easy exercises. Dr. Arlene K. Unger provides quick and effective mindfulness and relaxation exercises to allow you to slow down and find serenity—wherever you are. The perfect size to keep in your bag or pocket, this guide is designed to be a tool that you can keep close by. So, open it up to find some inner calm whenever you need a moment of peace.


153

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

Confident 50 Mindfulness and Relaxation Exercises to Boost Your Self-esteem Escape doubt and self-criticism with 50 easy exercises. Clinical psychologist and wellness coach Dr. Arlene K. Unger, gives quick and effective mindful and relaxing exercises to help replace negative thinking with positive affirmations, uncovering the clarity and confidence within.

AUTHOR Dr Arlene K. Unger

CODE CONM

Sleep 50 Mindfulness and Relaxation Exercises for a Restful Night Escape the cycle of sleepless nights with 50 easy exercises. Clinical psychologist and wellness coach Dr. Arlene K. Unger, gives quick and effective mindfulness and relaxation exercises to help you get a restful night’s sleep. You will wake up feeling refreshed and ready for whatever the day holds. So, open it up whenever you need a helping hand to drift off to sleep.

AUTHOR Dr Arlene K. Unger

CODE PEA2

Happy 50 Mindfulness Exercises to Boost Your Mood Every Day Escape negative thoughts and feelings with 50 easy exercises. Clinical psychologist and wellness coach Dr. Arlene K. Unger, gives quick and effective mindful and relaxing exercises to encourage positivity and “train” your mind toward a more joyful outlook on life. The perfect size to keep in your bag or pocket, this guide is designed to be a tool that you keep close by. So, open it up to find happiness on-the-go.

AUTHOR Dr Arlene K. Unger

CODE HAPM


154

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

Cultural Philosophy Series

It Takes a Village to Raise a Child New for

2019

Little Ways to Lift Each Other Up An old African proverb had it that “It takes a village to raise a child.” And it takes a village to raise a village, mutually supporting each other within the community in which we live. This little inspirational book is filled with practical ideas and philosophical sayings that show ways that we can share responsibly for each other and open ourselves up to nurture by our larger, neighborhood tribe.

The Great Law of the Iroquois Little Ways to Steward Our Planet

AUTHOR Oliver Luke Delorie

SPECIFICATIONS 51⁄2 × 61⁄2in

• 165 × 140mm • 160pp

IT TAKES A VILLAGE CODE 325434 IROQUOIS CODE 325437

The seventh generation principle is attributed to an old iroquois philosophy that the decisions that we make today should result in a sustainable world seven generations into the future. This little inspirational book reminds us that everything we do has consequences for something and someone else. It is filled with practical wisdom and philosophical sayings that show ways we can all help to look out for future generations.


MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

Friluftsliv Reconnect with Nature Whereas the popular Danish philosophy of hygge espouses the joys of turning your home into a cosy sanctuary, the Norwegian concept of friluftsliv encourages us to get out into the great outdoors.

155

Scandinavian Philosophy Series New for

2019

Lykke Lead a Happy Life Consistently voted the happiness nation, this book looks at how the Danish keep upbeat.

Sisu Find Your Resilience Often translated as resilience or perseverance, the Finnish concept of sisu is about never giving up, even when a task is seemingly impossible. AUTHOR Justyn Barnes

SPECIFICATIONS

61⁄2 × 51⁄2in

• 165 × 140mm • 160pp FRILUFTSLIV CODE 308337

LYKKE CODE 328414 SISU CODE 308608


156

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

Japanese Philosophy Series

New for

2019

Ikigai Discover Your Reason for Being Be mindful of small pleasures each day to build a more enjoyable and fulfilling life. AUTHOR Justyn Barnes

• IKIGAI CODE 306732

Shinrin-Yoku The Healing Art of Forest Bathing Find practical ways to connect deeply with nature. AUTHOR Oliver Luke Delorie

• SHINRIN-YOKU CODE 304779

Wabi Sabi Finding Beauty in Imperfection Embrace the ancient Japanese philosophy of Wabi Sabi and appreciate the imperfect, impermanent, and incomplete. AUTHOR Oliver Luke Delorie SPECIFICATIONS 5½ × 6½

• 165 × 140mm • 160pp

• WABI SABI CODE 304778


FINDING YO U R I K I G A I Discover the practical ways in which you can balance passion, mission, vocation, and profession in order to foster and maintain ikigai in your life.

306732_INT_128-160_Ikigai_UKUS.indd 128-129

29/05/2018 17:12

Hear the snow crunch

See the kids bunch around a snowman searching for

rocks and sticks and winterberries. Take off your hat or

toque and give it to Frosty for a while, just to see if it has the magic you were promised when you bought it from the mysterious pop-up costume store in the mall the

week before Christmas. Let the wind whistle through

your hair only as long as it takes to realize the snowman isn’t coming to life, because if you’re in the snow, it’s likely cold out. The scrunch, squeak, or slosh

of crystalized flakes of frozen water under your feet is a sound unlike any other; by attuning to this

fine frequency you will interface with the place that remains indescribable.

70

Shinrin-Yoku

304779_INT_058-105_ShinrinYoku_UKUS.indd 70-71

29/05/2018 16:35

Harmony

Disharmony runs rampant in society because discord

runs rampant inside of humans. Some say harmonizing inner (and thus outer) disquiet is the secret to

enlightenment. As long as round-the-clock symmetry

eludes us, gently seeking-it-but-not-seeking-it seems to be the most direct way to wabi sabi. Once the kids are grown up, your records are a hit, and you’ve climbed

every mountain, what else is there to do? Unearth the charm buried in imperfection, of course.

304778_INT_040-059_WabiSabi_UKUS.indd 54-55

29/05/2018 16:18


158

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

Health & Wellbeing

200 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND RECIPES FOR NATURAL BEAUTY

THE A–Z OF ESSENTIAL OILS

Shannon Buck

6½ × 9½in (240 × 165mm)

7½ × 934⁄ in (246 × 190mm)

160pp OILS

144pp HBT

raws together more than 200 treatments joint and muscle pain through to sore

cal approach, followed by remedies from medicine—offering you a chance to explore each ailment.

The Alternative Medicine Sourcebook PAIN RELIEF

people often forget that there are more et of pain relief pills.

Conventional Medicine | Traditional Chinese Medicine | Homeopathy | Herbalism

The Alternative Medicine Sourcebook

PAIN RELIEF Over 200 treatments for 25 common ailments

Dr Christine Gustafson, MD | Dr Zhuoling Ren, TCMD

The Alternative Medicine Sourcebook

KIDS

Babies and young children are susceptible to a range of common ailments due to their immature immune systems. Though the majority of childhood ailments are no cause for serious concern, it can be a frightening experience having a young child who is unwell. Being able to identify your child’s ailment and then select the most appropriate remedy is of crucial importance to ensure both the quick relief of symptoms and a parent’s peace of mind. In this book all the major childhood ailments are covered, from skin ailments to respiratory problems and first-aid complaints such as chickenpox. Rather than taking a one-solution-fits-all approach, this graphic guide is unique in its comparative style. Conventional medical treatments for each ailment are provided, along with an overview of the injury, symptoms, and the treatment goal. Alongside this advice, treatments from the three main branches of alternative medicine—traditional Chinese medicine, homeopathy, and herbalism— are explained.

| Beth MacEoin, MNCHM, RSHom | Dr David Kiefer, MD

The Alternative Medicine Sourcebook KIDS

e Medicine Sourcebook

N RELIEF

Joy Bowles

BEST Conventional Medicine | Traditional Chinese Medicine | Homeopathy | Herbalism

Seller

The Alternative Medicine Sourcebook

KIDS Over 200 treatments for 25 common ailments

Dr Christine Gustafson, MD | Dr Zhuoling Ren, TCMD

| Beth MacEoin, MNCHM, RSHom | Dr David Kiefer, MD

This copy is for marketing purposes and not for resale.

THE ALTERNATIVE MEDICINE SOURCEBOOK: PAIN RELIEF

THE ALTERNATIVE MEDICINE SOURCEBOOK: KIDS

Dr. Christine Gustafson, Dr. Zhuoling Ren, Beth MacEoin & Dr. David Kiefe

Dr. Christine Gustafson, Dr. Zhuoling Ren, Beth MacEoin & Dr. David Kiefer

7 × 8½in (216 × 174mm)

7 × 8½in (216 × 174mm)

128pp M AMPR

128pp M AMK


HEALTH & WELLBEING

aspects of expedition health, including re departure, emergency response and are and rescue procedures

p-by-step illustrations that provide nce on procedures and techniques for experienced first-aiders

eference section with medical kit lists, a screening questionnaire

c, BM, FRCA, CEng is a consultant in ine and Anesthesia. His adventures e world yacht race, crossings of the deserts, and cross-country skiing in on medical support for ocean yacht advanced trauma life support.

enzie RD*, BA(Cantab), FRCP(Edin) Commander who served in the Royal d in survival with the Royal Marines ely in the desert of the Empty Quarter sula. He is a Cape Horner and hore and Expedition Medical Training.

OUTDOOR MeDical eMeRgency HanDbOOk

ng in Peru, taking your family ne Park or making an assault on the is an essential aid to anyone traveling vironments. The Outdoor Medical k includes:

Briggs Mackenzie

aReD FOR MeDical eS in THe WilDeRneSS

OUTDOOR MeDical

eMeRgency HanDbOOk

DON’T

MISS THIS

2nD eDiTiOn Revised & Updated

First aid for travelers backpackers adventurers DR. SPike bRiggS anD DR. caMPbell Mackenzie

PRINTED IN CHINA

THE BACK BIBLE

FOR ANYONE WITH BACK PROBLEMS, AND EVERYONE WHO WANTS TO AVOID THEM

ON-BOARD MEDICAL EMERGENCY HANDBOOK

Dr. Spike Briggs & Dr. Campbell Mackenzie

Dr. Spike Briggs & Dr. Campbell Mackenzie

The Back Bible is a must-have family reference packed with proven, practical approaches to caring for your back throughout your life. ●

Complete rundown of the problems that can affect your back, neck and shoulders.

Dozens of self-help measures including exercise routines, ways of improving sleeping posture, heat/hydro therapy, and extensive advice on managing back pain, including the latest painkillers.

5 × 9in (233 × 132mm)

224pp M OEB

224pp M MEB

Conventional medical care, diagnosis, drug treatments, surgery, physical therapy, plus a directory of complementary therapies and specialist treatments.

ISBN 978-1-4081-8151-5

90100

DR. JENNY SUTCLIFFE

5 × 9in (233 × 132mm)

THE BACK BIBLE

OUTDOOR MEDICAL EMERGENCY HANDBOOK: SECOND EDITION

BACK THE

BIBLE FOR ANYONE WITH BACK PROBLEMS, AND EVERYONE WHO WANTS TO AVOID THEM

9 781408 181515

DR. JENNY SUTCLIFFE

THE BACK BIBLE

New EDITION

Dr. Jenny Sutcliffe 7¾ × 7¾in (200 × 200mm) 224pp M BACB

CAPTAIN’S EMERGENCY REFERENCE

SKIPPER’S MEDICAL EMERGENCY HANDBOOK

Tony Meisel 5 × 9in (233 × 132mm)

Dr Spike Briggs and Dr Campbell Mackenzie

224pp M CAE

5 × 9in (233 × 132mm) 224pp M SMEH

159


160

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

Mind, Body & Spirit DON’T

MISS THIS

THE BOOK OF MAGICAL HERBS

SECRETS OF HIGH MAGIC

Margaret Picton

5 × 7in (180 × 125mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

192pp SHM

Francis Melville

192pp HHMF

THE WITCH’S JOURNAL Selene Silverwind

BEST

6½ × 8¾in (222 × 165mm)

Seller

144pp BWM

THE BOOK OF SPELLS

MORE SPELLS

Nicola de Pulford

Marian Green

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

128pp with sealed

128pp with sealed

pages & ribbon tie SPS

pages & ribbon tie BEM


MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

BEST

161

DON’T

Seller

MISS THESE

THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO CHAKRAS: VINTAGE EDITION

THE BOOK OF SPELLS: VINTAGE EDITION

THE SECRETS OF HIGH MAGIC: VINTAGE EDITION

Nicola de Pulford

Francis Melville

Ambika Wauters

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

144pp BSV

192pp SMV

144pp CGCH

THE BOOK OF MIRACLES

THE BOOK OF RUNES

Malcolm Day

Francis Melville

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

128pp MIRC

128pp LBR

WITCHING HOUR Sarah Bartlett 5¼ × 7in (178 × 133 mm) 160pp 304070

THE BOOK OF ZEN

THE BOOK OF FORTUNES

Eric Chaline

Lilian Verner-Bonds

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

128pp TBZ

128pp TBF

DON’T

MISS THIS


162

MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

THE BOOK OF ALCHEMY

THE BOOK OF ANGELS

THE BOOK OF CONSTELLATIONS

Francis Melville

Francis Melville

Robin Kerrod

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

128pp ALCH

128pp TBA

128pp BCON

THE BOOK OF DRAGONS

THE BOOK OF FAERIES

THE BOOK OF GODDESSES

Joseph Nigg

Francis Melville

Roni Jay

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

128pp BDR

128pp WING

128pp GODD

THE BOOK OF VODOU

THE BOOK OF WICCA

THE MAGIC SHIELD

Leah Gordon

Lucy Summers

Francis Melville

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5 × 7in (180 × 125mm)

128pp KEJW

128pp WICC

192pp PSPR


MIND, BODY & SPIRIT

GYPSY FORTUNES

THE WISDOM WELL

THE ART OF ASTROLOGY

Lady Lorelei

Ivarna Kalinkova

Christopher Odle

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

6¼ × 8¼in (208 × 155mm)

96pp + 36 cards RFC

96pp + 36 cards DRK

144pp Code E WMS1

THE ART OF INTERPRETATION

THE ART OF PALMISTRY

THE ART OF NUMEROLOGY

Lona Eversden 6¼ × 8¼in • 208 × 155mm 144pp Code E TAOD

Anna Southgate

Sarah Bartlett

6¼ × 8¼in (208 × 155mm)

6¼ × 8¼in (208 × 155mm)

144pp Code E WMS3

144pp Code E WMS2

163


L I F E ST Y L E


166

LIFESTYLE

The Toxin-free Home

om Brown tips or edges on leaves

Cure Check all the environmental requirements of the plant; make a close inspection for any insect life and act accordingly. Re-pot the plant if necessary, but remember that some plants need to be in a relatively small pot.

Lack of humidity? Scorch?

CauseRecipes Insufficient feed; Useful Tips and Natural forred spider infestation Clean Living Cure While in active growth potted

Mist plant regularly with soft er; do not water when the plant ect sunlight.

New for

Symptom Flower buds fall prematurely

2019

M THE TOXIN-FREE HOME

om Rotting stem

Environmental needs incorrect? tering? Christina Hawkes

heck temperatures, especially me minimums; plants watered he day may well still be damp he temperature drops – this se stem rot. Check watering ments.

THE TOXIN-FREE HOME

Christina Hawkes

Useful tips and natural recipes for clean living

om Black base to stem

Symptom A white coating on leaves and stems

AUTHOR Christina Hawkes

Cause Powdery mildew

om Flowers fading quickly

SPECIFICATIONS

Temperatures high? 230 × 180mm 9 too × 7in watering? Air too dry? ient light? CODE 308241

• 128pp

heck temperature requirements; ompost too dry?Bedrooms If so, increase ounts of water you are providing; e humidity levels by misting th soft rainwater, or by standing a tray of damp horticultural te. Move the plant into a lighter .

Bedrooms should be calm, clean spaces that promote a good night’s sleep. We spend roughly a third of our lives in bed and we should ensure that comfort and health are top of the agenda in the bedroom. A natural detox will refresh your bedroom space and keep allergies away.

The best duvets are filled with organic cotton or organic wool. Allergies can start at any time and although parents are sure to protect babies and small children, adults should prioritise purchasing natural duvets too. Covers should be made from organic cotton which is not only environmentally friendly but healthy as it is not impregnated with toxins. Duvet covers should be changed weekly and if washed in organic laundry liquids fragranced with organic essential oils, they will feel luxurious and fresh. Never dry clean duvets or you will add an unnecessary layer of toxins to your bedroom. Organic cotton duvets are suitable for hotter climates and can usually be machine washed. Always ensure that the water temperature is at least 140 °F (60 °C) so that bacteria and mites will be eliminated. Wool duvets should be aired frequently to avoid a build up of moisture.

om Plant fails to flower

Either peg wool duvets on the line on a sunny day or open the bedroom window and throw the duvet over the back of a chair. White vinegar is ideal for spot cleaning duvets but when your wool duvet needs a thorough wash, you should choose the wool cycle on your machine. Fresh air drying is a must, so make sure you choose a sunny, breezy day. If you don’t have access to a garden, dry a wool duvet on a drying rack with a window open nearby.

Pillows

Organic pillows are easy to find these days—look for those with GOTS certified sustainable cotton pillow cases. There are many exciting materials used to fill organic pillows including buckwheat, millet, kapok, cotton, and wool. You should choose the filling based on the firmness of the pillow and the degree of support you need. All natural pillows should be aired regularly.

Too little light? Air too dry? ding? Insect infestation? Plant nd or in a container that is too

Up to a third of the weight of your pillow could be dust, mites and moisture. Pillows can become a bio-hazard. Air and wash your pillows regularly for a healthy night’s sleep and renew them every 2 to 3 years.

54

Detoxing your home

Cause Underwatering? Too little light? Temperature too high? Insufficient feed? Insect infestation? Change of position Conventional cleaning and laundry products introduce a while plant is in bud? harmful mix of toxins into the air weSymptom breathePlant andsurfaces onto our skin. become Cure Check all plant’s environmental mottled with a black substance This book will tackle these difficult health related issues and needs; check the plant for insects and actshow accordingly. Plants in cleaning bud can react Cause Sooty mould how natural can create fragrant, calm very dramatically to sudden changes fortrya not happy and healthy in environments their environment; to move Curehome. Sooty mould grows on honey dew. them at this time. If it is absolutely Check for pest infestation; clean the With evidence-based text that’s accessible to the beginner, necessary—perhaps the plant is newly plant with a dilute soap solution. purchased—make it is wellbook wrapped this is not justsure another of “bicarbonate of soda and during transportation and cared for vinegar solutions” to detox your home with.Plant Many people todaysticky Symptom surfaces become correctly in its new surroundings.

PLANT

ant unlikely to recover.

Duvets

plants need feeding at regular intervals. Check under the leaves for signs of red spider infestation; if you find any at all, cut away the affected parts and spray with an appropriate insecticide without delay.

are unaware of how to clean their homes. The Toxin-free Home Cause Honey dew explains how to develop a matchless home hygiene routine.

Overwatering?

WER

Symptom Small leaves and spindly growth

Cure Avoid wetting the leaves while watering; improve ventilation; treat with an appropriate fungicide.

Cure Honey dew is a direct effect of insect infestation. Check the plant for pests; remove honey dew by spraying the plant with a dilute soap solution. Symptom Fluffy grey mould on any parts of the plant Cause Botrytis

Cure Botrytis is a fungus that thrives in cool damp conditions; soft leaved plants are particularly prone. Destroy Symptom Slow growth all affected parts and scrape away any affected compost. Spray plant with an Cause Insufficient feed? Plant is pot appropriate fungicide; reduce watering; The room-by-room guide bound? Overwatering? Pest infestation? improve ventilation. to natural cleaning It could be that your plant is resting; if so, don’t worry Each room in your home offers different opportunities for a natural detox. It is best to start by standing back and looking at your home from a different perspective— how often is the room used? Who occupies the room most? Are pets allowed here? We must also consider if there are any hazards or pinch-points. Examples might include a lack of storage in the kitchen, children sharing bedrooms, or poor ventilation in the bathroom. It may not be possible to solve these issues in the short term but there are many ways a natural detox can help you create peaceful spaces that will cultivate order and well-being in your home.

Cure Check that you are feeding the plant regularly. Turn the plant out of its pot; if you see the root system spiralling around the perimeter of the root ball it needs re-potting. Remember, only provide water when the plant really needs it; check the whole plant for any signs of pests and act accordingly. Toxin-Free Home Toxin-Free Home 9 9

48

Detoxing your home

Room-by-room Toxin-Free Home guide

49


LIFESTYLE

Dr Houseplant An Indispensable Guide to Keeping Your Indoor Plants Healthy and Happy New for

2019

All you need to know about the maintenance and care of your favorite houseplants, from watering, feeding, and temperature to treating diseases, choosing healthy plants, and getting rid of harmful pests and insects. Extensive care charts for each entry help you to keep your plants in optimum condition all year round and serve as a vital reference tool for all plant problems. Packed with information, photographs, and charts for quick and easy access.

JANE BLAND is an enthusiastic and experienced gardener who

has written numerous books and magazine articles on plants and plant care. She has her own conservatory and specializes in growing indoor plants.

DR HOUSEPLANT

All you need to know about the maintenance and care of your favorite houseplants, from watering, feeding, and temperature to treating diseases, choosing healthy plants, and getting rid of harmful pests and insects. Extensive care charts for each entry help you to keep your plants in optimum condition all year round and serve as a vital reference tool for all plant problems. Packed with information, photographs, and charts for quick and easy access.

DR HOUS E PL A NT

WILLIAM DAVIDSON is one of the world’s leading authorities

on houseplants and has written extensively on the subject. He also lectures and broadcasts on radio and television in the United Kingdom and the United States.

photographer and houseplant enthusiast.

Format: 8.8 x 6.7 in (225 x 170 mm) Extent: 176 pp Pub date: Spring 2019 RRP: $21.95

17 There are about 20 species of scindapsus, each with a characteristic tendency to wrap itself around the nearest object. All the varieties can be grown either upright on a pole, or in a hanging basket.

Scindapsus

Healthy plant This easy going house plant will thrive almost anywhere providing it is warm. Pinch out the growing tips to promote bushy growth. Although slow to start with, scindapsus make very good climbing plants given a moss pole or some alternative form of support.

Devil’s Ivy, Pothos Vine, Solomon Island’s Vine, or Golden Hunter’s Robe

The scindapsus is one of the most remarkable foliage plants of them all. When they first appeared on the market, they were tender and difficult to care for, they are now among the most rewarding of indoor plants. Obviously a tougher selected strain has been developed to make the radical change possible and today the scindapsus is a decorative plant with mustard and green variegation that is tolerant of a wide range of conditions in the home. Even when placed at the furthest point from the light source, the variegation is rarely affected — a quality that is unusual in most plants with variegated foliage.

Varieties and purchasing Scindapsus plants come in many shapes and sizes and most shops will have a selection. Some will be displayed as climbing, others trailing. Choose plants with firm leaves that stand out cleanly from the stem. Ignore any with curled, drooping leaves.

Monstera deliciosa

should be allowed to dry out between waterings. During active growth water moderately. In winter, when the plant is dormant, water only enough to keep the potting mixture slightly moist. Ӱ Feeding Being fairly sturdy, the scindapsus does not need large amounts of fertilizer. Small, established plants should have a weak feed with each watering. Larger plants need a stronger dosage. During active growth, apply a liquid fertilizer every two weeks.

Ӱ Temperature range In their active period, these plants prosper in normal room temperatures between 59° -70°F (15°-21°C), with 65°F (18°C) being ideal. In winter, a temperature of 59°F (15°C) will give the plant a chance to rest, and they can tolerate a Seasonal Plant care Keep the potting Swiss Cheese Plant, Mexicanof Breadfruit temperature 50°F (10°C). IfPlant, the orӰHurricane mixture moist throughout the room is dry as well as warm, stand year by watering every four or five the plants in their pots on trays of days in summer and every seven pebbles and water. to eight days in winter. Prune in Ӱ Watering The scindapsus does early spring. If a bushier plant is Blessed with numerous common names,not thelike monstera has IDEALdesired, CONDITIONS to be overwatered and prune the main growth

immense appeal. Indigenous to Mexico, it now grows well in most tropical and indoor environments. Easily raised 162 from seed, the monstera is therefore an ideal plant for the commercial grower who can produce uniform quality plants with little difficulty, so long as the reasonably undemanding requirements are provided. Indoors, the naturally glossy green leaves, interesting habit of growth and ease of cultivation ensure that the monstera will always be one of the most popular houseplants.

Ӱ Light and position Avoid strong sunlight and dark corners. Monsteras are happiest in locations with ample space.

Endless questions are asked about this attractive plant, chief among them being what should be done about the natural aerial roots that protrude from the stem of the plant. Where there is an excessive amount of these roots, it will do no harm to remove some of them, but it is really much better to tie the roots neatly to the main stem of the plant so that they may grow naturally into the soil in the pot when they are long enough. The important thing to remember is that these roots will draw up food and moisture to nourish the plant, so any drastic removal of the roots would weaken it.

Ӱ Feeding This plant produces masses of roots in its active period, so it must be given regular feeding at this time. During less active periods, feed only if new leaves are being produced.

128

COMMON CONCERNS Some problems scindapsus are prone to include: Botrytis (far right) This causes wet, brown patches on the leaves. Remove any leaves which are infected. Aphids These are found on the leaves of young plants. Control with a soapy spray. Mealy bug (right) Treat the bugs with methylated spirits. ARACEAE

Ӱ Watering Monsteras should be kept moist, especially if in dry surroundings. Sponge the leaves with water to keep them clean.

Ӱ Seasonal care If the plant is healthy, potting can be done at any time of year but should be avoided in colder months. Ӱ Soil Soil should be peat-based.

waterings. Yellowing leaves are an indication that the plant is both too cold and too wet. These damaged leaves will never recover and should be removed. Pests It is extremely unusual for the monstera to suffer from pests.

• 225 × 170mm • 176pp

CODE 307147

Ӱ Temperature range A range of 59°-70°F (15°-21°C) is ideal.

COMMON CONCERNS Overwatering Always ensure the correct temperature for your monstera. A plant kept at the lower end of the scale will need a great deal less water than one growing in a warmer room. The plant only ever needs moderate amounts of water; provide enough to keep the compost moist, allowing the top two-thirds to dry out between

AUTHOR

SPECIFICATIONS

well back. Stem cuttings can be rooted in spring in either water or soil. The plants can be moved to a pot one size larger each spring. When the maximum size has been reached, replenish the topsoil. Ӱ Soil Avoid putting plants in pots too large for their size. When repotting, the new pots should be only 1-2in (2.5-5cm) larger. Use a soil-based potting compost. When propagating, plant cuttings in a moistened mixture of peat moss and coarse sand.

JANE BLAND & WILLIAM DAVIDSON

Jane Bland and William Davidson

86⁄7 × 62⁄3in

Ӱ Light and position All scindapsus plants abhor strong, direct light. They also do not like shade, except for S. aureus which will maintain its distinctive yellow streaks if kept in low light. Bright, indirect light is ideal for most types.

An indispensable guide to keeping your indoor plants healthy and happy

With new photog raphy by Janneke Luursema

Propagation is done vegetatively by inserting pieces of firm stem with two good leaves attached. A temperature of about 70°F (21°C) and a peat and sand mixture that is kept moist, but not waterlogged, are required.

IDEAL CONDITIONS

6

JA N E B L A N D & WIL L IA M D AV ID S O N

JANNEKE LUURSEMA is an Amsterdam-based interior

Healthy plant The Monstera deliciosa is a tough plant with evergreen, glossy leaves. Mature plants can reach a height of 20 ft (6m) and look attractive displayed on their own. The leaves benefit from occasional cleaning with a damp cloth, but do not attempt to clean new, soft leaves, as these are easily damaged. Varieties and purchasing Select a firm, compact plant, with glossy, green, unblemished leaves. Check that the soft, new leaves at the top of the plant are undamaged. Other common names for the monster include Splitleaf Plant and Window Plant.

ARACEAE

129

163

167


168

LIFESTYLE

Your Backyard Herb Garden A Gardener’s Guide to Growing Over 50 Herbs Plus How to Use Them

Everything you need to know about growing your favorite herbs using safe, natural, all-organic methods. Contains practical tips and advice on all aspects of successful herb growing. Includes a wealth of great ideas and helpful how-to on using herbs in cooking, crafts, cosmetics, health care, insect repellents, and more. Illustrated herb directory featuring all the most popular herbs—from aloe to yarrow—each with complete information on growing, care, harvesting, and uses.

AUTHOR Miranda Smith

SPECIFICATIONS 6¾ × 8¾in

• 225 × 170mm • 192pp

CODE 304184

Fe ve rf e w

G eraniums, scented

Chrysanthemum parthenium

Pelargonium spp.

Feverfew masquerades as a fresh white daisy in the perennial border. But once you begin nibbling on it, you’ll find that it really is a useful medicinal herb.

Perennial • Zones 5 to 7

2 feet tall

A group of scented geraniums is irresistible on the patio table, in the garden, by the doorstep – everywhere. Collecting these wonderfully fragrant plants is one of the true joys of herb gardening.

Perennials, grown as annuals in cooler zones • Zone 10

1–3 feet tall, depending on species

ATTENTION REQUIRED

FRIENDLY TO INSECTS

ORNAMENTAL

CONTAINER GROWING

YIELD

EASY TO GROW

ATTENTION REQUIRED

FRIENDLY TO INSECTS

ORNAMENTAL

CONTAINER GROWING

YIELD

EASY TO GROW

  

   

   

  

  

  

DESCRIPTION

Flowers: Numerous small white daisylike flowers with golden centers bloom from midsummer to early fall. Leaves: The light green to golden green leaves are deeply loved and divided into three segments; they generally grow up to 3 inches long. Plants die back during the winter months. Flavor and fragrance: Feverfew has a bitter flavor and aroma. H O W TO G R O W

When to plant: Sow indoors about eight weeks before your last spring frost date and transplant to the garden a week or two after that date. South of Zone 5, plant directly in the garden once soil temperatures

have reached 60°F. Divide in spring; take root divisions with some stem in early fall. Where to plant: Feverfew prefers full sun but tolerates partial or filtered shade. Soil and fertility: Plant in well-drained soils with average fertility. Excess nitrogen reduces flower production. Plant spacing: Space plants 12 inches apart. Pests: Aphids Diseases: Susceptible to root rot in soggy soils HARVESTING

When to harvest: Harvest leaves in the morning when the dew has dried. Pick leaves to dry for medicinal use before plant blooms. Cut flowers for fresh or dried arrangements in dry

weather, when the blooms are three-quarters open. How to harvest: Snip off individual leaves. Cut whole stems, an inch or so above the soil surface, for drying. Drying: Hang stems upside down to air dry. Freezing: Freeze leaves in ice cubes.

Medicinal: Infusions of feverfew have been shown to reduce the frequency and severity of migraine headaches. Simply eating no more than three or four fresh leaves a day also has this effect. Because they taste bitter, you may want to drizzle honey on them to mask the flavor. Feverfew leaves also give relief from arthritis pain and impart calm and well-being. Arrangements: Use feverfew flowers in fresh arrangements or dry them for winter bouquets.

Bees dislike the odor of feverfew pollen and will steer clear of it; leave at least 20 feet between feverfew and any flowers, such as raspberries, that bloom at the same time and require pollination. |

FEVERFEW

HOW TO G ROW

HARVESTING

When to plant: Plant in your garden or move containers outdoors after all danger of frost is past and night temperatures are 50°F or higher. Scented geraniums are best started from cuttings or young plants, but seeds are available for apple, coconut, and peppermint geraniums. Seeds are slow to germinate. Sow seeds in a flat and keep on a heated mat at 80°F; prick out

When to harvest: Pick individual leaves anytime after a plant reaches 5 to 6 inches tall. Harvest quantities of leaves for drying anytime in the growing season, picking in the morning when the dew has dried. For maximum fragrance, harvest leaves before flowers appear. Snip off flower clusters when three-quarters of the blooms have opened.

USES

TIPS

120

at the same time. Fragrance varies remarkably with different species and cultivars – scented geraniums can smell like spicy roses, lemons, apples, or even pineapples.

individual seedlings as they sprout and transplant them into small individual pots. Allow at least three months for seeds to germinate. Where to plant: Plants prefer full sun but tolerate the filtered light of a south windowsill. Soil and fertility: Pot in a humus-rich medium and keep moist. Plant spacing: Space plants 12 inches apart. Pot cuttings in 4-inch containers and move up as the plants grow. A fully mature scented geranium will fill a 12-inch pot. Pests: Whiteflies Diseases: Bacterial wilt, botrytis blight, root rot

DESCRIPTION

Flowers: Not nearly as flashy as common bedding geraniums, these plants have open clusters of usually pale pink or white flowers. The upper two petals are usually larger than the lower three and are often a different color. Most species that are kept indoors all winter will bloom in late winter. Plants kept outdoors bloom in summer. Leaves: Scented geraniums offer a wonderful variety of leaf shapes and textures. Some are dainty and scalloped, others broad and lobed, or lacy, crinkled, or curled, in all shades of green and gray-green. Flavor and fragrance: The flavor of scented geraniums is somewhat sweet and refreshing

GERANIUMS, SCENTED

|

121


169

LIFESTYLE

Pruning Simplified A Visual Guide to 50 Trees and Shrubs

E

R

L GUI D

ES

AND

S

H

EXPERT ADVICE ON

• Basic pruning techniques • The best tools for the job • When and how to prune

Simplified STEVEN BRADLEY

STEVEN BR ADLEY

Front cover, clockwise from top left: mtreasure/iStock; ONOKYPhotononstop/Alamy Stock Photo; Andrea Jones. Back cover, clockwise from top left: Mary Abramkina/Shutterstock; Hyejin Kang/ Shutterstock; loflo69/Shutterstock; allstars/Shutterstock; ©Quarto.

T

visit timberpress.com.

UA

MAKE THE RIGHT C U T E V E RY TIME!

BS

Press books and to sign up for our newsletters, please

IS

50

to trim and shape each plant correctly. Packed with trusted advice, Pruning

Simplified will ensure your first cut is the right cut, every time.

For details on other Timber

TO

and shrubs——including azaleas, camellias, clematis, and more——show how

E

by-step advice that will help your plants thrive. Profiles of 50 popular trees

U

best tools for each job, discover the ideal time to prune, and follow the step-

R

this detailed guide to the most popular plants in home gardens. Learn the

PRUNING V

New gardeners and green thumbs alike can prune with confidence, using

A

TAKE PRUNING FROM DAUNTING TO DOABLE!

PRUNING Simplified

Learn how to prune many of the most popular landscape plants to get the best display of flowers, foliage, colorful stems, and fruit. This plant-by-plant guide features instructions so simple that even beginner gardeners will feel confident about making the right cuts the very first time they prune. A comprehensive introductory section explains why pruning is necessary and which tools are needed for the job. Full-color illustrations show in precise detail how to prune the most widely planted shrubs, climbers, roses, and ornamental and fruit trees. Extensive charts and checklists give at-a-glance summaries of how and when to prune for each plant.

Cover design by Mary Velgos

EAN

ISBN 978-1-60469-888-6

9 781604 698886

51995

$19.95 GARDENING

Bradley_PruningSimplified_Cover_Final_072718.indd 1

7/27/18 4:33 PM

AUTHOR Steve Bradley

SPECIFICATIONS

6¾ × 8¾in

• 225 × 170mm • 192pp

CODE AVGP


170

Charisma Cream Blush

LIFESTYLE

This blush is the perfect shade of pinky peach with a very slight hint of gold shimmer. It has a cream base so it can double as a lip gloss. I have named it Charisma because of the many compliments I get when I wear it as it creates such a beautiful, healthy glow.

Pick, Press, and Preserve

A Modern Guide to Flower Pressing INGREDIENTS For the cream blush base 4gm white beeswax This unique andbutter contemporary take on the world of flower 3gm refined Shea picking and pressing provides a modern, environmentally 4gm squalane olive oil conscious, and sustainable look at this easily accessible and nostalgic art form. For the Originally colorant frombase Minnesota, Lindsay Buck has been based in 0.50gmSwitzerland Titaniumsince Dioxide 2010 where she works as a landscape 0.15gm pearly white Mica powder architectural consultant. Fascinated by the diversity of plant life 0.55gm raspberry red Mica powder she encounters on her daily walks with her husband and dogs in the meadows of Switzerland, 0.8gm red/orange Mica powder she began to preserve and document the wonderful variety she was finding. Working intimately with this growing collection of pressed specimens, she came to see the unique beauty in each plant, and what METHOD AUTHOR began as a scientific exploration quickly became an artistic Lindsay Buck endeavour, during which she also discovered the meditative 1 quality of the plant pressing process. Melt the beeswax, shea butter, and squalane in a small glass SPECIFICATIONS 9 × 7in • 230 × 180mm • dish 128ppthat is in a few inches of simmering water. CODE 304463

2 Add in the colorants and stir and smooth until the pigments are fully incorporated in the melted base. This takes about 4 minutes. With a current herbarium collection approaching 400 different species, I seek to share the spectacular diversity of colors, forms, and textures that each species provides through my online herbarium catalog, as well as through my Instagram account. High resolution photographs, enlarged and printed as fine art prints, highlight the details of each plant. This project has encouraged me to take a closer look at my surroundings and has cultivated a renewed sense of wonder for nature, and my goal is to bring this same experience to others who view my work.

3 The recipe makes enough to fill two 7ml glass pots. I like to keep one and give one away to a friend. My freshly pressed herbarium project is a hands-on, artistic, and scientific venture that explores the intersection of the plant and design worlds. All herbarium specimens are collected in the wild and hand pressed, mounted, identified, and photographed by me personally.

Freshly pressed began when I moved to Switzerland. Fascinated by the diversity of plant life I encountered on my routine

daily walks with my husband and dogs, I was encouraged to preserve and document the wonderful variety I was finding. Working intimately with this growing collection of pressed specimens, I came to realize the unique beauty in each plant, and what began as a scientific exploration quickly became an artistic endeavor.

8

Inspirational Gallery


171

Handmade Makeup New for

50 Clean Cosmetic Formulas for Every Skin Tone

2019

Recent research has shown that silicones, parabens, and sulfates—ingredients commonly used by the beauty industry— can be harmful for our health and wellbeing. Opting for natural makeup is a smart choice—but they can be expensive and color palettes are limited. Now you can make these products yourself in your desired color at a reduced cost! MAKE your own natural liquid and powder foundations, tinted moisturizers, concealers, highlighters, bronzers, eyeshadows, blushes, mascara, brow waxes, lip glosses, and lipsticks. Ingredients are easily sourced online. LEARN all about colorants, how they are made, and how to use the color wheel to customize your own special and unique color blends to suit your skintone. UNDERSTAND the techniques behind natural bases using beeswax, natural carrier oils, and butters.

AUTHOR Shannon Buck

SPECIFICATIONS

Dutch Lip Gloss The ultimate fall/winter shade, this is a beautifully shimmering, highly pigmented coco-colored lip gloss that looks gorgeous on all skin tones. A super smooth formula that glides on effortlessly and remains comfortably supple for hours.

INGREDIENTS For the lip gloss base 4gm clear jojoba oil 3gm castor oil 1.5gm Cera Bellina wax or beeswax For the color pigment blend 0.50gm brown Iron Oxide 0.50gm red copper Mica blend 0.50gm dark brown Mica blend

METHOD 1 Wear a dust mask and mix the Iron Oxide and Mica colorants together using a mortar and pestle. Set aside. 2 Melt the jojoba oil, castor oil, and Cera Bellina in a glass beaker that has been placed in a few inches of simmering water until fully melted. Once melted, turn off the heat and keep the beaker in the hot water. 3 Add the color pigment blend powder to the melted base and stir and smooth with a silicone spatula to fully blend. 4 Draw up the warm liquid into a filler syringe and slowly fill a 10ml lip balm tube just to the neck of the tube to leave room for the applicator. 102 LIP GLOSSES

9 × 7in

• 230 × 180mm • 128pp CODE 325438


172

LIFESTYLE

Food & Drink

WHISKY LOVER’S HANDBOOK

★ The Whisky Lover’s Handbook is the ultimate guide through the scores of delicious new and traditionally crafted single malts, bourbons, rye whiskies, and blends. ★ Organized into families of whisky according to their origins, it’s easy to look up a whisky you are drinking and discover something new.

beers

exT

The auThoriTy on beers

★ Much more than a list of recommended drams and distilleries, this book gives whisky enthusiasts all the information they need to navigate the ever-expanding world of whisky.

whaT To drink nexT

THE AUTHORITY ON WHAT TO DRINK NEXT

THE WHISKY LOVER’S HANDBOOK

selecT-o-Pedia

THE

DOMINIC ROSKROW DOMINIC ROSKROW

THE THE

WHISKY LOVER’S WHISKY LOVER’S HANDBOOK HANDBOOK THE AUTHORITY ON WHAT TO DRINK NEXT CRAFT WHISKIES, CLASSIC FLAVORS, NEW DISTILLERIES, FUTURE TRENDS

AUTHOR

selecTo-Pedia

DOMINIC ROSKROW

WHISKY LOVER’S HANDBOOK

beer

ccording to their r you are drinking

ended brews er enthusiasts avigate the

THE

The

lover's guide

w and traditionally ales.

The beer

THE BEER SELECT-O-PEDIA

THE WHISKY LOVER’S HANDBOOK

THE BEST COCKTAILS IN THE WORLD

Michael Larson

Dominic Roskrow

Jenni Davis

7 × 8½in (216 × 174mm)

7 × 8½in (216 × 174mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

244pp M PTBE

244pp M WLH

192pp wiro-bound CDI

A COOK’S COMPENDIUM OF 250 ESSENTIAL TIPS, TECHNIQUES, TRADE SECRETS, AND TASTY RECIPES

200 SUREFIRE WAYS TO EAT WELL AND FEEL BETTER

150 PROJECTS TO GET YOU INTO THE CULINARY ARTS

Dr. Judith Rodriguez

Mark William Allison

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

Jenni Davis

144pp FTTE

128pp GYCE

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 160pp TTCS


FOOD & DRINK

Cacao Mole Tofu with Slaw Almond Tahini Truffles

JESSICA NADEL is the author of Greens 24/7 and writes the popular blog Cupcakes and Kale. She lives in Ontario, Canada, and has a passion for healthy, vibrant, vegan food.

upcakesandkale.ca PERIMENT ■ NEW YORK

VERY BOOK IS A TEST OF NEW IDEAS

eexperimentpublishing.com mentbooks ilable as an ebook

$19.95 US

COOKING | VEGETARIAN & VEGAN

More Than 100 Easy and Inspired Recipes to Enjoy the World’s Most Nutritious Foods at Every Meal, Every Day

es include:

Energizing Matcha Kale Smoothie Fluffy Banana Chia Pancakes Goji Berry Confetti Salad Adzuki Bean and Pumpkin Chili

SUPERFOODS 24/7 More Than 100 Easy and Inspired Recipes to Enjoy the World’s Most Nutritious Foods at Every Meal, Every Day

POWER UP ON NUTRIENTS ALL DAY LONG!

JESSICA NADEL writes the popular blog Cupcakes and Kale. She has a passion for healthy, local, plant-based eating and thinks that in a diet of vibrant, nourishing meals there is room for a cupcake or two. She is also the proprietor/baker at Oh My Bakeshop, a natural and organic bakery of specialorder vegan goods. She lives in Ontario, Canada.

More Than 100 Quick, Easy, and Delicious Recipes for Eating Leafy Greens and Other Green Vegetables at Every Meal, Every Day

Pomegranate Pumpkin Sweet Potato Quinoa Turmeric And more!

GREENS 24/7

Edamame Flax seeds Ginger Goji berries Kale Lentils Matcha

Yes, they’re good for you— but who knew greens could be so much fun?

JESSICA NADEL

monds aranth ocado eberries a seeds namon conut

SUPERFOODS 24 / 7

m on-the-go breakfasts to small bites to fortless dinners, Superfoods 24/7 makes it r than ever to eat the world’s most nutritious at every meal, for a delicious, healthy kick ough the day. Its inventive, satisfying vegan es feature more than 35 superfoods, including:

JESSICA NADEL

OOD-FOR-YOU SUPERFOODS HAVE NEVER BEEN SO EASY TO EAT AT EVERY MEAL!

Meet your greens! Eat your greens! Love your greens! If you’re trying to eat more greens but nd yourself in a salad rut, Greens 24/7 is here to bring delicious, healthy veggies to every meal of the day, from breakfast to dessert. Spinach in pancakes? Kale in cornbread? You bet! These 100+ motivating, innovative vegan recipes pack a serious nutritional punch with more than 40 green vegetables, featuring classics like broccoli and zucchini, superfoods like chard and Brussels sprouts, and unconventional greens like spirulina and kelp. Recipes include: Chocolate Superfood Smoothie Samosa Burritos with Peas Pesto Polenta Fries with Spicy Aïoli

Lemon and Parsley Olive Oil Cake Zucchini Noodle Bolognese Chocolate Hazelnut Avocado Torte

With Greens 24/7, you can have your cake—and your kale, too! cupcakesandkale.ca $19.95

THE EXPERIMENT ƒ NEW YORK

COOKING | VEGETABLES

BECAUSE EVERY BOOK IS A TEST OF NEW IDEAS

JESSICA NADEL

www.theexperimentpublishing.com Also available as an ebook

Do you feel like you miss out on all the health benets of green vegetables just because you “don’t like them” or don’t know how to cook them? In Greens 24/7, Jessica Nadel makes it easy to eat greens with any meal for a delicious, nutritious kick all day long. This is your guide to 43 green veggies—and not just the leafy ones! Inside you’ll nd recipes featuring:

GREENS 24/7 More Than 100 Quick, Easy, and Delicious Recipes for Eating Leafy Greens and Other Green Vegetables at Every Meal, Every Day

Not Just Leafy Greens!

Arugula

Kale

Asparagus

Peas

Beet greens

Radish greens

Bok choy

Rapini

Brussels sprouts

Spinach

Celery

Swiss chard

Chayote

Turnip greens

Collards

Watercress

Dandelion greens

Zucchini

Green beans

And more!

These versatile vegetables can be found in grocery stores, farmers’ markets, or even tucked into your CSA basket!

JESSICA NADEL

Creator of Cupcakes and Kale Author of Greens 24/7

Creator of Cupcakes and Kale

Spine 16mm

Greens_jacket_EXPERIMENT final5_.indd 1

1st Proof

Title: Greens 24/7: 30369 Job No: PJ1014-4/Alice

~JKT_LIVG US~

2/10/14 11:21 am

SUPERFOODS 24/7

GREENS 24/7

Jessica Nadel

Jessica Nadel

71⁄2 × 92⁄3in (246 × 190mm)

71⁄2 × 92⁄3in (246 × 190mm)

176pp SF24

176pp LIVG

BEST

Learn how to choose and care for knives, how to keep them sharp and how to use them most effectively.

Detailed step-by-step photographs and instructions will teach you how to prepare each and every type of food, so you can make your cooking a success.

Standard professional techniques used by chefs the world over are shown in detail, allowing you to work quickly, stylishly and tackle anything your kitchen throws at you.

9

780785

This bean-tastic book has 100 tempting new recipes for dinner, lunch, and snack time—even a breakfast smoothie M A RIA N N E

L U M B

K I TC H E N KNIFE SKILL S

With fresh twists on family favorites and brand new ideas—even baking with beans—this book will revolutionize the way you cook and eat delicious and nutritious beans Includes options for vegetarians and vegans, plus recipes that are naturally gluten-free

100 naturally delicious recipes that are low-fat and super nutritious

GENEVIEVE TAYLOR is passionate about all things

“bean.” The author of four cookery books—Soup!, Stew!, Marshmallow Magic, and A Good Egg—plus regular cookery column, The Urban Kitchen, for the awardwinning magazine Crumbs.

Techniques for carving, boning, slicing, chopping, dicing, mincing, filleting

GENEVIEVE TAYLOR

SBN-13: 978-0-7858-3567-7

Cooking with beans is cost-effective, quick, and easy

MARIANNE LUMB

Marianne Lumb is an internationally renowned chef. She has cooked for private and public occasions in restaurants and homes around the world, including New York, Sydney and London. Marianne is a former teacher at Leiths School of Food and Wine (London), a food consultant and a member of the Guild of Food writers.

BEAN CUISINE

Beans are low-fat, healthy, and packed with nutritional benefits

K I TC H E N K N I F E S K I L L S

Good knife skills are the most important ingredient in every recipe – knowing the right knife to use for each task, and how to use it, makes cooking easier, faster and safer. Whether you are dicing an onion, filleting a fish, shucking an oyster or slicing melba toast, this book will tell you which knife to use and the correct method of preparation to enable professional results.

BEAN CUISINE

Seller

K I TC H E N K N I F E S K I L LS

GENEVIEVE TAYLOR

835677

FOOD PRESENTING SECRETS

KITCHEN KNIFE SKILLS

BEAN CUISINE

Jo Denbury & Cara Hobday

Marianne Lumb

Genevieve Taylor

8 × 8in (203 × 203mm)

8 × 8in (203 × 203mm)

7½ × 9in (225 × 190mm)

176pp GARB

176pp NKS

144pp M NBE

300 CAKE DECORATING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS

CAKE DECORATING SKILLS Tracey Mann

THE CAKE DECORATOR’S MOTIF BIBLE

Carol Deacon

8 × 8in (203 × 203mm)

Sheila Lampkin

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

176pp CDSK

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

160pp TTTF

256pp wiro-bound CKD

173


174

LIFESTYLE

LOVE COFFEE

WHOLE FOOD BABY

WHOLE FOOD ENERGY

Ryan Soeder and Kohei Matsuno

Michele Olivier Oliver

Elise Museles

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

1 7½ × 7 9¾ 9¾in ⁄2in (246 (246××190mm) 190mm)

1 7½ × 7 9¾ 9¾in ⁄2in (246 (246××190mm) 190mm)

Includes 5 plastic stencils

176pp WFBB E WFBB

176pp WFE3 E WFE3

THE WEDDING CAKE DECORATOR’S BIBLE

100 FONDANT MODELS FOR CAKE DECORATORS

100 FONDANT ANIMAL CAKE TOPPERS

Alan Dunn

Helen Penman

Helen Penman

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

144pp WCD

256pp wiro-bound NWF

256pp wiro-bound HFAN

75 FLOWERS FOR CAKE DECORATORS

SUGAR FLOWER SKILLS Alan Dunn

50 DELICIOUSLY DECORATIVE COOKIES

Helen Penman

8 × 8in (203 × 203mm)

Fiona Pearce

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

176pp SFAB

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

96pp LTAT

144pp HFFC

128pp DCOO


FOOD & DRINK • HOME STYLING

Home Styling

RED

Jacket credits, front: Clare Morton, Interior Designer, Studio Morton LTD, studiomorton.com, Photo: Emma Lewis, emmalewisphotography.co.uk. Back: Bower Architecture, bowerarchitecture.com.au, Bellarine Beach House, Pont Lonsdale, Australia; Photography: Nikole Ramsay, nikoleramsay.com; Styling: Emma O’Meara; Interior Design & Furniture Selection: Bower Architecture; Builder: Will Gordon, Jardine Homes.

The ultimate guide to making colours work

BLUE VIOLET PINK ORANGE

£16.99 ISBN 978-1-84543-663-6

GREEN

200 T I PS A N D T ECH N IQU ES FOR

D E C LYU T TERING OUR HOME Geralin Thomas

NEUTRAL

t is a San Francisco-based interior d architectural colour specialist. Her een featured in many print and online including Consumer Reports Kitchen e, Food Network Magazine, Inspired azine, Dwell.com and HGTV.com. She’s ar contributor to Houzz.com. Learn Jennifer at jenottdesign.com.

Jennifer Ott

nto major colour groups, each section explores a range rom primary brights to subtle pastels.

lly illustrated and easy to navigate, this book will make ork for you every time.

YELLOW

s more than 1000 ideas for combining colour in every your life, from home décor and cake decorating, to nd weddings.

1000 ideas for colour schemes

olour right can transform your home, your wedding and But how do you combine colours without them clashing? can you check if a colour scheme works before you r kitchen or buy that pair of shoes? This inspirational tical book contains 126 beautiful colour palettes that will oosing the right colours easy.

GERALIN THOMAS specializes in home and home-office organizing. She’s a public speaker and an instructor for professional organizers. For six seasons fans watched Geralin organize America’s most cluttered homes on A&E’s Emmy-nominated TV series, Hoarders. Learn more about her at www.metropolitanorganizing.com.

200 TIPS AND TECHNIQUES FOR DECLUT TERING YOUR HOME Geralin Thomas

In this useful compendium, you will find fun and creative ways to get started on your decluttering journey, as well as plenty of tips, techniques, quick fixes, and trade secrets for when you are fully in the swing of things. Decluttering doesn’t need to be painful, after all. Includes tips for organizing the home, room by room, as well as ways to manage your calendar and digital clutter. You will also find useful information on how to maintain your newly organized home and lifestyle, with checklists and planners to help you stay clutter free.

Jennifer Ott

Foreword by Anna Starmer

1000 ideas for colour schemes

GREY

9 781845 436636

1000 IDEAS FOR COLOR SCHEMES Jennifer Ott

200 TIPS AND TECHNIQUES FOR DECLUTTERING YOUR HOME

7¾ × 9¼in (235 × 200mm)

Geralin Thomas

300 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS FOR PAINTING AND DECORATING

320pp CLRS

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

Alison Jenkins

176pp TTDH

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 176pp TFID

BEST

BEST

THE BIBLE OF HOME LIGHTING

THE COLOR SCHEME BIBLE

Lucy Martin

Anna Starmer

THE COLOR SCHEME BIBLE: NEUTRALS COLLECTION

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

Alice Buckley

256pp wiro-bound LIB

256pp wiro-bound CSBB

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

Seller

Seller

256pp wiro-bound NSB

175


176

LIFESTYLE

THE SURFACE TEXTURE BIBLE

THE HOME DECORATOR’S COLOR AND TEXTURE SOURCEBOOK

THE PAINT EFFECTS BIBLE

Cat Martin 5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

Adrienne Chinn

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

256pp wiro-bound SFT

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

256pp wiro-bound PEB

256pp wiro-bound CHM

THE HOME DECORATOR’S TILE BIBLE

INTERIOR DESIGN COURSE

Morwenna Brett

8¾ × 8¾in (222 × 222mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

144pp ICO

256pp wiro-bound TBI

Tomris Tangaz

Kerry Skinner


HOME STYLING • GARDENING

Gardening

DON’T

MISS THIS

GROW YOUR OWN FOOD

CREATING BONSAI LANDSCAPES

Richard Gianfrancesco

Su Chin Ee

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

9½ × 9½in (240 × 240mm)

256pp HGF

128pp BOST

TREES FOR THE SMALL GARDEN Simon Toomer

THE CONTAINER GARDENER’S BIBLE

THE INDOOR PLANT BIBLE

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

Dorte Nissen

176pp TREE

Joanna K. Harrison & Miranda Smith

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

256pp wiro-bound HPB

192pp CGBI

177


178

LIFESTYLE

THE PLANT PROPAGATOR’S BIBLE Miranda Smith 7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 192pp NPB

THE WATER GARDENER’S BIBLE Ben Helm 7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm) 192pp WAG


GARDENING • TRAINING & HOBBIES

Training & Hobbies

WORKOUT FOR A BALANCED BRAIN

IQ WORKOUT

Philip Carter & Ken Russell

Philip Carter & Ken Russell

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

160pp WBB

112pp + CD-ROM IYI

MAXIMISE YOUR MEMORY

THE BRAINPOWER BIBLE

Jonathan Hancock

Dan Moore

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

176pp IYM

192pp wiro-bound MXB

179


180

LIFESTYLE

CHESS AND THE ART OF WAR

THE BRIDGE PLAYER’S BIBLE: SECOND EDITION

THE POKER PLAYER’S BIBLE

Al Lawrence & Elshan Moradiabadi 7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

Julian Pottage

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

160pp CHAW

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

256pp wiro-bound PKP

Lou Krieger

288pp wiro-bound BBI2

BEST Seller

DON’T

MISS THIS

FLY TYING FOR BEGINNERS

THE FLY-TYING BIBLE

Peter Gathercole

Peter Gathercole

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

256pp wiro-bound FTB

256pp wiro-bound FLYB

FLY PATTERNS BY FISHING GUIDES

50 DEADLY FLY-TYING PATTERNS IN A BOX

Tony Lolli

Peter Gathercole

6½ × 8¾in (222 × 165mm)

4¼ × 5¾in (150 × 110mm)

288pp wiro-bound FTP

50 cards, 32pp booklet FFR

THE CHESS PLAYER’S BIBLE: SECOND EDITION James Eade & Al Lawrence 5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 288pp wiro-bound CPB2


TRAINING & HOBBIES

AMAZING FISHING FACTS AND TRIVIA

THE TENNIS HANDBOOK

GOLF CLUB BIBLE

Sue Rich

Lee Pearce

Tony Lolli

5½ × 8in (210 x 140mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

192pp M TEB

192pp wiro-bound M GCBI

THE GOLF HANDBOOK: REVISED EDITION

THE WOMEN’S GOLF HANDBOOK

THE RIDING HANDBOOK

Vivien Saunders

Vivien Saunders

5½ × 8in (210 × 140mm)

5½ × 8in (210 × 140mm)

5½ × 8in (210 × 140mm)

224pp M RHB

224pp M RGH2

224pp M 1075

THE CLIMBING HANDBOOK

THE SAILING HANDBOOK: REVISED EDITION

THE SCUBA DIVING HANDBOOK

Steve Long

Halsey C. Herreshoff

John Bantin

5½ × 8in (210 × 140mm)

6 × 9in (230 × 152mm)

5½ × 8in (210 × 140mm)

192pp M CLB

224pp M SAH

192pp M SDH

192pp wiro-bound AFFF

Zoe St Aubyn

181


R E F E R E N C E &G I F T


184

REFERENCE & GIFT

Sherlock Holmes’ Book of Conundrums Brain Teasers, Lateral Thinking Puzzles, Logic Problems SHERLOCK HOLMES’ BOOK OF CONUNDRUMS Moore

Sherlock Holmes is a global phenomenon. This book offers a collection of puzzles inspired by the Great Detective and the Victorian era. The visuals and the settings for the puzzles take as their touchstone all manner of things from the nineteenth century. Puzzles have been compiled (and triple checked) by Dan Moore, a professional puzzle compiler who runs a business dedicated to creating puzzles for different subscribers. PLUS A sealed page contains the solutions to the three Most Fiendishly Difficult riddles.

RLOCK HOLM S H E BOOK OF E S’

CONUNDRUMS Brain Teasers LATERAL THINKING PUZZLES

LOGIC PROBLEMS s Solution y t fiendishl to the mos les are ridd difficult in a sealed concealed envelope.

Dan Moore Esq.

18/12/2017 12:03

AUTHOR Dan Moore

SPECIFICATIONS 6¼ × 8¼in

• 210 × 160mm • 212pp

CODE LATP_FL

« T HE C O N U N D R U M S «

« T HE C O N U N D R U M S «

SPLITTING UP Problem Solving

«««

C

an you mentally rearrange the silhouette below of an object associated with Sherlock Holmes that has been split into four pieces, and thus reveal what that object is?

THE DIOGENES CLUB Math

«««

S

herlock had paid a visit to his brother, Mycroft, and they were discussing the gentlemen’s club that Mycroft had co-founded, called the Diogenes Club. Sherlock was enquiring as to how many members the club had. Mycroft gave the answer, to which Sherlock immediately

replied, “How interesting! So at least 11 members were born in the same month,” to which Mycroft responded, “Quite so, Sherlock, and yet intriguingly it is not the case that more than 11 members share the same month of birth.” Given this, how many members could there be in the Diogenes Club?

FOUR CANDLES Problem Solving

«««

T

he Victorian era saw the greatest amount of church building since the Middle Ages. One devout parishioner was helping the vicar work out the most economical way to buy white candles for a recently built church. There were four options:

a. A box of 24 candles that lasted 1.5 hours each that cost a penny each. b. A box of 36 candles that lasted 2 hours and cost tuppence each. c. A box of 18 candles that lasted 2.5 hours each and cost 1.5 pence each. d. A box of 42 candles that lasted 3 hours each and cost 2.5 pence each. The vicar is purely interested in getting the longest burn time out of a box of candles at the lowest price. Given this, which box should the parishioner recommend?

« 86 «

« 87 «


185

Around the World in 200 Puzzles Brain Teasers, Lateral Thinking Puzzles, Logic Problems

New for

2019

A splendid collection of remarkable puzzles that will test your powers of observation and logical reasoning. Inspired by Jules Verne’s classic novel Around the World in Eighty Days, this puzzle collection touches on all things from the nineteenth century. Puzzles compiled (and triple checked) by Dan Moore Esq., a professional puzzle compiler. Includes four pages of concealed solutions.

AUTHOR Dan Moore

SPECIFICATIONS

6¼ × 8¼in

• 210 × 160mm • 224pp

CODE 325873


186

REFERENCE & GIFT

Tiny Tattoos 1,000 Small Inspirational Artworks New for

2018

Tiny tattoos are big news. With celebrities showcasing them on social media (step forward Kendall Jenner, Hailey Baldwin, and Bella Hadid), micro tattoos are a major trend. This sourcebook of 1,000 mini works of art, in a range of styles and a myriad carefully organized subjects, is curated by talented insta-star Rebecca Vincent. A source of inspiration for tattoo artists or for anyone browsing for their first foray into ink.

TINY TAT T O O S 1,000 SMALL INSPIRATIONAL ARTWORKS

REBECCA VINCENT

AUTHOR

astronomy

moon magic

Rebecca Vincent

SPECIFICATIONS 81⁄5 × 6in

no. 426

no. 427

no. 428

no. 429

Waxing crescent on full

Waning crescent-black

Cartoon moon

Bitten moon

• 208 × 150mm • 192pp

A simple, graphic approach works well as a tiny tattoo

CODE 325448 no. 430

no. 431

no. 432

no. 433

Man in the moon

Waning crescentoutline

Crescent and stars-black

Graphic moon shapes

Moons can have mystical meaning for the wearer, but they are also just aethetically pleasing

no. 435

no. 434

Graphic lines

Crescent and star-outline

no. 437

no. 436

Realism moon

Waning man in the moon

potential pairings

83

no. 399

no. 455

no. 452

no. 445

Graphic sun-black

Cartoon rocket

Spaceman

Falling star

84


REFERENCE & GIFT

nature

187

animals Stags are linked to power and strength

no. 14

no. 15

no. 16

no. 17

Stag

Squirrel

Elephant

Starfish

Owls are a symbol of wisdom and knowledge

no. 18

no. 19

no. 20

no. 21

Llama

Seabird

Owl

Kangaroo

Unicorns represent purity and youth

Animals

12

no. 22

no. 23

no. 24

Unicorn

Butterfly

Penguin

no. 25

no. 26

no. 27

Lobster

Whale

Parrot

Animal Tattoos are always popular. Different animals represent different things for the wearer. From personality traits to your Patronus to treasured pets and star signs.

13


188

REFERENCE & GIFT

Gemstones Identifying and Using the World’s Most Fabulous Rocks New for

2019

AUTHOR Judith Crowe

SPECIFICATIONS 10 × 81⁄2in

• 254 × 216mm • 192pp

CODE 305055

A complete reference for goldsmiths, jewelers, and jewelry makers, this beautiful book is a comprehensive guide to identifying, buying, using and caring for a dazzling array of jewels and gems. Discover the origins of gemstones and understand the process of selecting the raw material. Benefit from practical advice on how to assess the quality, rarity, grade, durability, and cut of precious and semiprecious stones. Learn how gems are calibrated using the industry standard measurements of carats and points, and how they can be treated to improve both colour and clarity. A glossary section clearly explains all of the key terminology used. Illustrations and color photographs help you to identify the gemstones available to jewelry makers, from amethysts and diamonds to tourmaline and quartz, and demonstrate how they can be used in different designs and settings.


REFERENCE & GIFT

189


190

REFERENCE & GIFT

Skeleton The Art of Animal Anatomy

spine 22mm

The Art of Animal Anatomy

David Bainbridge

The Art of

Animal Anatomy All life is here, dissected and depicted

David Bainbridge 19/04/2018 14:48

AUTHOR David Bainbridge

SPECIFICATIONS 6¾ × 9¾in

CODE SKEL

• 246 × 170mm • 256pp

The study of comparative anatomy has led to some of the most striking images ever created. For two and a half thousand years, the animal body has been picked apart to drive arguments in natural philosophy, to reinforce dogma, to remind us of death, to horrify, educate, and enthral us. This book recounts the intertwined intellectual and artistic journeys of comparative anatomy from antiquity to the present day. Veterinary anatomist David Bainbridge’s lyrical descriptions of sheep’s livers and umbilical cords that attach the unborn foal, combined with captivating illustrations from history’s animal anatomists, make for a beautiful volume.


REFERENCE & GIFT

How Zoologists Organize Things The Art of Classification The human quest to classify living beings has left us with a rich artistic legacy. Animals were among the fi rst subjects ever drawn. The urge to make sense of the bewildering variety of animal life around us always had a practical basis—to differentiate the edible, the toxic, the ferocious, and the tractable— but it also has an artistic drive, too. Long before Darwin, or Watson and Crick, our ancestors were obsessed with the visual similarities and differences between the creatures which inhabit the Earth alongside us. Early savants could sense there was an order, a scheme, which unified all life. And the schemes they formulated often tell us just as much about ourselves as they do about the animals depicted. This book tells the story of this artistic systematization of the beasts. These charts of the zoological world parallel prevailing artistic trends and scientifi c discoveries, yet there are conceptual threads which run throughout: animal life as a parable, a tree, a maze, a terra incognita, a mirror upon ourselves..

HOW ZOOLOGISTS ORGANISE THINGS

The art of classification an illustrated history

DAVID BAINBRIDGE

AUTHOR David Bainbridge

92⁄3 × 62⁄3in

SPECIFICATIONS 246 × 170mm

• 256pp

CODE 307491

191


192

REFERENCE & GIFT

Nature as Art and Design The Work of Ernst Haeckel

Nature as Art and Design

Nature as Art and Design

The Work of Ernst Haeckel

The Work of Ernst Haeckel

Adrian Holme

Adrian Holme

AUTHOR Adrian Holme

Ernst Haeckel was a renowned nineteenth/twentieth century biologist and illustrator of science whose visual works influenced a generation of Art Nouveau artists and designers, and remains influential today. His vivid, rich, highly-designed zoological illustrations are drawn together and critically contextualized in this volume in a comprehensive account suitable for all those interested in the history of science or the history of design. High quality reprints of carefully selected works are accompanied by a clear and readable explanatory text written by lecturer, illustrator, and author Adrian Holme. Find out about the origins of, and ideas behind, Haeckel’s works and their relationship with traditions of biological illustration and allied design.

SPECIFICATIONS 92⁄3 × 62⁄3in

• 246 × 170mm • 192pp

LEFT Figures 1–3 refer to a species collected in Lanzarote, Canary Islands, a creature 5 ⁄8–3⁄4in. (15-20 mm) in length. In the Challenger Reports, this illustration is accompanied by detailed text above. In this illustration Haeckel, seamlessly integrates diagrammatic elements, dissection views, and objective representation. Colors, somewhat abstracted, help to clarify the illustration. The name Alophota Giltschiana (figure 1) is presumably a tribute to Haeckel’s lithographer, Adolf Giltsch. Figures 4–8 refer to a second species Arethusa

SCIENCE AND STYLIZATION

CODE 307389

Haeckel would be criticized on the objectivity and accuracy of his work, especially in relation to the embryo prints—a debate that still rages on in the 21st century. The plates from the Challenger Reports still dwell within the traditions of scientific illustration, in that they seek clarity, objectivity, and accuracy. But aesthetically something marks them out as different. One could say that they are “stylized.” Perhaps this stems from the collaborative process in which Haeckel painted the image, Giltsch made a lithograph, Haeckel composed a plate and Giltsch executed the whole plate in lithography. Some tidying up, clarification, and stylization along the way was almost inevitable. The degree to which Haeckel is able to work seamlessly between the external, objective, perspectival view, the dissection view, and the more abstractly diagrammatic, is impressive. More impressive still is the way in which the dead seems restored to vivid life. This is part of the tradition of science illustration that we can trace back at least to Leonardo da Vinci. But there is something else. In these creatures of the deep there is an uncanny quality, a strangeness suffused with a kind of eroticism. These are qualities that Haeckel brought to the fore in his later works aimed at a popular audience.

58

Haeckel’s Works 1862-1889

TOP LEFT Monochrome plate of a species, collected in Sri Lanka, measuring 3 ⁄4in. (20mm) wide by 11⁄2in. (40mm) in length. As ever with Haeckel, an objective scientific description is present, yet the drawings are fantastic. Much of Haeckel’s work seems to have

erotic qualities. BOTTOM LEFT Collected in the North Pacific, this Siphonophore 3⁄4 –11⁄4in. (20–30 mm) in width, has an obvious resemblance to fungi from which its name derives—a visual rather than a biological relationship.

The Challenger Expedition Reports

59


E tograph of ted species.

T mnostylus ma, a “jellyfish� adays refied as part of ydromedusae es) as sented in the enger reports eckel and h.


194

REFERENCE & GIFT

T H E

The Shell Collector’s Handbook

Shell Collector ’s

T H E

Shell Collector ’s H A N D B O O K

H A N D B O O K

The Essential Field Guide for Exploring the World of Shells

The essential field guide for exploring the world of shells

3

KENNETH

R.

WYE

AUTHOR

19/10/2017 16:06

Kenneth R. Wye

Explore the world of sea life to be found along the shoreline, in the shallows, and in rock pools with this practical shell spotter’s guide.

CODE ENHHS

The Stargazer’s Handbook A Practical Field Guide to Exploring the World of Stars AUTHOR Brian Jones

From planets and asteroids to the expanding universe, this practical and informative guide is the perfect introduction to the fascinating world of astronomy.

CODE ENHST

s

T H E

Cactus Collector’s H A N D B O O K

ing

19/10/2017 16:03

T H E

Rock Collector’s

s

T H E

Rock Collector’s H A N D B O O K

H A N D B O O K The essential field guide for exploring the world of rocks, crystals, and minerals N E R

The Cactus Collector’s Handbook

EDITED

BY

ROSIE

HANKIN

anguage sales enquiries

@quarto.com

The essential field guide for exploring the world of cacti QUARTO PUBLISHING

CLIVE INNES & CHARLES GLASS

AUTHOR Clive Innes and Charles Glass

The Essential Field Guide for Exploring the World of Cacti Organized according to common shapes, this easy-to-use book introduces the reader to the fascinating world of cacti, their characteristics, and provides detailed care instructions.

CODE 324107

SPECIFICATIONS

81⁄8 × 6in

• 208× 155mm • 192pp


195

REFERENCE & GIFT

T H E

The Butterfly Hunter’s Handbook

Butterfly Hunter’s

A complete guide to exploring the most beautiful creatures on the planet. With more than 300 photographs and illustrations, The Butterfly Hunter’s Handbook will help you to identify creatures you find in the field, from domestic varieties to more exotic specimens.

The Essential Field Guide for Exploring the World of Butterflies

You’ll also find expert advice and tips on what to look for, as well as where and when to explore to encourage the best butterfly encounters.

ISBN: 978-0-85762-609-7

EAN

The essential field guide for exploring the world of butterflies

9 780857 626097

A complete guide to exploring the most beautiful creatures on the planet. With more than 300 photographs and illustrations, this handbook will help you to identify the creatures you find in the field, from domestic varieties to more exotic specimens.

NHBT_PLC_195spine-Butterfly_US.indd All Pages

19/10/2017 16:03

EDITOR Julia Shone CODE NHBT

T H E

Shell Collector ’s H A N D B O O K A complete guide to exploring the most beautiful creatures on the planet. With more than 300 photographs and illustrations, The Butterfly Hunter’s Handbook will help you to identify creatures you find in the field, from domestic varieties to more exotic specimens.

H A N D B O O K

T H E

Mushroom Hunter’s

H A N D B O O K

Discover how butterflies evolve, and explore their lifecycle and migration patterns. This information, in addition to the comprehensive butterfly directory, provides everything you need to identify and classify your sightings. You’ll also find expert advice and tips on what to look for, as well as where and when to explore to encourage the best butterfly encounters.

ISBN: 978-0-85762-609-7

ISBN: 978-0-85762-610-3

The essential field guide for exploring the world of shells EAN

EAN

KENNETH

R.

WYE

NHBT_PLC_195spine-Butterfly_US.indd All Pages

19/10/2017 16:06

19/10/2017 16:03

H A N D B O O K

T H E

Butterfl T Hy Hunter’s E H A N D B O O K

Rock Collector’s

You’ll also find expert advice and tips on what to look for, as well as where and when to explore to encourage the best butterfly encounters.

The essential field guide for exploring the world of shells EAN

EAN

KENNETH

R.

WYE

19/10/2017 16:06

NHBT_PLC_195spine-Butterfly_US.indd All Pages

19/10/2017 16:03

T H E

The Rock Collector’s Handbook is the next title in our highly successful “Nature Hunter’s Handbook" series— a collection of practical field guides for exploring the world.

Rock Collector’s

T H E

Mushroom Hunter’s H A N D B O O K

T H E

Rock Collector’s H A N D B O O K

H A N D B O O K

H A N D B O O K

Also new in the series: The Mushroom Hunter’s Handbook (Spring 19) The Cactus Collector’s Handbook (Spring 19)

The essential field guide for exploring the world of mushrooms D AV I D

Specification

P E G L E R

&

B R I A N

The essential field guide for exploring the world of rocks, crystals, and minerals

S P O O N E R

EDITED

BY

ROSIE

HANKIN

English language sales enquiries

Trimmed page size: 8¼ x 6 in (208 x 155 mm) Extent: 192 pp Illustrations: Over 340

The Cactus Collector’s Handbook (Spring 19)

T H E

H A N D B O O K

The essential field guide for exploring the world of butterflies

9 780857 626097

9 780857 626103

Cactus Collector’s

H A N D B O O K

ISBN: 978-0-85762-609-7

ISBN: 978-0-85762-610-3

Mushroom Hunter’s

Covering the most common and interesting mushrooms in the United States and Europe, this book is an invaluable and easily accessible source of reference.

Also new in the series: The Rock Collector’s Handbook (Spring 19)

T H E

Shell Collector ’s A complete guide to exploring the most beautiful creatures on the planet.

With more than 300 photographs and illustrations, The Butterfly Hunter’s Handbook will help you to identify creatures you find in the field, from domestic varieties to more exotic specimens.

Discover how butterflies evolve, and explore their lifecycle and migration patterns. This information, in addition to the comprehensive butterfly directory, provides everything you need to identify and classify your sightings.

H A N D B O O K

All the key information you need to identify and classify your collection is provided with images and descriptions of each shell.

H A N D B O O K

Rock Collector’s

Expert advice for what to look for, plus hints and tips on how, when, and where to forage.

Butterfly Hunter’s

Shell Collector ’s

Explore the fascinating world of conchology and shoreline foraging with this collector’s field guide to shells.

More than 200 photographs and illustrations make it easy to identify your finds in the field or to purchase more exotic specimens.

T H E

T H E

T H E

The Mushroom Hunter’s Handbook is the next title in our highly successful “Nature Hunter’s Handbook" series— a collection of practical field guides for exploring the world. NHHS_PLC_195spine-Shell_US.indd All Pages

The Essential Field Guide for Exploring the World of Mushrooms

H A N D B O O K

The essential field guide for exploring the world of butterflies

9 780857 626097

9 780857 626103

NHHS_PLC_195spine-Shell_US.indd All Pages

T H E

Butterfly Hunter’s

Butterfly Hunter’s

All the key information you need to identify and classify your collection is provided with images and descriptions of each shell.

H A N D B O O K

Expert advice for what to look for, plus hints and tips on how, when, and where to forage.

Shell Collector ’s

Explore the fascinating world of conchology and shoreline foraging with this collector’s field guide to shells. More than 200 photographs and illustrations make it easy to identify your finds in the field or to purchase more exotic specimens.

T H E

T H E

The Mushroom Hunter’s Handbook

H A N D B O O K

H A N D B O O K

Discover how butterflies evolve, and explore their lifecycle and migration patterns. This information, in addition to the comprehensive butterfly directory, provides everything you need to identify and classify your sightings.

T H E

Butterfly Hunter’s

Nikki Tilbury nikki.tilbury@quarto.com

The essential field guide for exploring the world of cacti

The essential field guide for exploring the world of rocks, crystals, and minerals

Suggested retail price: $14.95 Pub date: Spring 2019 Category: Reference/Nature Code: 323955

EDITED

BY

ROSIE

CLIVE INNES & CHARLES GLASS

QUARTO PUBLISHING

HANKIN

Specification

English language sales enquiries

Trimmed page size: 8¼ x 6 in (208 x 155 mm) Extent: 192 pp Illustrations: Over 340 Suggested retail price: $14.95 Pub date: Spring 2019 Category: Reference/Nature Code: 323954

Nikki Tilbury nikki.tilbury@quarto.com

QUARTO PUBLISHING

The essential field guide for exploring the world of mushrooms DAVID

PEGLER

&

BRIAN

SPOONER

Mushroom Identifier Handbook_spreads_v1.indd 100-101

25/06/2018 14:45

AUTHOR David Peglar and Brian Spooner CODE 323954

SPECIFICATIONS

81⁄8 × 6in

• 208× 155mm • 192pp

T H E

Rock Collector’s H A N D B O O K

H A N D B O O K

This compact guide gives a concise description of a large selection of rocks, crystals, and minerals, providing at-a-glance information on distinctive features, composition, and physical properties.

Rock Collector’s

The Essential Field Guide for Exploring the World of Rocks, Crystals, and Minerals

T H E

The Rock Collector’s Handbook

The essential field guide for exploring the world of rocks, crystals, and minerals EDITED

BY

ROSIE

HANKIN

EDITOR Rosie Hankin CODE 323955


t of the “slow y a month to digest down and taking

196

REFERENCE & GIFT

Find Your Inner Sloth A Journal Celebrating Slow Living for Daydreamers New for

2019

FIND YOUR INNER

SLOTH

filled with quotes, to achieve more.

r behaviours that s a struggle, and

A JOURNAL CELEBRATING SLOW LIVING FOR DAYDREAMERS

The sloth is the spirit animal and patron saint of the “slow movement.” This gentle mammal that takes nearly a month to digest a single leaf has a lot to teach us about slowing down and taking things easy. This beautifully illustrated, interactive journal is filled with quotes, prompts, and exercises for getting us to do less to achieve more. And once you are in the zen zone, there are other behaviors that sloths can teach us like smiling, even when life’s a struggle, and sleeping more.

SPECIFICATIONS 61⁄2 × 8¾in

• 222 × 165mm • 192pp

CODE 325447

BREATHE SLOW

HOLDING THIS PAGE CLOSE TO YOUR FACE, BREATHE IN AS IF YOU WERE SMELLING THE FLOWER ON THE RIGHT...

Sloths can slow their heart rate to one-third of its normal pace, allowing them to hold their breath underwater for up to 40 minutes. For humans, slower breathing is healthier and usually indicates a relaxed state. In fact, learning to breathe at around 6 per minute well below the usual 12–16 takes you into the so-called coherence range when your breathing is most efficient—and your heart and lungs are working well together. There are plenty of studies that show that learning to breathe slowly and under control can reduce stress, PTSD, panic attacks, and anxiety. So unless you feel stressed when your breathing slows down, enjoy the benefits.

48

... THEN BREATH OUT TRYING TO BLOW THE LEAVES BELOW OFF THE PAGE.


REFERENCE & GIFT

197

The Joy of Creativity A Journal

Give your life a boost with these beautiful journals, full of vibrant, colorful illustrations by leading artists, that will inspire you and put a smile on your face. With thoughtful prompts and tips for sparking and nurturing certain aspects of your life—plus plenty of space for selfexpression—these interactive books will help you to kick down mental blocks and emotional barriers. Whether you want to unleash the creative power inside or find a more calm and serene way of living, whether you wish to count your blessings and live a more thankful life, or need to break out of a bad-sleep slump, you’ll find the journal that can guide you in the right direction.

ILLUSTRATOR Jessica Singh

SPECIFICATIONS

6½ × 8¾in

• 222 × 165mm • 192pp

CODE JCTY Record your dreams here and look for any patterns or insights:

Write a list of things you love:


198

REFERENCE & GIFT

Math Squared 100 Concepts You Should Know Math Squared is a perfect introduction to the mysterious and magical world of numbers, taking you on a whistlestop tour from the essentials of arithmetic to the fascinating outer limits where mathematics and philosophy merge.

AUTHOR Marianne Freiberger and Rachel Thomas

• CODE MASQ

Physics Squared 100 Concepts You Should Know

AUTHOR Graham Southorn and Giles Sparrow

• CODE 308606

A fresh introduction to the most fundamental of all the sciences, covering everything from the laws of motion to quantum physics. Schrödinger’s Cat, the Higgs boson particle, string theory— concepts we’ve all heard of, but how far do we really understand them? Physics Squared guides you through these topics and more.

Psychology Squared 100 Concepts You Should Know Psychology is one of the most important applied sciences, investigating everything from the way we interact to the means by which we perceive the world around us. Psychology Squared is the ideal introduction to the evidence, theories, and hypotheses that inform the modern science of the human mind. AUTHOR Christopher Sterling and Daniel Frings

• CODE EPYSQ

SPECIFICATIONS

74⁄5 × 63⁄8in

• 198 × 162mm • 256pp


REFERENCE & GIFT

199

Daily Affirmations 365 Self-affirmations to Get You Out of Bed in the Morning

Want to … Make a wedding speech? Ace an interview? Get a pay raise? Overcome a fear of flying? Through the power of affirmations, you can take control of your life and replace negative thoughts with positive ones. With hundreds of affirmations organized by theme, find exactly the right words to reprogram your mind. The small, hold-in-the hand, chunky format is a tactile pleasure that readers will find hard to resist.

I live life with good humor and grace I HAVE

EVERYTHING THAT I NEED

I am happy right here, right now

SPECIFICATIONS

6 × 6in

Also available in a larger extent with 500 self-

56

57

59

affirmations.

• 150 × 150mm • 224pp

CODE ORCL


200

REFERENCE & GIFT

The Historic Atlas of New EDITIONs World War II

170 Maps Chart the Most Cataclysmic Event in Human History This book features an entirely original visual reappraisal of the significant battles and events of World War II. From Germany’s invasion of its neighbors to the dropping of atomic bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Splendid full-color mapping with supporting text provides a comprehensive analysis of the most seismic conflict in human history. AUTHOR Malcolm and Alexander Swanston CODE ETHAW

The Historic Atlas of The Bible A Visual Guide from Ancient Times to the New Testament A fascinating and comprehensive exploration of the most influential collection of writings in Western history. By placing the events and people desribed in the Bible into their social and geographical context, it seeks to provide new insights into the scriptures and illuminate a truly significant period in the development of Western civilization. AUTHOR Dr. Ian Barnes CODE BMINI

SPECIFICATIONS

111⁄2 × 8¾in

• 295 × 222mm • 256pp


REFERENCE & GIFT

201

The Historic Atlas of The Celtic World 130 Maps Uncover the History and Culture of the Celtic World This book provides a comprehensive history of the Celts, supported by accurate, detailed maps demonstrating the movements of the people and the major military campaigns and conflicts of the Celts, with engaging, informative text. The Celts made a significant contribution to the world’s art and culture, and many European cultures continue to be influenced by their Celtic origins, with Celtic languages still spoken in parts of the British Isles, Ireland, and France. This book examines that unique legacy.

AUTHOR Dr. Ian Barnes CODE HACE

The Historic Atlas of Native Americans 150 Maps Chronicle the Fascinating and Tragic Story of North America’s Indigenous Peoples A comprehensive exploration of the social, political, and geographical history of the native peoples of America. Beautiful maps and charts show the original positioning of Native American peoples before the arrival of Europeans, their traditional language groups and trade routes, their enforced movements to make way for settlers, and their current placement in modern America. SPECIFICATION 111⁄2 × 8¾in

• 295 × 222mm • 256pp

AUTHOR Dr. Ian Barnes CODE HA14


202

REFERENCE & GIFT

Mankind’s 5000 year thirst for knowledge The e-book age has taken the book to a turning point. But in fact, casting off old technologies and taking on new ones has been part of the history of the book since Egyptian times. At this crucial time for the future of books as we know them, this volume tells the story from the very beginning. From inscriptions on tombs to the first writings on papyrus; from scrolls to the first bound codex books in Roman times; from exclusive and expensive hand-scribed books to the creation of movable type and the invention of printing for the masses; and from the printed book to the digital book, the e-book reader and beyond – discover the History of the Book in 100 Books. Illustrating this story with lavish photography are some of the most treasured artefacts from the world’s historic collections. Some books are selected because they are classic examples of a stage in the history of book production, others because of their content and impact; but each plays its part in tracing mankind’s 5000-year quest to communicate ideas and knowledge.

Roderick Cave has worked with rare-book collections and in developing information-science courses at UNESCO and in libraries and universities across the world. He has advised on book history at several American universities and museums, as well as being a consultant at the British Library, which has published three of his recent books. Sara Ayad has spent a lifetime with books: as a reader, library assistant, bookseller, editor and, latterly, picture researcher. A long stint with The Folio Society extended her broad understanding of the rich heritage of publishing and her aesthetic appreciation of the book as an object. Since 2001 she has been freelance, specialising in picture research for some of Britain’s foremost art institutions.

A History of THE BOOK in 100 Books

Popular Reference

A History of THE BOOK in 100 Books

A History of THE BOOK in 100 Books Mankind’s 5000 year thirst for knowledge

RODERICK CAVE & SARA AYAD

A HISTORY OF THE BOOK IN 100 BOOKS Roderick Cave & Sara Ayad 8 × 10in (254 × 203mm) 288pp IHE

BEST Seller

100 CHARACTERS FROM CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY

ONE HUNDRED PHILOSOPHERS

THE ILLUSTRATED PIRATE DIARIES

Peter King

Alexander Exquemelin

Malcolm Day

6½ × 8¾in (222 × 165mm)

8½ × 11in (279 × 216mm)

6½ × 8¾in (222 × 165mm)

192pp FPS

192pp M BUA

THE TRAVELER’S ATLAS: EUROPE

160pp MYF

TO THE ENDS OF THE EARTH

Donna Gerrard & Mike Gerrard

THE TRAVELER’S ATLAS: NORTH AMERICA

Jeremy Harwood

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

Donna Gerrard & Mike Gerrard

10 × 11½in (290 × 250mm)

224pp TAE

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

192pp M EOE

224pp TANA


POPULAR REFERENCE

guitars guitars

For guitar fans everywhere, this lavishly illustrated book is packed with intriguing facts, anecdotes, quotes, lists, history, and just plain bizarre stuff. • Enter the world of the early blues guitarists, jazz greats, and iconic rock heroes. • Be amazed at the prices reached by the great guitars of the twentieth-century rock era. • Discover the earliest guitars, and learn about the lives of those who played them. • Check out listings of the best solos, albums, guitar players, and more.

guitars Nigel Cawthorne

• And wonder at weird or just plain funny facts and trivia that will wow guitarists and guitar fans alike.

popular culture, history, and current events.

a compendium of fascinating and extraordinary things!

Nigel Cawthorne

Nigel Cawthorne is a renowned author who has has written extensively on the music industry as well as

ISBN: 978-0-7858-3480-9

9

780785

834809

Printed in China

GFT2 Booksales JKT_v8 1st.indd 1

THE NEW TRAVELER’S ATLAS Mary-Ann Gallagher, John Man & Chris Schuler

Cypress Colours

1ST Proof

17/6/2016 9:35 PM

AMAZING BODY FACTS AND TRIVIA

GUITARS: AMAZING FACTS AND TRIVIA

Jack Challoner

Nigel Cawthorne

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

224pp TVAT

192pp wiro-bound BOFT

192pp wiro-bound GFT2

TRACTORS: AMAZING FACTS AND TRIVIA

THE ILLUSTRATED GOSPEL OF MARK

THE ILLUSTRATED BOOK OF GENESIS

Peter Hensaw

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

128pp IGSM

128pp IBG

ctors tractors

of tractors, its heroes, villains, and major over technical tidbits from the world of dern—machinery.

for smooth running, maintaining, ing, restoring, repairing, accessorizing, d racing tractors.

history’s most significant tractors, from he John Deere Model B.

of over 50 books and cars.

tractors Peter Henshaw

a compendium of fascinating and extraordinary things! Peter Henshaw

ISBN: 978-0-7858-3482-3

9

780785

834823

Made in China

192pp wiro-bound TFT2

BEST Seller

THE BIBLE: A READER’S GUIDE

THE BIBLE’S MOST FASCINATING PEOPLE

A TREASURY OF SAINTS

Henry Wansbrough 7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

Robin Nettlehorst

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

288pp SDB2

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

160pp SAN2

192pp HCH

Also available 6½ × 8¾in

Malcolm Day

(222 × 165mm) SAIN

203


204

REFERENCE & GIFT

GREAT BATTLES OF WORLD WAR I

GREAT BATTLES OF WORLD WAR II

GREAT BATTLES OF THE CIVIL WAR

Anthony Livesey

John MacDonald

John MacDonald

9½ × 12in (305 × 245mm)

9½ × 12in (305 × 245mm)

9½ × 12in (305 × 245mm)

200pp M WWIG

200pp M GBOW

200pp M CW22

GREAT COMMANDERS AND THEIR BATTLES

GREAT BATTLEFIELDS OF THE WORLD

Anthony Livesey

John MacDonald

9½ × 12in (305 × 245mm)

9½ × 12in (305 × 245mm)

200pp M GCTB

200pp M GBOT


POPULAR REFERENCE

Stilwell

Special Forces are highly skilled military personnel with unique survival skills and tactics. They are trained to survive alone in the toughest environments on Earth. They stand apart from regular military forces because of the extent and variety of their training and their ability to master any situation. This book is a practical guide to their training and skills.

DON’T

SURVIVAL TECHNIQUES

Topics covered include:

✪ Specialised survival techniques and tips by location ✪ Improvising tools and clothing in disaster scenarios ✪ Navigating and travelling in hostile environments ✪ Signalling for rescue and extrication planning ✪ Emergency first aid tailored to specific environments

DESERT ● ARCTIC ● MOUNTAIN ● JUNGLE ● URBAN

£9.99 Alexander Stilwell is an experienced writer and editor specialising in military history and current affairs. He spent six years in the British Territorial Army, where he was trained in survival skills, firstaid procedures, and escape and evasion techniques. Alexander is the author of The Special Forces Bible; SAS and Elite Forces Guide and Special Forces in Action: Elite Forces Operations, 1991–2011.

SURVIVAL TECHNIQUES

MISS THIS

Alexander Stilwell

PRINTED IN CHINA

THE SPECIAL FORCES BIBLE Alexander Sitwell

SPECIAL FORCES SURVIVAL TECHNIQUES

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

Alexander Sitwell

192pp M SSF2

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 192pp M SFST

THE STARGAZER’S GUIDE TO THE UNIVERSE Robin Kerrod

HOW SCIENCE WORKS

8¾ × 10½in (265 × 222mm)

Robert Dinwiddie

AMAZING WEATHER FACTS AND TRIVIA

192pp ITU

7½ × 9¾in (246 × 190mm)

Jack Challoner

160pp BSSE

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 192pp wiro-bound AWFT

50

Military History Book. His successful histories include An Illustrated History of the Crusades,

LEADERS WHO CHANGED HISTORY

Crusader Knights and Royal Britain, and The Lost History of the Aztec and Maya.

T

his insightful and engaging history examines the key qualities that empowered 50 of history’s most charismatic and inspiring leaders in

the fields of politics, religion, culture, and the arts. Read on and investigate the gripping events through which these men and women won renown— or infamy. From Catherine the Great to Nelson Mandela, explore how the idea of the leader has evolved and developed. A vivid narrative combines with character studies, time lines, and analysis of influences, tactics, and decision-making to bring the history of leaders and leadership to life. Stunning historical imagery and specially commissioned infographics illustrate each inspiring story.

INCLUDES: Karl Marx

Moses Alexander the Great

Mohandas Gandhi

Julius Caesar

Pablo Picasso

Charlemagne

Eva Perón

Giuseppe Garibaldi

Steve Jobs

BG - History

50

CHA RLES P HI LLI P S

50 LEADERS

H

SMITH is a writer, editor, and of

non-fiction.

His

istory has been shaped by a host of

STRATEGIES THAT CHANGED Changed History surveys 50 of the greatest HISTORY names: From the fearsome Genghis Khan and

previous

inspirational leaders—men and women

50

who with great vision and passion have driven

books include How to Think Like Steve Jobs, Go Figure, How to Think Like Sherlock, Is

forward innovations in the spheres of politics,

Their Alot Wrong With This Centence?, The

religion, culture, and the arts. 50 Leaders Who

Language of London, and Think You Know it All? Smith is also a long-time contributor

fellow empire builders Alexander the Great and

to The Statesman’s Yearbook, an annual

geopolitical guide to the countries of the world. He lives in London.

WHO CHANGED HISTORY FROM CAESAR TO CHURCHILL, LEARN FROM THE MASTERS

Napoleon Bonaparte to pioneers in the arts such et right inside the strategic thinking behind 50 of history’s as the enigmatic Pablo Picasso and William greatest military, political, and economic triumphs. Learn Shakespeare. Explore how these leaders rose how strategic thinking evolved as history’s most gifted generals, to prominence, analyze their achievements and politicians, and business tycoons looked to the past for lessons legacy, and draw from their example. on how to act in the present. See history as it happened—and

G

experience the moments when events were in the balance and key The 50 stories collected here contain many players had to make crucial strategic decisions. This is history lessons for the modern leader. Key skills of at its most immediate and gripping. With detailed side bars, time leadership emerge throughout the book: From lines, and eye-catching infographics that illustrate the crucial bold military leaders to technical innovators moments that shaped history. and social reformers, great leaders share many core traits. The ability to communicate your

INCLUDES: message; the force of character to motivate your troops; absolute conviction and dedication Infiltrate the enemy Napoleon’s to a cause—these appear again and again. victory at Austerlitz Alexander the Great’s triumph Keep ahead of the curve at Gaugamela Henry Ford’sofassembly line The story of leadership is not just the story Mass communication globaltale success of impressive personalities, it tells aThe broader The knockout counter-punchof ideas and Walt Disney of the development ideals that

Mongolmolded general Subutai the world we live in today.The power of nonviolence Take on your critics Guerrilla warfare Misinformation Bill Gates and Microsoft

BG - History

DA NIE L S M IT H

Margaret Thatcher Martin Luther King, Jr

C HA R LE S PH I LL I P S

George Washington Napoleon Bonaparte

DANIEL

researcher

STRATEGIES THAT CHANGED HISTORY

50

that Changed the Course of History, and The

LEADERS WHO CHANGED HISTORY

CHARLES PHILLIPS is a graduate of Oxford University and the author of more than 35 books. He was a key writer on Time Life’s Myth and Mankind series, 1001 Battles

50

DA N I E L SM I T H

STRATEGIES THAT CHANGED HISTORY

B

ehind history’s defining moments have been great strategies—and the people

who planned them. From cunning military tactics to innovations that changed the way people do business; strategies have been employed across the fields of politics, military, business, and commerce. Successful strategies have determined how wars are fought, power managed, and everything from banks to fashion houses run. By studying the great strategies of history we follow a rich tradition of learning from past example: Those giants of the ancient world, Alexander the Great and Hannibal, remained textbook examples of warfare strategy for modern military leaders including World War II supreme commander, and future US president, Dwight Eisenhower. Even the oldest military strategies, such as the sly ploy of the Trojan horse, have found modern counterparts—the aptly named “Trojan” computer viruses of the twenty-first century. More than a history of key events, 50 Strategies That Changed History is the story of the men and women who challenged the status quo and in doing so shaped the world we live in today.

FROM BATTLE TACTICS TO BUSINESS BLUEPRINTS, LEARN FROM THE MASTERS

Printed in China by Toppan Leefung

Printed in China by Toppan Leefung

50 LEADERS WHO CHANGED HISTORY

50 STRATEGIES THAT CHANGED HISTORY

Charles Phillips

Daniel Smith

9 x 7½in (246 × 190mm)

9 x 7½in (246 × 190mm)

256pp E LEAD

256pp E STRA

205


206

REFERENCE & GIFT

Natural History & Animals

PATTERNS IN NATURE

ORIGINS: AN ATLAS OF HUMAN MIGRATION

ATLAS OF OCEANS

Philip Ball 8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm)

General Editor: Russell King

8½ × 11in (279 × 216mm)

288pp M PTN

10 × 11½in (290 × 250mm)

256pp M SEAB

John Farndon

192pp M AOC

The Primate Family Tree “An up-to-date, comprehensive, appealing introduction to the great diversity of primates ... The book is beautifully designed, and the contents are well organized and will be interesting to all ... Each page is a delight to read. This book would be an excellent text for a relevant course or a welcome addition to any home library. I recommend it very highly.” —Marvin Druger, Syracuse University, Science Books and Films

Redmond

The Primate Family Tree is a beautifully illustrated and complete guide to more than 270 species of primates from the four main primate groups: prosimians, New World monkeys, Old World monkeys and the apes. The authoritative text is complemented by more than 180 color photographs taken in the field, along with color illustrations, range maps and species-classification diagrams. It covers global distribution of primate species; their diet, habitat and biology; and primate culture, social structure and communication. Additional topics include anthropological theories, DNA research, species conservation, habitat loss and the effects of the bush meat trade, civil war, traditional medicine and tourism on primate survival.

The Primate Family Tree

This is an exceptional reference for students, naturalists, teachers and anyone else interested in primates or conservation issues.

IAN REDMOND, OBE, is a wildlife biologist and one of the world’s leading great-ape conservationists. He is Chief Consultant for the joint UNEP/UNESCO Great Apes Survival Project and Founder and Chairman of the Ape Alliance. He has worked on more than 60 documentaries and was an advisor to Sigourney Weaver on her role as his former colleague, Dian Fossey, in the film Gorillas in the Mist.

DAME JANE GOODALL is a primatologist renowned for her studies over 45 years of the social and family life of chimpanzees in Gombe Stream National Park, Tanzania. In 1977, she established the Jane Goodall Institute, which is a global leader in the effort to protect chimpanzees and their habitats.

The

the amazing diversity of our closest relatives

Primate Family Tree

Ian Redmond Foreword by Jane Goodall

Printed in China

WHALE WATCHER

THE PRIMATE FAMILY TREE

Trevor Day

Ian Redmond

THE ILLUSTRATED ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ANIMALS

8½ × 11in (279 × 216mm)

10 × 11½in (290 × 250mm)

Dr. Philip Whitfield

160pp M WWA

176pp M PFT

9 × 11½in (288 × 229mm)

Also available 9 × 10in (261 × 225mm)

616pp M AERA


n routes of more the equator

deliver essential nce, and timing

ant bird species

cies and

nd the best times

JONATHAN ELPHICK (CONSULTANT) Jonathan Elphick has spent over 50 years watching, studying, thinking, and writing about birds. As a natural history author, editor, consultant, researcher, lecturer, and broadcaster he has worked on a huge number of books, magazines, and other publications. He lives in London and travels extensively in search of birds and wild places, and is a Scientific fellow of the Zoological Society of London and of the Linnean Society of London.

Cover Design: Linda Cole

Photographs, front and back cover: Shutterstock

ANIMAL MIGRATION

Endangered Birds is a celebration of the wonderful diversity of bird life and the diverse landscapes in which they live. However, it is also a timely reminder of the endangered state of the world’s habitats and wildlife. And the serious pressures that humans are putting on planet Earth threaten bird life worldwide. Comprehensive in scope and content, Endangered Birds has been written by an acknowledged natural history expert, with the support of BirdLife International, a pivotal organization in the conservation of birds. • Contains all the bird species that are Vulnerable, Endangered, or Critically Endangered • Summarizes the pressures that threaten birds around the world • Describes the major habitats of the world and the threats to them and their bird fauna • Presents the conservation actions that are in place to rescue threatened bird species

ISBN 978-1-877069-80-2

9 781877 069802

for many people, birds are some of the most visible and attractive of all our wildlife – they inspire and delight us, whether seen in the garden or spotted while on vacation. They are also vital indicators of environmental degradation, since they respond quickly to changes around them – diminishing populations of wild birds point to environmental dangers and deteriorating conditions. A healthy population of birds and a high diversity of different bird species are sure signs that conditions are good and that a habitat is in a stable and balanced state. The inherent popularity of birds means they can be flagships for conservation efforts, through which habitats and a myriad of other life forms are protected for the future.

ENDANGERED

BIRDS

Bird Watch first looks at the threats there are to our bird life and then examines the habitats of endangered birds from all over the planet, highlighting key endangered species and habitats. A major section lists every bird on the IUCN/Birdlife International Red List that are listed as Vulnerable, Endangered, or Critically Endangered, and supplies profiles for over 150 of them. There follows an overview of the conservation measures being taken to protect birds, and the book concludes with a list of the world’s best birding sites. This beautifully illustrated book is both a celebration of the beauty and diversity of birds and their habitats, and a warning of the plight of many species around the world.

A Survey of PlAnet eArth’S ChAnging eCoSyStemS MARtIN WAltERS in ASSoCiAtion With BirDlife internAtionAl

THE ATLAS OF ENDANGERED SPECIES

ENDANGERED BIRDS

Ben Hoare 10 × 11½in (290 × 250mm)

John A. Burton

8½ × 11in (279 × 216mm)

176pp M AAMI

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

256pp M EBIW

Martin Walters

256pp END-N AT L A S OF

BIRD MIGRATION

ird migration: sts and biology

BIRDS A Survey of PlAnet eArth’S ChAnging eCoSyStemS

BirdLife’s key aims are: to prevent the extinction of any bird species; maintain and improve their conservation status; conserve, improve, and enlarge sites and habitats important for birds; to conserve biodiversity and to improve the quality of people’s lives; and to integrate bird conservation into sustaining people’s livelihoods. By focusing on birds, and the sites and habitats on which they depend, the BirdLife Partnership is working to improve the quality of life for birds, for other wildlife biodiversity, and for people.

ATLAS OF

the mysteries of g the results of

BIRdLIfE INTERNATIONAL BirdLife International is a global Partnership of conservation organizations that strives to conserve birds, their habitats, and global biodiversity, and works with people towards sustainability in the use of natural resources. from its Global Office in Cambridge, England, it operates in over 110 countries and territories worldwide, with more than 4,000 staff working for conservation and over 2.5 million members. It owns or manages over 10,000 square kilometres (4,000 square miles) of land worldwide.

ENDANGERED

ENDANGERED BIRDS MARtIN WAltERS

N

MARTIN WALTERS (AUTHOR) Martin Walters is a writer, editor, and naturalist based in Cambridge, England. He studied Zoology at the University of Oxford and spent several years as Biological Sciences Editor at the Cambridge University Press, where he was responsible for developing the botany, ecology, and natural history lists. His particular interests lie in birds and bird song, travel, and he is also a field botanist, with a special interest in vegetation, habitats, and conservation.

Elphick

D

NATURAL HISTORY & ANIMALS

BIRD

MIGRATION tracing the Great Journeys of the World’s Birds

Jonathan Elphick General Editor Foreword By thomas E. lovEJoy

ATLAS OF BIRD MIGRATION

THE MARSHALL ILLUSTRATED ENCYCLOPEDIA OF BIRDS

1000 BIRDS

Dr. Malcolm Ogilvie 10 × 11½in (290 × 250mm)

Dr. Christopher M. Perrins

8 × 10in (254 × 203mm)

176pp M BDM

9 × 11½in (288 × 229mm)

288pp M TBRD

Also available 10 × 9in (261 × 225mm)

420pp M 1400

AMAZING BIRD FACTS AND TRIVIA 5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

THE SMARTEST ANIMALS ON THE PLANET: REVISED AND UPDATED EDITION

160pp wiro-bound BLL2

Dr. Sally Boysen

Dr. Roger Lederer

8½ × 10in (254 × 215mm) 192pp AIN2

Editor: Sarah Hoggett

Continued on back flap

207


208

REFERENCE & GIFT

DON’T

MISS THIS

ALDERTOn

LIVELY DOGS

LAZY DOGS

ThE

BIG DOGS

FLUFFY DOGS

HIGH-

MAINTENANCE DOGS

SMALL DOGS

How to Choose the Right Dog for You Choosing a dog is like choosing a partner—you need to be sure you can get along, have similar interests, and are both willing to make compromises. If you’re more of a sofa surfer than an exercise junky, you should steer clear of the Irish Setter and the Belgian Sheepdog because these dogs love to run. And, if your home isn’t spacious, you might not have the room for a Saint Bernard or a Great Dane. So how do you choose your canine friend for life? The Dog Selector makes it easy. Expertly written text supplemented with helpful sidebar features, engaging photography, and intriguing facts on 130 of the most common breeds ensures that you’ll find your perfect canine companion. A carefully planned questionnaire at the end of the book directs you to detailed profiles of your top ten breeds, matching your personality and lifestyle to a suitable dog. Whether you need a low-maintenance Labradoodle or a super-smart German Shepherd Dog, you’ll find the right dog in this book.

AMAZING DOG FACTS AND TRIVIA

GIANT BOOK OF THE DOG

Ryan O’Meara

9 × 12in (305 × 229mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

416pp GBD

192pp wiro-bound DGL

QUIET DOGS

Dog THE

LOW-

MAINTENANCE DOGS

AND LOTS OF OTHER DOGS

NOISY DOGS

Alderton

ThE DOG SELECTOR

DOG SELECTOR

The Essential guide to Understanding Your Dog’s Behavior

David Alderton

When your dog becomes excited, do you know whether he’s expressing joy or anxiety? This book shows how to pick up on the signals and messages he sends out to you and others. You’ll also learn how understanding your dog’s behavior will help you bond more closely with him. • Clear, annotated photos show the signals that dogs convey in both normal and special situations.

THE DOG SELECTOR

• Authoritative text helps you interpret the different messages your dog sends out.

David Alderton

THE Dog DEcoDEr

DEcoDEr

hOW TO ChOOSE ThE RIGhT DOG FOR YOU

Dog DEcoDEr THE

The Essential guide to Understanding Your Dog’s Behavior

10 × 11½in (290 × 250mm) 176pp M PECA

EAN

ISBN: 978-0-7641-4725-8

$18.99 Canada $22.99

David Alderton

w w w. b a r r o n se d u c. co m

Also available 8 × 9in (232 × 200mm)

THE DOG BREED HANDBOOK

DOG DECODER

Joan Palmer

David Alderton

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

7½ × 10in (254 × 190mm)

192pp wiro-bound DBR

176pp M DGD Also available 9 × 11½in (292 × 218mm)

DOG Just like finding your life partner, finding the perfect doggy match is about choosing a dog or puppy with a personality that is just right for you.

Over 250 dogs

Easy rating system

Likes and loves

Your ideal breed will be expertly matched from hundreds of beautiful pedigrees and lovable mixed-breed dogs.

An easy-to-use set of “human profiles” make the selection process fun and straightforward.

Each dog has an in-depth profile and an owner-oriented guide to what they like best.

DOG

The ultimate breed-by-breed guide to choosing a dog that is your ideal match

Your Perfect

Your Perfect

Your Perfect

DOG The ultimate breed-by-breed guide to choosing a dog that is your ideal match

HOW TO TALK WITH YOUR DOG

YOUR PERFECT DOG

David Alderton

David Alderton

6¾ × 9in (228 × 172mm)

8½ × 10¼in (260 × 215mm)

128pp M HTWD

208pp M MYPD


NATURAL HISTORY & ANIMALS ThE

With so many cat breeds available, making the right choice can be difficult. How can you tell if your cat will be good with children, or need extra grooming? Will it love being outdoors, or will it prefer indoor comforts? Will it want to bring you little presents it has hunted in the backyard? Is it intelligent and curious, or is it really quite lazy? This authoritatively written guide will help you understand the essential character of 120 breeds. You’ll find the information you need to make an informed decision and find your perfect feline pet.

Barron’s Educational Series, Inc. 250 Wireless Blvd., Hauppauge, NY 11788 www.barronseduc.com Printed in China

• Each cat profile includes information on personality, appearance, grooming requirements, and specific health considerations • Over 200 stunning photos with informative captions will help you identify the key qualities of each cat breed • Special selector charts are designed to match the right owner with the right cat

EAN

ISBN: 978-0-7641-6424-8

$24.99 Canada $29.99 www. b arronse duc. com

s of information are taken from all areas of the equine pages of science journals to the ringside of a rodeo.

to questions such as: hair or fur? oss with a zebra? er been cloned? stand in the rain? o horses prefer? orse compared to a cheetah?

cludes practical advice on riding and showing horses, and eciation and respect for these most magnificent beasts.

CATS

CAT ThE

SELECTOR

LARGE CATS TALENTED CATS

HOME-

LOVING CATS

EXOTIC CATS

PLAYFUL CATS

How to Choose the Right Cat for You Choosing a cat is an important decision—one you hope to be happy with for a long time to come. All cats are independent, but their behavior characteristics, their coats, and their general appearances will vary widely among different breeds. Recognizing these differences can make choosing the feline companion that is perfect for you a daunting task. The Cat Selector is designed to help you make that choice wisely. Author David Alderton’s expert advice is accompanied by at-a-glance breed facts, engaging photographs, and fascinating insights into the development of over 120 breeds. Here is all the information you’ll need to carry out your search for the perfect feline companion. A carefully planned questionnaire at the end of the book directs you to your ideal match, analyzing your personality, lifestyle, and experience, and harmonizing these details with the cat breed that’s perfect for you. Whether you want a loyal stay-at-home Abyssinian, a dramatic Himalayan, or a family-friendly European Shorthair, you’ll find the right cat for you in this book.

WORKING CATS

FLUFFY CATS

HIGH-

MAINTENANCE CATS

PATTERNED CATS

hOw TO ChOOSE ThE RighT CAT fOR yOu David Alderton

AMAZING CAT FACTS AND TRIVIA

THE CAT SELECTOR

THE CAT BREED HANDBOOK

Tammy Gagne

David Alderton

Angela Rixon

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

10 × 11½in (290 × 250mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

192pp wiro-bound CATO

176pp M CSEL

192pp wiro-bound CBR

horses

rses

ses and trivia alike, this colorful book is packed with from physical characteristics and folklore to safety tips and s.

ENERGETIC COLORFUL CATS

ThE CAT SELECTOR

SELECTOR

David has been awarded the Maxwell Medallion by the Dog Writer’s Association of America, and was nominated for the Sir Peter Kent Conservation Book Prize. He is an elected member of the Kennel Club.

ALdERTOn

CAT

About the author David Alderton is a writer specializing in pets and natural history. His books have sold over six million copies and have been translated into 30 languages. He also writes about pets and their care for many newspapers and magazines, and participates frequently in radio and television programs. Most recently, he worked on It’s a Dog’s Life, which was broadcast worldwide on the Discovery Channel.

horses

DON’T

MISS THIS

e Professor and Division Chair

es Department at William Woods

a compendium of fascinating and extraordinary things!

He has trained over 40 National and is a licensed judge for

Gary Mullen

ans.

ISBN: 978-0-7858-3481-6

9

780785

834816

Gary Mullen

Printed in China

Cypress Colours

1 Proof ST

17/6/2016 9:35 PM

HORSES: AMAZING FACTS AND TRIVIA

THE HORSE CARE HANDBOOK

Gary Mullen

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

192pp wiro-bound HOCA

Ashley Wood

192pp wiro-bound HFT2

THE BUTTERFLY HANDBOOK Dr. Lee D. Miller & Dr. Jacqueline Y. Miller

THE AQUARIUM FISH HANDBOOK

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

Derek Lambert

256pp wiro-bound BUH

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 256pp wiro-bound FBB

209


210

REFERENCE & GIFT

THE GREAT DINOSAUR DISCOVERIES

MAMMOTHS: GIANTS OF THE ICE AGE

ATLAS OF THE PREHISTORIC WORLD

Darren Naish

Adrian Lister & Paul Bahn

9 × 11½in (288 × 229mm)

8½ × 11in (279 × 216mm)

8½ × 11in (276 × 216mm)

224pp M 935

192pp M GDV

192pp M MAM

DRAGONS: A NATURAL HISTORY

HOW TO RAISE AND KEEP A DRAGON

Dr. Karl Shuker

John Topsell & Joseph Nigg

7½ × 9in (225 × 194mm)

8½ × 11in (280 × 215mm)

120pp M D222

128pp RKP2

Douglas Palmer


NATURAL HISTORY & ANIMALS • MUSIC & PERFORMING ARTS

Music & Performing Arts

d chords ul, classical

f over 500 st common ographs and tions.

90

the book flat gering indicated on re given nces.

DON’T

0,

Co pie 00 0 s Wo rld Sold wide !

COMPACT EDITION

ock, pop, assical, this he music at your to becoming

MISS

nal guitarist and g and knowledge of ight into the many e faced with. Phil is njoys a popular long e Contemporary ar contributor to ious books include le for Guitar, Learn tes a Day.

M) is a graduate of Newcastle College and School of Music, London. He is a regular usic scene and enjoys a long-running residency hes at the Contemporary Institute of Music s a regular contributor to Total Guitar iques. Phil is the author of several books Bible, Learn to Play Guitar, and Play Better y.

ina

THE GUITAR PLAYER’S CHORD BIBLE: COMPACT EDITION Phil Capone 4¾ × 6½in (165 × 123mm) 256pp wiro-bound GCBC

GUITAR CHORD BIBLE

ret chords used by n guitarists, as well as rds in their most common k the key to taking your guitar vel.

otographs and easy-to-follow ng diagrams for each chord d on a fretboard, and tips on n together with relevant chord

Over 500 Illustrated Chords For Rock, Blues, Soul, Country, Jazz, & Classical

GUITAR CHORD BIBLE 500 MORE CHORDS

from the hugely uitar Chord Bible, ctory includes 500 ted chords for lk, blues, country, ssical guitar.

PHIL CaPone

CHARTWELL BOOKS

NEW Editions

THESE

STEVE ASHWORTH

STEVE ASHWORTH

PHIL CAPONE

PHIL CAPONE

GUITAR CHORD BIBLE

Over 500 illustrated chords for Rock, Blues, Soul, Country, Jazz & Classical

500 MORE

CHORDS

for rock, pop, folk, blues, country, jazz, and classical

selected by PHIL CAPONE

PHIL CAPONE

600,000+ Copies Sold Worldwide!

cypress colours

1ST Proof

LEARN TO PLAY

KEYBOARDS A guide to playing piano and all the electronic keyboard instruments

GUITAR CHORD BIBLE

LEARN TO PLAY KEYBOARDS

Phil Capone

Steve Ashworth

7 × 9in (234 × 178mm) 302815

7 × 9in (234 × 178mm) 302812

Also available 5¾ × 7¾in

Also available 5¾ × 7¾in

(195 × 145mm)

(195 × 145mm)

256pp wiro-bound GUP

256pp wiro-bound + CD LPK

12/02/2015 10:37 AM

GUITAR CHORD BIBLE: 500 MORE CHORDS Phil Capone 5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 256pp wiro-bound GCB2

211


212

REFERENCE & GIFT

BEST Seller

THE COMPLETE BOOK OF GUITAR SCALES

LEARN TO PLAY THE GUITAR Phil Capone

PLAY BETTER GUITAR IN 10 MINUTES A DAY

Phil Capone

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

Phil Capone

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

256pp wiro-bound + CD LPG

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

256pp wiro-bound + CD GSCL

224pp wiro-bound + CD DGWB

LEARN TO PLAY COUNTRY GUITAR

LEARN TO PLAY BASS GUITAR

Phil Capone

Phil Capone

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

256pp wiro-bound + CD LPCG

256pp wiro-bound + CD PBG

YES YOU CAN PLAY GREAT ROCK GUITAR

THE GUITAR PLAYER’S SONGWRITING BIBLE

Phil Capone & Paul Copperwaite

THE FINGERPICKING TECHNIQUE BIBLE FOR GUITAR

7½ × 9in (233 × 188mm)

Phil Capone

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

192pp wiro-bound + CD M YPRG

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

256pp wiro-bound + CD GSW

256pp wiro-bound + CD AFSB

Leo Coulter & Richard Jones


MUSIC & PERFORMING ARTS

LEARN TO PLAY SAX

LEARN TO PLAY DRUMS

Ollie Weston

Justin Scott

KEYBOARD PLAYER’S CHORD BIBLE

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm)

Paul Lennon

256pp wiro-bound + CD SAX

256pp wiro-bound + CD PDR

5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 256pp wiro-bound KPCB

DON’T

MISS THIS

LEARN TO PLAY UKULELE Phil Capone 5¾ × 7¾in (195 × 145mm) 192pp wiro-bound + CD LPU

213


214

REFERENCE & GIFT

Gift DON’T

LIFT ME UP

THESE

5½ × 7¾in (200 × 140mm)

MISS

Claire Diaz-Ortiz 160pp BQFL

100 SMALL WAYS TO QUIT WORRYING Oliver Luke Deloire 6 × 7¾in (195 × 155mm) 128pp M SWQW

100 SMALL WAYS TO MANAGE TIME Oliver Luke Deloire 6 × 7¾in (195 × 155mm) 128pp M SWMT


SERIES


216

SERIES LISTINGS

THE “ENCYCLOPEDIA” SERIES Since the publication of Quarto’s very first “Encyclopedia” more than 20 years ago, this bestselling series has gone from strength to strength, providing readers with the skills and inspiration to create anything from fantasy art and embroidery to beading and ceramics. Look out for our latest revised, expanded, and updated editions, including oil painting, pastels, watercolor, acrylics, and embroidery.

Art & Design NEW Editions

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ACRYLIC TECHNIQUES Hazel Harrison 176pp EAT2

8¾ x 8¾in (222 x 222mm)

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WATERCOLOR TECHNIQUES Hazel Harrison 192pp EWTN


THE “ENCYCLOPEDIA” SERIES

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OIL TECHNIQUES

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF KNITTING TECHNIQUES

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF POTTERY TECHNIQUES

Jeremy Galton 176pp OPTN

Lesley Stanfield & Melody Griffiths 176pp EKTN

Peter Cosentino 176pp EPTN

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PASTEL TECHNIQUES

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRINTMAKING TECHNIQUES

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WOODWORKING TECHNIQUES

Judy Martin 176pp EPPN

Judy Martin 176pp EPMN

Jeremy Brown 176pp EWDN

217


218

SERIES LISTINGS

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WATERCOLOR TECHNIQUES FOR LANDSCAPE

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF DRAWING TECHNIQUES

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF FLOWER PAINTING TECHNIQUES

Hazel Harrison 160pp EDRT

Sue Burton 192pp FHO

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF COLOURED PENCIL TECHNIQUES

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRINTMAKING TECHNIQUES

THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA OF AIRBRUSH TECHNIQUES

Judy Martin 176pp CPE2

Judy Martin 176pp EPM

Michael E. Leek 192pp ATQ

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CALLIGRAPHY AND ILLUMINATION

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WRITING AND ILLUSTRATING CHILDREN’S BOOKS

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ILLUSTRATION TECHNIQUES

Hazel Soan 176pp ELP

The Encyclopedia of

The Encyclopedia of

of

SEARCH PRESS

Classics

Techniques

s and colour ranges ncils: hard, soft and

onstrations of each key king in and burnishing to g.

alternative typefaces dependent on design.

Techniques

Judy Martin

nished examples that make dynamic use of ange of subjects.

25/11/2013 12:33

A complete step-by-step directory of key techniques, plus an inspirational gallery showing how artists use them

Search Press

Search Press

UK £12.99 US/CAN $19.95

Search Press Classics Logo.indd 1

Judy Martin

(smaller spines)

(big spines and title pages and backcovers)

Search Press Search Press

Search Press

Search Press

(back cover alternative)

Janet Mehigan & Mary Noble 160pp CIL

Desdemona McCannon, Sue Thornton & Yadzia Williams 160pp ECI

Catherine Slade 176pp EIT


THE “ENCYCLOPEDIA” SERIES

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CARTOONING TECHNIQUES

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF FANTASY AND SCIENCE FICTION ART TECHNIQUES

Steve Whitaker 176pp TOO

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF FASHION ILLUSTRATION TECHNIQUES Carol Nunnelly 160pp FAIT

John Grant & Ron Tiner 176pp PFS

Needlecraft

ng with concise and photographs, of the trade.

sTiTch gauge

f the best-selling ques provides ideas, elp to give you ry time.

hs have been knitting to, several magazines. itting and crochet.

comBiNaTioN sTiTches

Printed in China

BeadiNg

Basic sTiTches

The New eNcyclopedia of kNiTTiNg TechNiques

TexTuRes

sTiTch gauge

a comprehensive visual guide to traditional and contemporary techniques Lesley Stanfield & Melody Griffiths

eNTRelac

comBiNaTioN sTiTches

Stanfield & Griffiths

$19.95 in U.S.A. $23.00 in CAN

ISBN 978-0-7624-4086-3

The New eNcyclopedia of kNiTTiNg TechNiques

Basic sTiTches

tting techniques, s of knitters, from nced.

04/11

BoBBles

caBles

3rd Proof

Title:

Job No:

BoBBles

EKT2-Encyclopedia of knitting : 22234 CPJ1210-3/ Peihua Running Press

THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA OF KNITTING TECHNIQUES

THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CROCHET TECHNIQUES

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SEWING TECHNIQUES

Melody Griffiths & Lesley Stanfield 144pp EKT2

Jan Eaton 160pp ECR2

Wendy Gardiner 160pp ESET

The Encyclopedia of

Explains in detailed step-by-step photographs all the techniques required to make beautiful quilted and patchwork items. For the busy but creative quilter, a section on rotary cutting and speedpiecing shows how to achieve satisfying results in half the time.

A gallery of stunning items to inspire quilters and patchworkers at all levels. UK £12.99 US/CAN $19.95

www.searchpress.com

The Encyclopedia of

The Encyclopedia of

TECHNIQUES Comprehensive directory of 240 stitches ranging from cross stitch to assisi and from embroidery to quilting. Each stitch is illustrated in full colour and supported by explanatory artwork.

Techniques

A gallery of finished examples from around the world demonstrates the diversity and originality of contemporary embroidery.

SEARCH PRESS

Classics

Search Press Classics Logo.indd 1

25/11/2013 12:33

TECHNIQUES

A unique visual directory of all the major embroidery techniques, plus inspirational examples of traditional and innovative finished work

SEARCH PRESS

Classics

UK £12.99 US/CAN $19.95

A comprehensive visual guide to traditional and contemporary techniques

Katharine Guerrier

Pauline Brown

Katharine Guerrier

How-to-start advice for the beginner; advanced techniques for the more experienced quilter.

The Encyclopedia of

TECHNIQUES

Techniques

previously published as

The Encyclopedia of

The Encyclopedia of QUILTING & PATCHWORK Techniques

previously published as

www.searchpress.com

Pauline Brown

Search Press Classics Logo.indd 1

25/11/2013 12:33

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF TEDDY-BEAR MAKING TECHNIQUES

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF QUILTING AND PATCHWORK TECHNIQUES

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF EMBROIDERY TECHNIQUES

Alicia Merrett & Ann Stephens 160pp TDY

Katherine Guerrier 176pp EQT2

Pauline Brown 176pp EET2

219


220

SERIES LISTINGS

General Crafts

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CROSS STITCH TECHNIQUES

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF POTTERY TECHNIQUES

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF MOSAIC TECHNIQUES

Betty Barnden 160pp ECST

Peter Cosentino 192pp EPT

Emma Biggs 160pp MST

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SCULPTING TECHNIQUES

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF POLYMER CLAY TECHNIQUES

THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA OF JEWELRY-MAKING TECHNIQUES

John Plowman 176pp ESC

Sue Heaser 160pp EPCT

Jinks McGrath 160pp EJM2

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WIRE JEWELRY TECHNIQUES Sara Withers 160pp WJT

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CONTEMPORARY JEWELRY MAKING TECHNIQUES Vannetta Seecherran 160pp CJT

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF BEADING TECHNIQUES Stephanie Burnham & Sara Withers 160pp EBD


THE “ENCYCLOPEDIA” SERIES

The Encyclopedia of

e Encyclopedia of

chniques

er traditional forms, such as the ‘Printer’s Hat’ Masu box’, before moving on to contemporary ions including the ‘Square Bear’ and the ‘Elias e Base’.

Nick Robinson

an inspiring, whirlwind tour of the finest mi models made in the world today. This onstration of the infinite possibilities of paper ng is sure to delight and intrigue you.

Techniques

n all the basic folds and bases, from beginner pert level. Then put your art into practice by sing from over 30 model projects, all shown reshingly simple step-by-step diagrams.

The Encyclopedia of Techniques The complete, fully illustrated guide to the folded paper arts

UK £12.99 US/CAN $19.95

SEARCH PRESS

Classics

Nick Robinson

Search Press Classics Logo.indd 1

25/11/2013 12:33

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ORIGAMI TECHNIQUES Nick Robinson 160pp OGT2

THE NEW ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ORIGAMI AND PAPERCRAFT TECHNIQUES Ayako Brodeck Editor: Claire Waite Brown 160pp EPO2

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PAPERMAKING AND BOOKBINDING Heidi Reimer-Epp & Mary Reimer 160pp EPMT

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SCRAPBOOKING TECHNIQUES

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PICTURE FRAMING TECHNIQUES

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WOODWORKING TECHNIQUES

Karen McIvor & Sarah Mason 160pp ESBT

Robert Cunning 176pp FXF

Jeremy Broun 176pp EWD

Lifestyle

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF DECORATIVE PAINT EFFECTS

THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF FLOWER ARRANGING TECHNIQUES

Simon Cavelle 176pp EDP

Marcia Hurst 176pp EFT

221


222

SERIES LISTINGS

THE “TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS” SERIES A rapidly growing series of how-to guides for craft, art, wellbeing, and hobbies, the “Tips, Techniques, and Trade Secrets” series successfully mixes the essential information needed for beginners with expert techniques and insights that make for really fast and interesting learning. These are highly practical guides that encourage readers to try out new ideas, while also showing how to rescue projects that don’t quite go to plan! 7½ x 9¾in (246 x 190mm)

Art & Design COMPENDIUM OF DRAWING TECHNIQUES: 200 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS Donna Krizek 176pp TTSS

COMPENDIUM OF WATERCOLOUR TECHNIQUES: OVER 200 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS

COMPENDIUM OF ACRYLIC PAINTING TECHNIQUES: 300 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS

Robin Berry 176pp WTTS

Gill Barron 176pp ACPA

Needlecraft NEW Edition

BEST Seller

350+ CROCHET TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS

350+ KNITTING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS

200 SEWING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS

350+ QUILTING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS

Jan Eaton 160pp CRT2

Betty Barnden 160pp KTT2

Lorna Knight 160pp STTS

Susan Briscoe 160pp QTS


223

THE “TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS” SERIES

General Crafts

S, TECHNIQUES, AND

ADE SECRETS FOR

step photographs, diagrams, and clear will guide you through each stage of or you can look up details for help with problem.

how to improvise tools using kitchen , find a shortcut to rolling faultless he perfect spout, and learn a foolproof removing a vessel from the wheel orting it.

tion features “try it” and “fix it” panels, ways to practice or develop skills and mon errors.

ofessional studio ceramicist who teaches pottery erapy in various colleges in the U.K. She now in low-fire techniques, including smoke-firing and e in rural Shropshire. Jacqui has contributed to oject maker and gallery artist and is the author of chniques Revealed, Pottery Basics, and The Tile

TECHNIQUES, AND 250 TIPS, TRADE SECRETS FOR POTTERS

OTTERS

dispensable compendium of essential owledge and troubleshooting tips

ving an expert on call 24 hours a nswers to any ceramic questions dilemmas you might have

NEW Edition

Atkin

250

250 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND

TRADE SECRETS FOR

POTTERS The indispensable compendium of essential knowledge and troubleshooting tips Jacqui Atkin

EAN

ISBN-13: 978-0-7641-4116-4 ISBN-10: 0-7641-4116-3

$24.99 w w w.b a rr onseduc.com

11/18/08 10:58:24 AM

250 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS FOR POTTERS Jacqui Atkin 160pp TTSP

COMPENDIUM OF MOSAIC TECHNIQUES: 300 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, TRADE SECRETS, AND TEMPLATES Bonnie Fitzgerald 160pp TTTM

200 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS FOR JEWELRY MAKING

350+ BEADING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS

Xuella Arnold & Sara Withers 160pp TTSJ

Jean Power 160pp BTT2

Lifestyle GERALIN THOMAS specializes in home and home-office organizing. She’s a public speaker and an instructor for professional organizers. For six seasons fans watched Geralin organize America’s most cluttered homes on A&E’s Emmy-nominated TV series, Hoarders. Learn more about her at www.metropolitanorganizing.com. Jacket credits, front: Clare Morton, Interior Designer, Studio Morton LTD, studiomorton.com, Photo: Emma Lewis, emmalewisphotography.co.uk. Back: Bower Architecture, bowerarchitecture.com.au, Bellarine Beach House, Pont Lonsdale, Australia; Photography: Nikole Ramsay, nikoleramsay.com; Styling: Emma O’Meara; Interior Design & Furniture Selection: Bower Architecture; Builder: Will Gordon, Jardine Homes.

A COOK’S COMPENDIUM OF 250 ESSENTIAL TIPS, TECHNIQUES, TRADE SECRETS, AND TASTY RECIPES

200 TIPS AND TECHNIQUES FOR DECLUT TERING YOUR HOME Geralin Thomas

In this useful compendium, you will find fun and creative ways to get started on your decluttering journey, as well as plenty of tips, techniques, quick fixes, and trade secrets for when you are fully in the swing of things. Decluttering doesn’t need to be painful, after all. Includes tips for organizing the home, room by room, as well as ways to manage your calendar and digital clutter. You will also find useful information on how to maintain your newly organized home and lifestyle, with checklists and planners to help you stay clutter free.

200 T I PS A N D T ECH N IQU ES FOR

D E C LYU T TERING OUR HOME Geralin Thomas

200 SUREFIRE WAYS TO EAT WELL AND FEEL BETTER

300 CAKE DECORATING TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS

200 TIPS AND TECHNIQUES FOR DECLUTTERING YOUR HOME

Dr. Judith Rodriguez 144pp FTTE

Carol Deacon 160pp TTTF

Geralin Thomas 176pp TTDH

Jenni Davis 160pp TTCS

300 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND TRADE SECRETS FOR PAINTING AND DECORATING

200 TIPS, TECHNIQUES, AND RECIPES FOR NATURAL BEAUTY

Alison Jenkins 176pp TFID

Shannon Buck 144pp HBT


224

SERIES LISTINGS

THE “MUSIC BIBLE” SERIES The Quarto “Music Bible” series now extends to 15 different titles, from the bestselling Guitar Player’s Chord Bible through to instructionals on keyboards, drums, sax, and even the ukulele. Written and designed to be accessible to learners who want a quick way in to a new instrument or new skill, many of the titles come with a CD and the wiro-binding means they stay on the right page on the music stand. 5¾ x 7¾in (195 x 145mm) wiro-bound

BEST Seller

d chords for ountry, jazz

ver 500 popular on voicings and easy-toions.

u to lay the book playing. Fingering e clearly indicated echnique are chord sequences.

favours rock, pop, try or classical, olume puts the t guitar music you on the hordmaster!

ollege and the prestigious any years of experience as a ge of styles, both live and in have not only given him a e world of the contemporary pitfalls and frustrations that il frequently performs on the sidency with his own quintet. ping and the King Alfred r contributor to

Printed in China

THE GUITAR PLAYER’S CHORD BIBLE

GUITAR CHORD BIBLE: 500 MORE CHORDS

THE COMPLETE BOOK OF GUITAR SCALES

Phil Capone 256pp GUP

Phil Capone 256pp GCB2

Phil Capone 256pp + CD GSCL

PLAY BETTER GUITAR IN 10 MINUTES A DAY

LEARN TO PLAY COUNTRY GUITAR

Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm) flexibound (opens flat) 302815

BEST Seller

LEARN TO PLAY THE GUITAR Phil Capone 256pp + CD LPG

Phil Capone 224pp + CD DGWB

Phil Capone 256pp + CD LPCG


THE “MUSIC BIBLE” SERIES

LEARN TO PLAY BASS GUITAR

THE FINGERPICKING TECHNIQUE BIBLE FOR GUITAR

THE GUITAR PLAYER’S SONGWRITING BIBLE

Phil Capone 256pp + CD AFSB

Leo Coulter & Richard Jones 256pp + CD GSW

LEARN TO PLAY UKULELE

LEARN TO PLAY SAX

LEARN TO PLAY DRUMS

Phil Capone 192pp + CD LPU

Ollie Weston 256pp + CD SAX

Justin Scott

LEARN TO PLAY KEYBOARDS

KEYBOARD PLAYER’S CHORD BIBLE

Phil Capone 256pp + CD PBG

Steve Ashworth 256pp + CD LPK Also available 7 × 9in (234 × 178mm) flexibound (opens flat) 302812

Paul Lennon 256pp KPCB

256pp + CD PDR

225


SERIES LISTINGS

THE “COURSE” SERIES

NEW Edition

Our well-established “Course” books have been created as highly illustrated reference titles for students across a wide range of creative disciplines, from jewelry making and ceramics to photography and fashion design. Organized into a series of modules and units, and written by practicing educators, these titles are broadly consistent with college courses around the world, and include student assignments and examples of student work.

ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING COURSE: SECOND EDITION Mo Zell 160pp ADC2

8¾ x 8¾in (222 x 222mm)

THE COMPLETE CARTOONING COURSE

THE COMPLETE ANIMATION COURSE

THE COMPLETE DIGITAL ANIMATION COURSE

Steve Edgell 160pp RAC

Chris Patmore 160pp ANCO

Andy Wyatt 144pp DAC SBO Barronsjkt

> Learn from a professional how to get

your finished film seen.

> Gain valuable experience as you

complete the book’s self-teaching assignments, then put together a showreel, and get started on a rewarding career.

Ted Jones is an educator and filmmaker with a lengthy career in Canadian television to his credit. In 2000, he was recognized by the Directors Guild of America for his directorial skill in the motion picture and television industry. Chris Patmore is a London-based filmmaker, writer on filmmaking technology, and operator of a website that teaches animation and comic book art. ISBN: 978-1-4380-0112-8

Expanded and Updated for the Digital Generation

MOVIE MAKING COURSE Chris Patmore

www. barronseduc. com

GAME DESIGN Jim Thompson, Barnaby BerbankGreen & Nic Cusworth 192pp CGA

STORYBOARD DESIGN COURSE

Storyboards are the blueprint for a multitude of media productions, including TV shows, movies, commercials, music videos, computer games, and animation. A critical part of the creative process, they can be used to pitch an idea, communicate a concept, help build a budget, and execute an entire shoot.

Ted Jones $23.99 Canada $27.50

8/23/07 11:57 AM Page 1

This book is the ultimate storyboard manual, packed with fully finished art and work-in-progress examples from students and industry professionals. As well as being an essential guide for aspiring storyboard artists, this comprehensive book will enable anyone working in media production to get the most out of both the storyboard artist and the storyboard process.

i Learn how to develop sketching skills, adapt styles, get inspiration, and interpret a script or a brief with help from these practical tutorials and interactive exercises

i Understand the language of storyboards and the limitations and conventions of different media

i Build scenes, plan shot sequences, and understand the importance of composition, framing, and continuity

i Set up your own work space and get advice on entering the world of professional storyboard artists

Giuseppe Cristiano is a renowned Italian cartoonist, illustrator, director, and storyboard artist. He has produced storyboards for music videos, commercials, films, animation, and multimedia productions, as well as set designs for theater and film. He has been working freelance for many years for companies in the United States, the United Kingdom, Italy, France, Germany, Spain, and Scandinavia. Giuseppe has also taught storyboarding for film and television in European art and film schools. Printed in China

MOVIE MAKING COURSE: SECOND EDITION Ted Jones 176pp NMMC

STORYBOARD DESIGN COURSE PRINCIPLES, PRACTICE, AND TECHNIQUES: THE ULTIMATE GUIDE FOR ARTISTS, DIRECTORS, PRODUCERS, AND SCRIPTWRITERS

STORYBOARD DESIGN COURSE

> Get experience working in different genres, from five-minute documentaries to pop videos and action sequences.

2ND EDITION

CRISTIANO

pre-production and post-production as they relate to low-budget filmmaking.

MOVIE MAKING COURSE 2ND EDITION

> Gain a practical working knowledge of

Jones

Expanded and Updated for the Digital Generation If you’re a budding filmmaker, you’ll find the information you need for making short digital films on a tight budget. The authors’ practical approach shows you how to master the core techniques of professional moviemaking while staying within a budget that you can afford.

& Patmore

MOVIE MAKING COURSE

EAN

226

GIUSEPPE CRISTIANO

STORYBOARD DESIGN COURSE Giuseppe Cristiano 192pp SBO


THE “COURSE” SERIES

227

LINDENMUTH

KEVIN J. LINDENMUTH

the documentary moviemaking course

s book shows how you can begin making mentary movies—from researching and ng your theme, style, and the treatment ives your film coherence, to organizing oduction, and ultimately, getting it by a wider audience.

will learn all the fundamentals: the tial equipment you must buy or rent ooting and editing; the journalistic roduction know-how for identifying iew subjects and locations and g them on camera; the cinematic diting skills that bring your material her for maximum impact; and the y to find those key shots that will your film a success.

EAN

ISBN-13: 978-0-7641-4503-2 ISBN-10: 0-7641-4503-7

$21.99 Canada $26.50 w w w.bar r ons educ .c om

4/28/10 1:49:59 PM

Jane Schaffer & Sue Saunders

Jane Schaffer Sue Saunders

Caroline Tatham was the head tutor in fashion at the world renowned Central St. Martin’s College of Art & Design in London. She has also worked as a leading designer, product developer, and brand manager for international companies.

Julian Seaman, author of four previous books on fashion, is an internationally known print designer and painter. He is currently visiting tutor at Central St. Martin’s College of Art & Design in London.

Jemi Armstrong, M.S., teaches fashion sketching and illustration at Santa Monica College and The Fashion Institute of Design & Merchandising (FIDM). She illustrates for leading retail and manufacturing clients, and has written and illustrated several books on fashion drawing.

Wynn Armstrong, M.Ed., teaches digital media classes for fashion and computer design at the American InterContinental University, Fashion Institute of Design & Merchandising (FIDM), Woodbury University, and Academy of Couture Arts, and has collaborated on several books and projects on his subjects.

Fashion Design Course: Accessories Design Practice and Processes for Creating Hats, Bags, Shoes and More

this new, comprehensively updated edition of the best-selling Fashion design drawing course offers aspiring designers detailed instruction, presenting many specially sourced samples of illustration styles, plus a brand-new section instructing in digital art techniques. • Organized into instructional units that reflect courses as they are taught in leading design colleges, the text progresses from finding initial inspiration to employing different methods of capturing your vision. • Learn how to find inspiration for creating irresistible fashion collections, and then discover how to communicate your vision to others. See the world in new ways; express your vision through your drawings; target your approach to specific customers; develop a cohesive style; and build an eye-catching portfolio.

ISBN: 978-0-7641-4730-2

www.thamesandhudson.com £16.95

$23.99 Canada $27.50 w w w. bar r ons educ . c om

2nd Proof

Title:

Job No: CPJ1111-24 / Alice FGAD-Fashion Design Course Accessories :29799

11/24/11 9:20 AM

FASHION DESIGN COURSE: ACCESSORIES Jane Schaffer & Sue Saunders 256pp FGAD

Fashion Design Drawing Course

s the footwear Subject Leader and ector for Cordwainers at the London hion.

Eliot Siegel 144pp FAPC

Revised and UPdated second edition

as the accessories Subject Leader for the London College of Fashion for he now works as a visiting lecturer on University, De Montfort University College of Art.

Mark Jenkinson 224pp PPHC

Tatham & seaman

ection on general fashion design principles and follows with chapters dedicated to cts – handbags, footwear, hats and small – with a concluding information section on rs and trade fairs.

Kevin Lindenmuth 144pp DMC

Revised edition armstrong & armstrong

s through the fundamental principles of n and development, and explains the core processes, specialist terminology and tools

FASHION PHOTOGRAPHY COURSE

Fashion Design Course: Accessories Design Practice and Processes for Creating Hats, Bags, Shoes and More

prehensive overview of the design process essories, examining in detail the creative and sses involved.

THE PORTRAIT PHOTOGRAPHY COURSE

EAN

ket sector al reading

THE DOCUMENTARY MOVIEMAKING COURSE

NEW Edition

Fashion Design Drawing Course

Revised and UPdated second edition

Principles, practices, and techniques: the new guide for aspiring fashion artists—now with digital art techniques

Caroline Tatham & Julian seaman Revised edition: Jemi armstrong & wynn armstrong

FASHION DESIGN DRAWING COURSE: REVISED AND UPDATED EDITION

FASHION DESIGN COURSE: SECOND EDITION

Jemi Armstrong & Wynn Armstrong 160pp FDC2

Steven Faerm 160pp FDCR

CERAMIC DESIGN COURSE

INTERIOR DESIGN COURSE

Anthony Quinn 144pp TCCC

Tomris Tangaz 144pp ICO

BEST Seller

THE COMPLETE JEWELRY MAKING COURSE Jinks McGrath 144pp CJM


228

SERIES LISTINGS

THE “SQUARE CRAFT” SERIES Quarto’s range of popular square-format craft paperbacks includes a series of more than 20 titles packed with patterns for blocks, trims, and small decorative projects across knitting, crochet, beading, and quilting. The series started life with 200 Knitted Blocks, and its counterparts for quilting and crocheting, which have sold solidly for the past decade. The series’ most successful title—and one of Quarto’s all-time bestsellers—is 100 Flowers to Knit & Crochet, which has now sold more than 500,000 copies worldwide. 8¾ x 8¾in (222 x 222mm)

100 Snowflakes to crochet

Bring the magic of a fresh snowfall into your own home with this gorgeous collection of crocheted snowflakes. Spend an hour making an ornament or two, or take a weekend and crochet a whole blizzard! With clear instructions for a wide range of designs—from simple snowflakes requiring only a few stitches to large, intricate ones—this book gives you all the techniques you’ll need. Includes a section on the basics of crochet, explaining all the stitches and patterns needed. Patterns are organized with the easiest first— allowing you to pick a project that matches your skill level, and work through the book improving your techniques as you go. Hang your finished snowflakes as ornaments, or use them to add an individual touch to other projects. Here are plenty of ideas and pattern options so you can make unique snowflakes of your own.

Seller

to crochet

Make your own snowdrift—to give or to keep

CAITLIN SAINIO

Caitlin Sainio has been crocheting for most of her life. Trained as a mechanical engineer, she’s turned her engineering talents to crochet design, concentrating particularly on snowflakes, flowers, and other beautiful patterns found in nature. This is her first book.

$21.99 / $24.99 Can

Also Available from St. Martin's Griffin:

75 Floral Blocks to Crochet by Betty Barnden 75 Seashells,Fish,Coral & Colorful Marine Life to Knit & Crochet by Jessica Polka 75 Birds, Butterflies & Little Beasts to Knit & Crochet by Lesley Stanfield 100 Flowers to Knit & Crochet by Lesley Stanfield

BEST

100 Snowflakes

Find us on: facebook.com/craftybooks Twitter.com/CRAFTY_BOOKS

CAITLIN SAINIO

w w w. s t m a r t i n s . c o m

S T. M A R T I N ’ S G R I F F I N 175 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10010 P R I N T E D

I N

C H I N A

STRIPY CROCHET BLANKETS

FLOWER LOOM BLOOMS

100 SNOWFLAKES TO CROCHET

Haafner Linssen 128pp STBL

Haafner Linssen 128pp FLMB

Caitlin Sainio 128pp HCKS

Kristin Nicholas

to knit, crochet & felt

Grab your needles and hooks and create your very own garden to decorate your home, your clothing, and your world, with this delightful book of sunflowers to knit, crochet, and felt. With 50 original designs to choose from, including a host of colorful sunflower blooms and buds in many sizes, as well as leaves, vines, and little sunflower-loving critters, you’ll find many ideas to spark your creativity.

Each beautiful design is displayed in an eye-catching directory at the front of the book, and cross-referenced to a complete pattern and, for the crochet designs, a chart. Useful information on knitting, crochet, and felting techniques is also provided, and author Kristin Nicholas includes an inspirational chapter on how to work with color to create bold, bright, and beautiful sunflowers that will impress.

100 LACE FLOWERS TO CROCHET Caitlin Sainio 128pp LFC

Kristin Nicholas

You’ll also find a mixture of attractive ideas for using your sunflowers in a range of ways, from customizing clothing and accessories to creating elegant gifts and homewares.

50 Sunflowers to knit, crochet & felt

50 Sunflowers

50 Sunflowers

to knit, crochet & felt

50 Sunflowers

to knit, crochet & felt

Patterns and projects packed with lush and vibrant colors that you will love to make

This jacket is for sales presentation purposes only. Design and/or images are subject to alteration. Copyright © Quarto Publishing plc.

50 PINCUSHIONS TO KNIT AND CROCHET

50 SUNFLOWERS TO KNIT, CROCHET, AND FELT

Cat Thomas 128pp FPKC

Kristin Nicholas 128pp FSFK


You’ll also find a mixture of fun and fabulous ideas for using the creatures in a range of styles and settings: children’s designs, quirky homewares, and elegant fashion and accessories. LesLey stanfieLd has authored a number of books on knitting and crochet, including the bestseller 100 Flowers to Knit & Crochet. she is a long-time hand knitting designer and has been the knitting editor of several women’s magazines. Visit CraftyBooks.net for free projects, previews of our upcoming books, and more! also available from st. Martin’s Griffin: 100 Flowers to Knit & Crochet by Lesley stanfield 150 Knitted Trims by Lesley stanfield 150 Crochet Trims by susan smith

75 Birds, Butterflies

& little beasts to knit and crochet LesLey stanfieLd

w w w. s t m a r t i n s . c o m

S T. M A R T I N ’ S G R I F F I N 175 FIFTh AveNue, New YoRk, N.Y. 10 010 DISTRIbuTeD IN CANADA bY h. b. FeNN AND CoMpANY, LTD p R I N T e D

I N

C h I N A

KNCC StMartinsFinal.indd 1

18/5/11 10:18:27

100 FLOWERS TO KNIT AND CROCHET

MANDALAS TO CROCHET

Lesley Stanfield 128pp FKC

Haafner Linssen 128pp CRMA

Seashells, 75Fish,Coral

& colorful marine life to knit & crochet

Jessica Polka

75

Colourful Hexagons to Crochet

In this new book from Leonie Morgan you’ll discover a delightful collection of hexagons to crochet in bright and inspiring colourways. With 75 original designs to choose from, lots of vibrant colour variations plus five eye-catching projects to try, there’s plenty here to spark the imagination. • Each design comes with a clear written pattern, an easy-to-follow chart and a large photograph of the crochet hexagon. Complete with designs that range from simple to more advanced in skill level, simply pick your favourite hexagon pattern and get crocheting, or mix and match some of the designs to create your own unique project. • Containing a step-by-step guide to all the basic crochet techniques you need to get started, as well as advice on how to design your own projects, this wonderfully illustrated book will appeal to beginners and more experienced crocheters alike.

75

75 BIRDS, BUTTERFLIES, AND LITTLE BEASTS TO KNIT AND CROCHET Lesley Stanfield 128pp KNCC

100 Colorful Granny Squares to Crochet

Colourful Hexagons to Crochet

dozens of mix and match combos and fabulous projects

The Ultimate Mix-and-Match Patterns in Eye-Popping Colours Leonie Morgan

ISBN 978-1-43230-572-7

Jessica Polka

Find us on: Facebook at http://www.facebook.com/craftybooks witter @CRAFTY_BOOKS http://twitter.com/CRAFTY_BOOKS

Everyone of these cute little beasts is thoughtfully displayed in a directory at the front of the book. And each is cross-referenced to a complete pattern and/or chart at the back of the book, with information on stuffing, finishing, and yarn requirements.

Leonie Morgan

Also available from St. Martin’s Griffin: 100 Flowers to Knit & Crochet by Lesley Stanfield Birds, Butterflies & Little Beasts to Knit & Crochet by Lesley Stanfield Beaded Flowers, Charms & Trinkets by Amanda Brooke Murr-Hinson

Expand your knit and crochet repertoire with this menagerie of miniature bugs and beasts: from creepy crawlies and weird wrigglers to beautiful butterflies and splendid metallic-thread dragonflies. Use them to decorate clothes and accessories, give them as gifts—or use to decorate your gift wrap and greeting cards.

LESLEY STANFIELD

y

Can.

75 Birds, Butterf lies & little beasts to knit & crochet

ng ideas for how to ttings—elegant jewelry and large

$21.99/$24.99

Seller

75 Colourful Hexagons to Crochet

d in the directory at the n living in their different pool, and the open instructions , complete requirements, nd.

BEST

75 Seashells, Fish,Coral & colorful marine life

ion of knit ken from the the deep

of aquatic wonders to ls, lush seaweed, and ful coral reefs.

THE “SQUARE CRAFT” SERIES

www.randomstruik.co.za

Leonie Morgan is a freelance crochet designer who runs her own craft business and blog, WoolnHook. A self-taught crocheter with a love of colour and design, she is the author of 100 Bright & Colourful Granny Squares to Crochet and 100 Colourful Ripple Stitches to Crochet. Leonie lives in Wales, UK, where she spends her time walking in the mountains and playing with wool. She blogs at www.woolnhook.com and her website can be found at www.leoniemorgan.com

Leonie Morgan

75 SEASHELLS, FISH, CORAL, AND COLORFUL MARINE LIFE TO KNIT AND CROCHET Jessica Polka 128pp KFMS

75 COLORFUL HEXAGONS TO CROCHET

100 COLORFUL GRANNY SQUARES TO CROCHET

Leonie Morgan 144pp CHEX

Leonie Morgan 144pp CAFG

200

Beautiful patterns to mix & match for throws, accessories, baby blankets & more

An exciting collection of knitted blocks, each with a floral theme: from simple, corner-to-corner squares to geometric shapes worked in the round, there’s something here to inspire every knitter. The blocks are worked in a range of knitting techniques, such as intarsia, textured, and lace stitches, so that you can learn or practice something new.

Great for crafters “on-the-go”: just carry what you need to work a few blocks while traveling, commuting, or meeting friends. Then, when all the blocks are complete, you can assemble the whole project at leisure.

PATTERNS

how to combine and use the blocks. Lesley Stanfield has authored a number of books on knitting and crochet, including the bestseller 100 Flowers to Knit & Crochet. She is a long-time hand-knitting designer and has been the knitting editor of several women’s magazines.

Also Available from St. Martin's Griffin:

Follow us at: facebook.com/craftybooks twitter.com/CRAFTY_BOOKS

75

Floral

Blocks to Knit

w w w. s t m a r t i n s . c o m

S T. M A R T I N ’ S G R I F F I N 175 FIFTh AveNue, New YoRk, N.Y. 10010 P R I N T e D

Leonie Morgan 128pp HRSC

$21.99 / $24.99 Can.

LESLEY STANFIELD

Jan Eaton

Includes: written patterns for all the blocks, plus easy-to-read charts where required for clarity; a useful techniques section for anyone who wants to brush up their

Exciting patterns to knit and crochet for afghans, blankets and throwsknitting skills; creative projects with inspirational ideas of

100 Flowers to Knit & Crochet by Lesley Stanfield 75 Birds, Butterflies & Little Beasts to Knit and Crochet by Lesley Stanfield 75 Seashells, Fish, Coral & Colorful Marine Life to Knit & Crochet by Jessica Polka

100 COLORFUL RIPPLE STITCHES TO CROCHET

75 Floral Blocks toKnit

RIPPle Stitch Patterns

200

Jan Eaton

RIPPLE STITCH

I N

C h I N A

LESLEY STANFIELD

200 RIPPLE STITCH PATTERNS

75 FLORAL BLOCKS TO KNIT

Jan Eaton 128pp RPA

Lesley Stanfield 128pp FKBL

229


230

SERIES LISTINGS

BEST Seller

75 CROCHETED FLORAL BLOCKS

200 KNITTED BLOCKS

200 CROCHET BLOCKS

Betty Barnden 128pp HKC

Jan Eaton 128pp ABT

Jan Eaton 128pp ABL

MILNER CRAFT SERIES

Each design includes written patterns, instructions for turning corners, stitch charts and a photograph of the finished trim. And there are plenty of project ideas for your finished lace that will suit every taste and skill level: from delicate adornments for a gift tag or tote bag, to larger-scale work ideal for customizing clothing, or beautiful trims that will transform a simple cushion or table runner into an eye-catching showpiece. Caitlin Sainio has been crocheting for most of her life, and especially loves the delicate geometries of thread crochet. Trained as a mechanical engineer, she’s turned her engineering talents to freelance crochet design, concentrating particularly on flowers, snowflakes and the other beautiful patterns found in nature. She is the author of 100 Snowflakes to Crochet and 100 Lace Flowers to Crochet.

Exquisite Trims in Thread Crochet

Crochet lace edgings are both beautiful to look at and enjoyable to make, and can be used to finish, alter or decorate a wide variety of crafts, clothing and homewares. In this book, you’ll find a lovely and diverse collection of 75 crochet edging patterns, ranging from simple to ornate, and including airy geometric patterns, lush chains of leaves and flowers, and charming pictures.

Exquisite Trims in Thread

75

Crochet

patterns for edgings, corners crescents & more

CAITlIn SAInIo

Caitlin Sainio

ISBN 978-186351-460-6

9 781863 514606

75 LACE CROCHET MOTIFS Caitlin Sainio 128pp LCMM

75 EXQUISITE TRIMS IN THREAD CROCHET

150 KNITTED TRIMS Lesley Stanfield 128pp KNE

Caitlin Sainio 128pp HCLA

Afghans

to Crochet

Leonie Morgan is back with another book, showcasing her vibrant color and stitch combinations. Featuring both block and stitch patterns, there is plenty to please granny-square lovers and row-by-row enthusiasts.

• Each of the 40 afghan designs comes with a clear written pattern, an easy-to-follow chart, a skill-level indicator, and a large photograph. Instructions and yardage are given for making afghans in three sizes: baby blankets, lap throws, and bedspreads.

• Includes a techniques section to help brush up your skills or as a guide to new crocheters. With advice on picking lovely color combinations and a selection of edgings to finish your project, you’ll have all you need to create your own unique afghan.

• With so many patterns to choose from and easy-to-follow projects, there is plenty of inspiration to send you running for your crochet hook!

40 Colorful Afghans to Crochet

40 Color ful

40 Colorful

Afghans

to Crochet

40

Colorful Afghans to Crochet

A collection of eye-popping stitch patterns, blocks & projects

Leonie Morgan

This jacket is for sales presentation purposes only. Design and/or images are subject to alteration. Copyright © Quarto Publishing plc.

150 CROCHET TRIMS

150 KNIT AND CROCHET MOTIFS

Sue Smith 128pp CTR

Heather Lodinsky 128pp KCBL

40 COLORFUL AFGHANS TO CROCHET Leonie Morgan 128pp STPA


THE “SQUARE CRAFT” SERIES

japanese

Discover how to make and combine quilt blocks in the calm neutral palette and modern country style beloved of Japanese quilters. Known worldwide as Japanese taupe, these quilts are recognizable by the use of traditional blocks combined with contemporary woven textiles and sophisticated prints.

t Choose from 125 patchwork and appliqué blocks, reinterpreted in Japanese taupe fabrics, including geometric, curved, pictorial, and family crest designs.

t Combine different fabrics and prints to create the overall look and distinctive style that typifies taupe quilts. All the techniques you need to make the blocks are explained step by step.

japanese apanese

Taupe Taupe QuilTs QuilTs 125 blocks blocks in 125 in calm calm and neutral neutral colors and colors

SUSAN BRISCOE

t Mix and match the blocks to design your own beautiful quilts. Examples of block combinations are provided, plus instructions for six small projects—a pillow, table runner, wallhanging, lap quilt, and two bags.

Taupe QuilTs

japanese Taupe QuilTs

Susan Briscoe is a textile designer, author, and teacher, specializing in sashiko and Japanese textile design. After graduating in visual art and design, Briscoe worked as an English teacher in Japan, where she also studied the tea ceremony, traditional textiles, and kimono design and tailoring. Briscoe has created design kits for Japanese patchwork fabrics, published textile projects in books and magazines, and demonstrates her work at quilt and textile shows. She is the author of Japanese Quilt Blocks to Mix & Match.

SUSAN BRISCOE

US $26.95

Elegant designs to Elegantinto designs combine workstoof combine intobeauty works of tranquil tranquil beauty susan BRisCOe

Kodansha International New York

Tokyo

London

Printed in China

JAPANESE QUILT BLOCKS TO MIX AND MATCH

to Mix and Match

n These little quilt blocks have been specially designed to work at smaller sizes—perfect for making quilted projects like little purses, pillows, and postcards— adding plenty of variety and interest to even the smallest space. n This book contains over 125 blocks—patchwork, appliqué, traditional favorites, and brand new designs—arranged into stylishly themed chapters to help you choose a design. n Each block comes with full cutting list and assembly instructions, plus mix and match suggestions to combine with other blocks, and ideas on how you might change or embellish the block design. Plus you will find projects throughout the book, giving you plenty of inspirational ideas to get started.

The blocks can be mixed and matched, tesselated for allover patterns, or combined in sampler quilts. Mix-and-match ideas are supplied throughout the block directory, together with six simple projects to inspire you to create beautiful quilts in the distinctive Japanese taupe style.

Susan Briscoe 128pp NQB

125 Little Quilt Blocks to Mix and Match

Little Quilt Blocks

Each block pattern has been drafted from a variety of traditional sources, including Japanese fabric, paper, and architectural designs, and kamon family crests. Each block features a photograph, clear instructional diagram, fabric palette and cutting guide, templates where appropriate, and instructions for making the block. At-a-glance icons indicate skill level and techniques used. Patchwork, appliqué, embellishment, and quilting techniques are clearly explained with step-by-step photographs, from cutting out to finishing off.

JAPANESE TAUPE QUILTS

Susan Briscoe 128pp JQB

125

Contemporary Japanese quilts stand out with their sophisticated reinvention of patchwork and appliqué quilt blocks in a beautiful, soft sepia color range that has become known as Japanese taupe. These cool, calm quilts are as much at home in modern country style as in chic urban settings. It all starts with the fabrics—small and large prints, shaded ombré effects, woven plaids and textures—in muted colors. These harmonious fabrics are easily combined, often with accents of brick red, olive green, or yellow ocher, to create a new yet nostalgic style that resonates with quilters all over the world.

125

125

Little Quilt Blocks to Mix and Match

Mini Quilt Blocks to Mix and Match

Exquisite three to six-inch blocks for quilts, homeware, and accessories

Susan Briscoe

200 QUILT BLOCKS TO MIX AND MATCH

125 MINI QUILT BLOCKS TO MIX AND MATCH

Davina Thomas 128pp MMQ

Susan Briscoe 128pp MQBL

This jacket is for sales presentation purposes only. Design and/or images are subject to alteration. Copyright © Quarto Publishing plc.

231


232

SERIES LISTINGS

THE “CREATIVE CAREERS” SERIES Aimed at young people who want to get into creative careers, the “Creative Careers” series offers a chance to build up the essential skills even before getting onto a college course. Organized as a series of self-contained exercises and challenges, these books provide a comprehensive and practical introduction that gives readers an immediate sense of achievement and helps build strong portfolios. 8½ x 11in (280 x 215mm)

GROVE

ional book offers a complete introductory course kills and techniques, from writing, producing, and rketing and publicizing your finished work.

book includes a guide to the must-see at will enhance your understanding of the art aphy, with detailed advice on how to turn your m into a career.

d Raindance Film Festival in 1993, the British Independent , and Raindance TV in 2007. He has produced over 150 short e films. He has written eight scripts, one of which is currently s first feature film, Table 5, was shot in 35mm. and completed lliot teaches writers and producers in the U.S., the U.K., He has written two previous books on filmmaking.

130 projects to get you into filmmaking

, practice, and techniques: the uide for the aspiring filmmaker

ng simple techniques and relying on readily ble, low-budget equipment and software, this allows you to get started immediately.

EAN

ISBN-13: 978-0-7641-4296-3 ISBN-10: 0-7641-4296-8

$21.99 Canada $26.50

ELLIOT GROVE

w w w. barrons educ . c om

130 PROJECTS TO GET YOU INTO FILM MAKING

200 PROJECTS TO STRENGTHEN YOUR ART SKILLS

100 PROJECTS TO STRENGTHEN YOUR ACTING SKILLS

Elliot Grove 128pp WOFS

Valerie Colston 128pp TTAT

Jona Howl 128pp GYDC

w w w. barrons educ . c om

n Learn how a restaurant functions behind the scenes, how ingredients work together, and how to get started on some essential recipes and culinary techniques that will build your confidence in the kitchen right from the start. n Learn how to get started in the culinary arts from author Mark William Allison, an international chef and educator.

Mark William Allison is Dean of Culinary Education at Johnson and Wales University, Charlotte, N.C., one of the world’s premier culinary schools. He has more than 30 years’ experience working in restaurants, hotels, and as an educator all over the world. As a chef and educator, he has received numerous honors and awards.

Learn all about the fashion industry, including designing for haute couture, mass market, and ready-to-wear.

n

Find out how garments are put together and finished, and discover how to create your own style with techniques like draping fabric and basic pattern making.

n

Try out the series of workouts specially tailored to develop and test your newfound skills.

n

Includes information on how to use fashion design school to your best advantage and launch your career into the professional world.

Adrian Grandon has been involved in fashion for as long as he can remember. After working in the industry as a menswear designer, he moved into teaching. He is Head of Fashion at the University of the West of England, one of Britain’s premiere art schools.

Mark WilliaM allison

ESSENTIAL TECHNIQUES, EXERCISES, AND PROJECTS FOR ASPIRING PHOTOGRAPHERS

1st Proof

Title:

Job No:

GYCE-150 Project To Get You Into Culinary Arts : 28971 CPJ1210-5/RUSHAN

Steven Faerm is the Director of Fashion Design at Parsons the New School for Design in New York City. A 1994 alumnus of Parsons, he was nominated for the prestigious Designer of the Year award in his final undergraduate year, and has since worked for internationally renowned designers, including Donna Karan and Marc Jacobs. He won the University Teaching Excellence Award in 2008.

ISBN-13: 978-0-7641-4117-1 ISBN-10: 0-7641-4117-1

EAN

EAN

$21.99 Canada $26.50

n By following a series of short, focused workouts, tutorials, and projects, you will develop the knowledge to succeed in coursework assignments.

n

Tracy Fitzgerald has had a wide and varied career in the fashion industry, working internationally in the field of womenswear design. She is currently teaching fashion at the University of the West of England.

200 PROJECTS TO GET YOU INTO FASHION DESIGN

ISBN-13: 978-0-7641-4470-7 ISBN-10: 0-7641-4470-7

FITZGERALD & GRANDON

ing to college for training in photography and on taking the crucial career.

The ultimate guide for any student aiming to become a chef, this inspirational book will help you develop all the essential skills you’ll need to get into the best culinary schools around the world.

This practical book offers complete preparation for fashion design school, with advice on how to build your portfolio, from sketching your first ideas to photographing finished garments. This is your passport to one of the world’s most dynamic and glamorous industries.

150 projects to get you into the culinary arts

ting and presenting your work.

150 projects to strengthen your photography skills

arious genres, equipment, and technical information on shooting, n on capturing the moment with your camera.

allison

EASTERBY

to a career in photography from an industry professional

es you through 150 effective projects that teach you how to graphy skills.

JOHN EASTERBY

$21.99 www.barronseduc.com

TRACY FITZGERALD & ADRIAN GRANDON Foreword by STeVeN FAerM

Barrons Q175

150 PROJECTS TO STRENGTHEN YOUR PHOTOGRAPHY SKILLS

150 PROJECTS TO GET YOU INTO THE CULINARY ARTS

200 PROJECTS TO GET YOU INTO FASHION DESIGN

John Easterby 128pp WOP

Mark William Allison 128pp GYCE

Tracy Fitzgerald & Adrian Grandon 128pp WGFD

Profile for Quarto

Quarto Publishing Catalogue 2019  

Quarto Publishing Catalogue 2019  

Advertisement